NWCCD 2019-20 Catalog 
    
    May 18, 2024  
NWCCD 2019-20 Catalog [This is an Archived Catalog.]

Courses by Department


Accounting (ACCT)

  • ACCT 0000 - Any course from the ACCT department


    Choose any course from the ACCT department.

  • ACCT 1005 - Practical Accounting I


    This course is for students who need a basic knowledge of accounting procedures. It is not recommended for the potential four-year business major or students who have had a year of high school bookkeeping, but rather for the student who needs a basic working knowledge of accounting.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Spring 2004, ACCT 1005 was listed as ACCT 1050.

  • ACCT 1006 - Practical Accounting II: Payroll


    This is a comprehensive payroll accounting course that covers laws governing payroll, methods of computing wages and salaries, Social Security taxes, federal income tax, withholding, unemployment taxes and journalizing payroll transactions.

    Credits: 2

    Comments: Prior to Spring 2004, ACCT 1006 was listed as ACCT 1060.

  • ACCT 1010 - Accounting I


     

    This course is designed to give students a basic understanding of the role of accounting information in business and the relevance of accounting information in their future careers. It focuses on information communicated by the financial statements and how this information is used in making business decisions across the organization.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Spring 2004, ACCT 1010 was listed as ACCT 2010.

  • ACCT 1020 - Accounting II


    This course is designed to give students a basic understanding of the role of accounting information in business. It focuses on managerial accounting and the many decisions faced by business in their operations. Students learn various costing tools and the importance of cost analysis in business decision making.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Spring 2004, ACCT 1020 was listed as ACCT 2020.

    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 1010 - Accounting I with a grade of “C” or better



  • ACCT 2110 - QuickBooks


    This course covers the major components of a computerized accounting system–general ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable and payroll.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 1050 Practical Accounting I, ACCT 2010 Principles of Accounting I, or instructor consent.



  • ACCT 2410 - Intermediate Accounting I


    ACCT 2410 Intermediate Accounting I provides the students with much more in-depth examination of the principles learned in ACCT 1010 Accounting I. Topics include FASB conceptual framework, accounting cycle, net income concepts, ratios, and inventory concepts.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Offered Fall semester of even years

    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 1010 - Accounting I and ACCT 1020 - Accounting II with a grade of “C” or better



  • ACCT 2420 - Intermediate Accounting II


    ACCT 2420 Intermediate Accounting II provides the students with a continuation of topics learned in ACCT 2410 Intermediate Accounting I. Topics include securities, bonds, time value of money, plant assets including depreciate, intangible assets, stocks, and dividends.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Offered Spring semester of odd years

    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 2410 - Intermediate Accounting I with a grade of “C” or better



  • ACCT 2450 - Cost Accounting


    This course is an introductory investigation of fundamental principles of managerial cost accounting, such as accumulation and reporting of accounting information for product costing and standard costing, as well as information and processes useful in planning, decision making and control activities. It is a sophomore level class intended for students majoring in Accounting. It is also intended for those students who wish to gain a better understanding of accumulating and reporting costs in manufacturing, merchandising, and service businesses, and for those students who are interested in management.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Offered Fall semester of odd years

    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 1020 - Accounting II with a “C” or better



  • ACCT 2610 - Managerial Accounting


    This course is designed for the student who intends to use accounting data internally as a manager in directing the affairs of organizations. Topics covered include cost accounting departmentalization, budgeting and use of accounting data.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Spring 2005, ACCT 2610 was listed as ACCT 2030.

    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 1010-Accounting I and ACCT 1020 - Accounting II with a “C” or better



  • Accounting Applications (ACTA)

  • ACTA 1750 - Income Tax Preparation


    This course teaches students how to prepare the basic Federal Income Tax forms, including 1040EZ, 1040A, and the 1040 long form, including itemized deductions such as medical expenses.  It is part of the Volunteer Income Tax Assistance Program (VITA).  It is designed to educate students in teh preparation of the basic and most common Federal Income Tax returns, and to volunteer to prepare those returns in the community.

    Credits: 2

  • Addictions (ADDN)

  • ADDN 1020 - Addiction Behaviors


    This course provides students with an opportunity to explore human behavior from an addiction perspective including drugs and addictions that include gambling, sex, exercise, violence, work, power, money and risk/sensation-seeking addictions.  Aspects of lifestyle and habits that are carried to addictive extremes are examined.  Focus is on clarification of theories of addiction and current treatment practices.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ADDN 1020 Addiction Behaviors, the student will:

    1. Identify addictive behaviors.
    2. Analyze types of addictions and their issues.
    3. Compare addictions that include eating disorders, gambling, sex, exercise, violence, work, power, money, risk-taking addictions and other non-ingestive addictions.
    4. Explain the basic effects of addictive behaviors and their influence on the individual.
    5. Summarize the theories of addiction and current treatment practices.
    6. Design intervention programs for addictive behaviors.


  • ADDN 1480 - Addictions & Special Populations


    This course examines addiction behaviors and assessment within special populations, including adolescents, women, ethnic groups, the elderly, the disabled, athletes, and criminals.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • ADDN 2010 - Addictions Assessment


    This course is intended as an introduction to assessment so that students have a basic understanding of assessment elements and objectives.  It provides specific guidance on identifying indications of substance abuse, how to broach the subject with a client, and what screening and assessment instruments to use.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of ADDN 1020 Addiction Behaviors or concurrent enrollment in ADDN 1020 Addiction Behaviors or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ADDN 2010 Addictions Assessment, the student will:

    1. Identify treatments and assessments for addiction.
    2. Analyze the instruments used for addictions assessment.
    3. Explain the referral process.
    4. Categorize the risk factors for alcohol and other drug abuse.
    5. Discuss confidentiality and record-keeping.

    Design interventions for clients in the early stages of problem development.

  • ADDN 2470 - Practicum in Addictions


    This course provides the opportunity for students to gain work experience in the field and to apply knowledge acquired in previous and current course work. This time is scheduled, structured, and supervised by a certified or licensed professional.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    ADDN 2010 Addictions Assessment or instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ADDN 2470 Practicum in Addictions, the student will:

    1. 1. Identify an appropriate field placement based on interests.
    2. Compare personal roles as an intern and as a professional in the field.
    3. Record experiences in a journal.
    4. Describe ethical and legal issues experienced within the field placement.
    5. Observe supervisors within the field placement.
    6. Explain steps taken to working with diverse groups.
    7. Design practice interventions based on experiences.
    8. Summarize the effects of stress and self-care on human services worker.
    9. Outline the steps in closing a client case.


  • Agricultural Economics (AGEC)

  • AGEC 0000 - Any course from the AGEC department


    Choose any course from the AGEC department.

  • AGEC 1000 - Ag Orientation


    This course provides an overview of agriculture career options and an exposure to a variety of local agriculture businesses as well as an overview of local, state, and national agriculture systems.  This course is also designed to acquaint students with the agriculture faculty, courses, services and assistance available to them.   

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AGEC 1000 Ag Orientation, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the agriculture program and staff.
    2. List the courses and services available through the ag department.
    3. Evaluate different agriculture systems from local, state, and national levels, as well as from both private and public sectors.
    4. Analyze a variety of academic and career options available.
    5. Discuss how to establish goals and achieve them.
    6. List advising and processes for successful completion of an ag program degree.


  • AGEC 1005 - Survey of Agri-Management


    This course is designed for students who need background in basic agri-business management and records. Topics include business and operations management, agriculture records, and marketing.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
  • AGEC 1010 - Introduction to Ag Economics


    This course is for students wishing to enter either production agriculture or agribusiness. It is designed to give the student a working knowledge of both the terminology and concepts in the field of agricultural economics. This course is required for Agricultural Business majors.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Human Culture Requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AGEC 1010 Introduction to Ag. Economics the student will:

    1. Characterize the law of supply and demand
    2. Explain opportunity costs
    3. Calculate production possibility curves
    4. Discuss the importance of GDP as a measuring tool
    5. Differentiate between Fiscal and Monetary policy
    6. Explain how tax policy influences production decisions
    7. Evaluate the importance of international trade
    8. Apply marginal analysis concepts to production
    9. Access real-time market information


    Program Outcomes
    Agricultural Business AS

    PO#1 Access agricultural financial information and markets

    PO#3 Explain the importance of international trade on agricultural markets

    PO#4 Differentiate between marginalism and profitability

    PO#5 Analyze governmental policy’s influence on cultural practices

  • AGEC 1020 - Agricultural Microeconomics


    This course introduces students to the principles of microeconomics as it relates to agriculture. This includes emphasis on value and price theory, market forms, public policy, labor economics, and international trade. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AGEC 1020 Agricultural Micro Economics , the student will:

    1. Define microeconomics using correct terminology.
    2. Differentiate market structures and provide examples.
    3. Interpret economic markets.
    4. Analyze market success and failure.
    5. Identify the reason for shifts within an economic market.
    6. Define market equilibrium.
    7. Explain factors that affect supply and consumer demand.
    8. Explain the concepts of own-price, cross-price and income elasticity and their effect on real world demand and supply of goods.
    9. Discuss current agricultural economic topics.


    Program Outcomes
    Ag Business AS

    PO#2 Apply decision making strategies in traditional and alternative ag industries

    PO#3Explain the importance of international trade on agricultural markets

    PO#4 Differentiate between marginalism and profitability

    PO#6Analyze sales and marketing techniques in agricultural production

  • AGEC 1100 - Intro to Comp Ag Records Mgmt


    This course is an introduction to farm and ranch computerized records management. It covers basic farm/ranch accounting functions including all financial statements: flow of funds, income statement and balance sheet. The course compares cash versus accrual accounting and the benefits of each. The focus of this course is to develop and reinforce accounting and record management principles by utilizing the microcomputer and entering case farm/ranch data.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • AGEC 1470 - Internship in Ag Economics


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice. Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • AGEC 2020 - Farm Ranch Business Mgmt


    This course provides a comprehensive overview of the business decision-making process, financial management and analysis needed in the operation of production agriculture businesses.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • AGEC 2230 - Intro to Ag Commodities & Futures Markets


    This course introduces agricultural commodities markets and their use in risk management. This course uses economic theory and methods to introduce price formation, producer and agribusiness strategies, as well as financial instruments associated with U.S. and international agricultural markets.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AGEC 2230 Introduction to Ag Commodities and Futures Markets, the student will:

    1. Describe the components of futures, options, and other derivative markets
    2. Describe how markets can be used to leverage risk
    3. Trade real world derivative markets in mock software
    4. Navigate trading software
    5. Apply economic analysis and critical thinking to evaluate real-world problems in commodity marketing
    6. Analyze basic commodities markets
    7. Evaluate alternative risk management tools
    8. Conduct research in both the input and output activities of agri-business
    9. Create working models for price discovery in commodities markets


  • AGEC 2300 - Agricultural Marketing


    This course focuses on the vast array of agricultural markets that are available to producers today. Students learn how to position their agribusiness through a variety of methods to gain market leverage.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • AGEC 2360 - Agriculture Sales


    This course represents various aspects of the sales process including types of sales, creating the sales climate, motivation, referral and non-referral prospecting, phone sales, presentations and demonstrations, qualifying prospects, overcoming objections and closing techniques.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • AGEC 2430 - Advanced Commodity Trading and Analysis


    This course advances knowledge in agricultural commodities markets and their use in risk management. The course furthers the understanding and valuation of agricultural derivatives and their applications in financial risk management and investment. Students learn about the theoretical underpinnings and the practical applications in the real world of derivative securities.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    AGEC 2230 Introduction to Ag Commodities and Futures Markets with a grade of C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AGEC 2430 Commodity Trading Analysis, students will:

    1. Create commodity portfolios
    2. Evaluate market trends
    3. Experience trading in real world derivative markets
    4. Utilize trading software to present data
    5. Apply economic analysis and critical thinking to evaluate correlations between spot and future prices
    6. Analyze advanced commodities markets
    7. Apply alternative risk management tools


    Program Outcomes
    Ag Business AS

    PO#1 Access agricultural financial information and markets.

    PO#6 Analyze sales and marketing techniques in agricultural production.

  • AGEC 2470 - Internship in Ag Economics


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice. Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, a mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • Agricultural Technology (AGTK)

    Agriculture (AGRI)

  • AGRI 0000 - Any course from the AGRI department


    Choose any course from the AGRI department.

  • AGRI 1010 - Computers in Agriculture


    This course explores the Microsoft Office Suite as it relates to Agriculture. Students are introduced to basic and advanced capabilities of the software package with specific emphasis on Microsoft Excel. Students apply the software to agricultural management administration.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AGRI 1010 Computers in Agriculture, the student will:

    1. manipulate documents using Microsoft Word.
    2. build spreadsheets using Microsoft Excel.
    3. develop presentations using Microsoft PowerPoint.
    4. demonstrate proficiency in electronic communication and file management.
    5. evaluate basic technologies used in advanced agriculture.
    6. analyze data found in the USDA website.
    7. interpret data through computer software programs.
    8. construct models to be used in future agribusiness ventures.
    9. design videos to be used in agricultural businesses.


  • AGRI 2385 - Agricultural Communications


    This course helps students tell the story of global agriculture. Students develop analytical skills as well as communication skills, both in written and oral formats. This course also focuses on career building within the agricultural communications industry.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    1. Examine how technology affects the agricultural communications industry.
    2. Identify job opportunities within agricultural communications.
    3. Research agricultural topics and news.
    4. Analyze agricultural topics and news.
    5. Develop written skills regarding agricultural topics.
    6. Compare and contrast the different delivery methods for information to different types of audiences.
    7. Administer a variety of speeches.
    8. Create a working resume.
    9. Enhance interview skills.


    Program Outcomes
    1. Analyze governmental policy’s influence on cultural practices
    2. Explain the importance of international trade on agricultural markets


  • Agriculture Ecology (AECL)

  • AECL 0000 - Any course from the AECL department


    Choose any course from the AECL department.

  • AECL 1000 - Agroecology


    This course is designed to explore the relationships that occur between the soil, plant communities, animals and humans in the process of food production. Students explore the role of plants in the agro-ecosystem, their characteristics, and processes and factors which affect them.  Additionally, this course evaluates the properties of soils and the movement of water through the system. Students evaluate the interrelationships between the components of agro-ecosystem and the effects on tropic levels. Science-based cultural techniques are examined to determine the impacts on food production. Students also learn to apply the scientific method through individual research projects.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: Life Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of AECL 1000 Agroecology , the student will:

    1. Describe and define the role of plants in the agro-ecosystem.
    2. Identify the major morphological characteristics of higher plants and describe their function.
    3. Define the processes of photosynthesis and respiration and the factors affecting them.
    4. Characterize the physical and chemical properties of soils as they affect plants.
    5. Correlate the relationships between water, soil and plant growth.
    6. Compare science based plant and animal cultural techniques and their effect on the ecosystem.
    7. Evaluate the interrelationships between the components of the agro-ecosystem and the effects on trophic levels.
    8. Apply the scientific method while conducting an individual research project.
    9. Demonstrate the proper use and care of all laboratory equipment.
    10. Evaluate tissue culture techniques in plant propagation.
    11. Describe and define the role of livestock in the agroecosystem.
    12. Characterize the value of emergent properties in community dynamics.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of AECL 1000 Agroecology, the student will:

    Ag Science Education AS

    PO#1 Design solutions to real-world agricultural issues using the scientific method.

    PO#4 Investigate marketing channels or opportunities for agricultural products

    Horticulture & Sports Turf Management AAS

    PO#1 Manage environmental factors to promote healthy plant growth and propagation in outdoor and controlled environments.

    Horticulture AS

    PO#3 Design solutions to real-world agricultural issues using the scientific method.

    PO#3 Manage environmental factors to promote healthy plant growth and propagation in outdoor and controlled environments.

     

  • AECL 1150 - Perspectives in Sustainable Food Systems


    This course introduces students to a variety of perspectives regarding the sustainability of our current food system through viewings of food documentaries and assigned readings.  Class discussions will be based on student reflection and comparison of differing perspectives.

    Credits: 1

  • AECL 1470 - Internship in: Ag Ecology


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice.  Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1 to 6

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • AECL 2010 - The Ecological Web: Soils


    This course introduces students to the soil resources of the United States to enable a full appreciation of the importance of these resources; presents soil science theory tied to the practice of those that use the soil; and stresses the sustainable management of soil resources.  The course focuses on the basic properties of soils such as physical, chemical, and biological which influence our use of soils to grow plants, to support structures, to store wastes, to filter water, and in general to function as a component of our habitat.



    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None

  • AECL 2140 - Food, Ethics, & Sustainability


    Students in this course will explore the interconnectedness of food systems and our relationships to them, examine the impact our food choices have on our health, the health of others, and the health of the planet, and consider the ethical and political implications of our current food system and our personal food choices.

    Credits: 3

  • AECL 2160 - Exploring Sustainability in Agriculture


    This course integrates the study of theoretical aspects of agricultural sustainability with both field-based laboratory exercises and hands-on learning of sustainable agriculture practices.  Students will explore the influence of specific agricultural technologies and land use practices on the productivity of agricultural ecosystems, environmental quality, and human health by examining the environmental science and agronomy of both conventional and alternative agricultural practices.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    AECL 1000 - Agroecology



  • American Sign Language (ASL)

  • ASL 1500 - American Sign Language I


    This course is designed to give students a broad background in American Sign Language basics. Readiness activities will be conducted focusing on visual/receptive skills and basic communication. The direct experience method, using ASL, is used to enhance the learning process.

    Credits: 5

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ASL 1600 - American Sign Language II


    A continuation of ASL I, ASL II is designed for educational interpreting majors and/or foreign language credit. The course provides students an opportunity to develop a stronger grasp if ASL, with increased vocabulary and emphasis on expressive signing skills. The direct experience method, using ASL with no voice, is used to speed language acquisition and to enhance the learning process.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    ASL 1500 - American Sign Language I



  • ASL 1700 - American Sign Language III


    This course is designed to increase proficiency in understanding and using American Sign Language (ASL), with specific focus on grammatical aspects.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    ASL 1500 - American Sign Language, ASL 1550 - Fingerspelling, ASL 1600 - American Sign Language II, EIP 1500 - Deaf Culture, and EIP 2510 - Comparative Studies



  • Animal Science (ANSC)

  • ANSC 0000 - Any course from the ANSC department


    Choose any course from the ANSC department.

  • ANSC 1005 - Introduction to Equine Studies


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to explore the many horse-related career tracks available and to determine the education needed to be successful in these careers.  The course also provides a broad overview of the equine anatomy, nutrition, and management.

    Credits: 3

  • ANSC 1010 - Livestock Production


    This course introduces students to modern livestock production and includes breeds and management of sheep, dairy, swine, horses, and poultry. Methods of production are covered including ways to produce a more healthful, consumable, and acceptable animal product. Nutritional and economical aspects of products from various types of livestock are discussed. Economic impact of livestock production on a nationwide and world basis is also discussed as well as some animal pathology and nutrition.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    None



  • ANSC 1030 - Equine Management


    This course will provide an overview of the equine industry.  It will provide students with foundational knowledge of the proper ways to manage equine.  This includes, purpose & breeds, nutrition, health and exercise physiology.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANSC 1030 Equine Management  , the student will:

    1. Examine horse selection based on purpose, breed, and confirmation
    2. Describe proper health care, vaccination protocol and treatment plans
    3. Evaluate proper nutrition based on workload and stage of production
    4. Evaluate training programs as related to exercise physiology
    5. Describe the reproductive system and genetic selection for breeding purposes
    6. Describe proper housing, minimizing environmental stress, and proper sanitation
    7. Identify common equipment (i.e. tack) utilized and uses for that equipment
    8. Identify equine behavior and welfare
    9. Apply critical thinking and problem solving skills


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ANSC 1030 Equine Management, the student will:

    1. Design solutions to real-world issues using the scientific method

    2. Assess feed nutrients and how they are necessary for the health, growth, and development of livestock

    3. Evaluate various types of livestock and their economic contributions nationally and globally

  • ANSC 1040 - Equine Nutrition


    This course is designed to give students in-depth knowledge of equine nutrient requirements and how they affect a horse’s performance.  This course involves the analysis of equine digestive systems including, metabolic and digestive disorders.  The students also evaluate nutritive needs as they relate to feed composition, vitamins and mineral nutrition, and general feeding and management.

    Credits: 3

  • ANSC 1100 - Artificial Insemination


    This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge and skills needed to perform artificial insemination on cattle.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Additional Fee

    Co-requisites:
    ANSC 2015 Livestock Reproduction or equivalent, and instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANSC 1100 Artificial Insemination, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate proper palpation techniques on live cattle to identify reproductive anatomy.
    2. Perform proper use of artificial insemination instruments to achieve maximum conception.
    3. Exhibit proper handling of liquid nitrogen apparatus and frozen semen straws.
    4. Describe the necessity of synchronization when artificially inseminating cattle.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ANSC 1100 Artificial, the student will:

    1.   Design solutions to real-world agricultural issues using the scientific
           method

    2. Evaluate various types of livestock and their nutritional and economic contributions nationally and globally

  • ANSC 1400 - Equine Anatomy and Locomotion


    This course applies the understanding of equine anatomy and physiology to practical horsemanship and farrier science. This course focuses on lower limb anatomy and the interaction of skeleto-muscular systems on locomotion and pathology. Basic farrier theory, including shoe selection and foot and leg care will also be introduced.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Combined lecture/lab

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EQST 1400 Equine Anatomy and Locomotion the student will:

    1. diagram the muscle and skeletal anatomy of a horse’s lower limb.
    2. acquire an equine anatomy and physiology vocabulary to facilitate communication with horse owners and veterinarians.
    3. analyze horse movement as it relates to anatomy and physiology.
    4. evaluate pathologies due to the anatomy and physiology of the lower limb or due to improper foot care and shoeing.
    5. troubleshoot common foot and shoeing problems.
    6. handle horses safely.
    7. compare different horseshoe and nail types to their applications.


  • ANSC 1470 - Internship in Animal Science


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice.  Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1 to 6

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • ANSC 2010 - Domestic Animal Metabolism


    This course will introduce students to the principles of cellular and whole body metabolism in livestock, both monogastric and ruminant. Fundamental aspects of cellular metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins will be covered. The relationship between cellular compounds of storage and generation of energy, production of structural tissues, and dietary nutrients will be explored.  

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    CHEM 1000

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANSC 2010 Domestic Animal Metabolism, the student will:

    1. Examine comparison of metabolism between monogastric and ruminant livestock
    2. Describe how pH influences reactions and metabolism
    3. Compare nomenclature and nature of macromolecules
    4. Describe involvement of functional groups in cellular metabolism
    5. Describe protein synthesis and degradation
    6. Describe energy metabolism
    7. Differentiate enzymes and cofactors involved in metabolic processes
    8. Describe production of fatty acids
    9. Identify the contributions of lipids to energy metabolism

     

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ANSC 2010 Domestic Animal Metabolism, the student will:

      1. Assess feed nutrients and how they are necessary for the health, growth, and development of livestock.

     

  • ANSC 2015 - Livestock Reproduction


    This course provides a comprehensive study of livestock reproduction, the single most important economic factor of livestock production. It covers the anatomy, physiology and endocrine aspects of livestock reproduction. Estrous synchronization, artificial insemination, pregnancy testing, and management systems are covered as well as economic considerations to maximize profits. Emphasis is on cattle reproduction, but other types of livestock are discussed.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: Prior to Fall 2011, ANSC 2015 was listed as ANSC 1015

  • ANSC 2020 - Feeds & Feeding


    This course presents a scientific, yet practical approach to the study of feeding farm animals for growth, production, finish, reproduction, and work. Elements and constituents of feed stuffs are studied along with the requirements of animals. Students learn to properly balance rations, using a variety of methods. The course emphasizes the use of both home grown and commercial feed to obtain optimum results. This course is designed to introduce students to feeding practices of farm animals and give them a broad understanding of the livestock feeds industry, including the challenges and opportunities associated with it.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ANSC 2110 - Beef Production


    This course provides an in-depth study of beef production from a scientific and practical point of view. It includes the economics of production and how to maximize profits, using the latest in scientific and management techniques. Financial, production, and genetic aspects are stressed, including the use of both the animal and basic production unit. Particular emphasis is place on Western Production conditions, including cow/calf operations, stocker programs, and the production of market beef.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • ANSC 2320 - Livestock Health & Pathology


    This course presents a scientific yet practical approach to the study of livestock health. A wide range of topics related to health and disease management including: signs of good and poor animal health, principal causes of disease; methods of disease transmission and diagnosis as well as treatment.  Emphasis will be on control and prevention of disease in livestock. This course will emphasize immune responses, vaccination programs and distinguishing between infectious, contagious, and zoonotic diseases common to livestock.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANSC 2320 Livestock Health and Pathology the student will:

    1. distinguish between a healthy animal and a sick animal
    2. identify causes, transmission, diagnosis and treatment for common diseases in livestock
    3. describe basic principles of immunology
    4. discuss general principles of disease processes
    5. examine management factors involved with livestock disease
    6. explain differences in vaccination protocols
    7. recognize when professional assistance is required for disease problems
    8. describe a quality herd health program of disease prevention

    describe and implement biosecurity plan and standard operating procedures

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ANSC 2320 Livestock Health and Pathology the student will:

    1. Design solutions to real-world agricultural issues using the scientific method
    2. Analyze how governmental regulations apply to animal science

    Evaluate various types of livestock and their nutritional and economic contributions nationally and globally

  • ANSC 2470 - Internship in Animal Science


    This internship course provides a means for students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice.  Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1 to 6

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • Anthropology (ANTH)

  • ANTH 0000 - Anthropology Course


    Course from the Anthropology Department

  • ANTH 1200 - Cultural Anthropology


    This course examines the intricacies, uniqueness, and/or universal characteristics of cultures from a national and global perspective.  It explores and defines anthropology, identifies what anthropologists do, the value of the field and the careers which may utilize these skills and abilities. This course provides a brief history, the evolutionary theories and key concepts in field of anthropology and provide an introduction to the scientific methodology and techniques used in this field. Additionally, this course will present comparisons of the sum of mankind’s learned behavior, as opposed to genetically determined behavior, the plight of tribal peoples today as well as the relationship between cultural and personal traits.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Social & Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW as well as the Global Awareness core requirement at the College of Arts and Sciences.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANTH1200 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology , the student will:

    1. define anthropology as a scientific discipline.
    2. state what cultural anthropologists do.
    3. describe methodology and techniques used by cultural anthropologists.
    4. provide a brief history of anthropology.
    5. explain the importance of cultural relativity and define ethnocentrism.
    6. outline such key concepts in cultural anthropology as subsistence, economics, politics, kinship, marriage, and religion.
    7. describe the plight of tribal peoples today.
    8. relate the value of cultural anthropology as a scientific field of knowledge.


  • ANTH 1300 - Introduction to Archaeology


    This introductory course covers the history, types and techniques used in archaeological excavation including a survey of both Old and New World civilizations, major events and sites. Additionally the course explores artifact retrieval, dating methods, and documentation processes. Core anthropology concepts and theories will be examined as well as the evolution of humanity and ancient culture.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Social & Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course fulfills the Physical and Natural World requirement at UW, and the Global Awareness core requirement in the College of Arts and Sciences..

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANTH1300 Introduction to Archeology , the student will:

    1. Define archaeology and its goals.
    2. Present a brief history of archaeological exploration.
    3. Outline the ideas, processes, equipment and methods used by archaeologists.
    4. Distinguish between the theoretical models used by archaeologists
    5. Explain what the field of archaeology has discovered about the world’s prehistory.
    6. Defend the value of archaeology as a scientific discipline and prehistory as a learned subject.
    7. Explain the value of artifacts as a nonrenewable resource.
    8. Describe the current thought on the advent of humanity and the evolution of human culture.
    9. Differentiate between ancient civilizations, such as Egypt, Stonehenge, China, the Americans and others of unique character.


    Program Outcomes
    Social Science AA

    PO#2: explore sociocultural diversity, on local, country and international levels.

  • ANTH 2000 - Linguistic Anthropology


    This course provides an introduction to anthropological approaches for understanding language and interpretation within a cultural context, with attention paid to oral languages and preliterate cultures.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of a 1000-level ANTH course.



  • ANTH 2025 - Introduction to World Music


    This course explores various aspects of music from a global perspective.  The focus is on music styles and traditions from outside the Western canon.  Students actively study music in its cultural context from a variety of geographic areas of the world.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course also satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ANTH/MUSC 2025 Introduction to World Music, the student will:

    1. distinguish the cultural differences between music of the Western tradition and systems which lie outside that tradition.
    2. summarize the prominent features of musical styles from around the world.
    3. employ a basic technical vocabulary for describing and writing about music.
    4. distinguish between musics of different world cultures and different sub-types within those cultures.
    5. assess the effects of globalization, mass mediation, and electronic communication on world cultures and their musical traditions.


    Program Outcomes
    Music AFA

    PO#2 Summarize musical styles, genres, traditions, and major figures from various cultures and historical periods.

    Cross-listed: MUSC 2025 - Introduction to World Music

  • Art (ART)

  • ART 0000 - Art Studio Core


    The following courses fulfill this requirement – 6 credits required:

    ART 2090 Printmaking
    ART 2220 Painting II
    ART 2420 Ceramics II
    ART 2430 Ceramics III
    ART 2440 Ceramics IV
    ART 2112 Graphic Design
    ART 2122 Computer Graphics
    ART 2330 Metal Fabrication
    ART 2320 Mixed Media
    ART 2325 Digital Methods
    ART 2470 Visual Arts Internship

    Comments: Each course may be used only once in meeting program requirements.

  • ART 1000 - Introduction to Art: Studio & Theory


    This course examines significant trends in the fine and applied arts through the ages as explained and discussed through illustrated lectures with the intent of broadening students’ views and understanding of art.  Studio practice is a large component of this course and projects based on significant trends are addressed.  Although this course also serves as an introductory course for art majors, no prior art training is assumed.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Combined Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate Degree.

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1000 Introduction to Art: Studio & Theory, the student will:

    1. Examine the basic concepts and visual elements of art.
    2. Develop a vocabulary of art-related terminology.
    3. Apply the principles of design to create visual organization.
    4. Modify designs to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    5. Explore various artists, styles, media, significant works, and historical periods.


  • ART 1005 - Drawing I


    This course investigates the visual language required in drawing and examines the details of basic formal and procedural means employed in expressive drawing. Black and white media are explored within the drawing assignments.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1005 Drawing I, the student will:

    1. identify the correct materials, their various uses, and their care and application to the drawing process.
    2. describe both how the materials are made and the components within the materials.
    3. understand the methods and techniques of historical and modern drawing processes.
    4. learn to “see” in order to gain the necessary hand and eye coordination for the drawing skill.
    5. apply the devices in illusion which create space, depth, and perspective proportion in the picture plane.
    6. practice the use of the art elements by designing and creating original compositions.
    7. experiment with different black and white media, techniques, and materials.
    8. integrate conceptual ideas into drawings as a means of communication and expression.
    9. analyze a drawing by using appropriate terms for critiquing artwork.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application:  Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship:  Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation:  Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design. 

  • ART 1011 - Introduction to Arts Administration


    This course provides an overview of arts administration. Topics include organizational structure, arts and cultural policy, fundraising and grant writing in the arts, marketing and audience development, community engagement and arts advocacy. Careers and internships in arts administration will also be explored.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies

    Upon completion of ART/MUSC/THEA 1011 Introduction to Arts Administration, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the various types of arts organizations in the U.S., their missions and governing structures, and key issues facing contemporary arts organizations.
    2. Identify effective techniques for strategic planning, programming, fundraising, audience outreach, marketing, public relations, financial management, and organizational leadership.
    3. Apply concepts form course readings and discussions to the analysis of case studies.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ART/MUSC/THEA 1011 Introduction to Arts Administration, the student will:

    1. Develop arts advocacy skills.
    2. Communicate using written, oral, and visual communication skills.


    Cross-listed: MUSC 1011, THEA 1011

  • ART 1110 - Foundation: 2-D


    This course concentrates on the basic elements of design with an emphasis on visual communication and problem-solving.  This course is intended to give the beginning student an understanding of concepts common to all two-dimensional art forms.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1110 Foundation: 2-D, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore methods of 2-D design.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running a 2-D facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the art field.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 1115 - Techniques: Digital Media


    This course is an introductory-level course designed to investigate the role of digital media in art and visual literacy. Students will gain experience with basic graphics software, explore the use of the Internet for research and communication, and discuss topics related to graphic design, contemporary art, and digital culture. Students will have nearly 24/7 access to a computer lab with current design software used as the industry standard. They will develop technical and critical thinking skills while learning how to construct and manipulate digital images. These skills will also be used to create a web-based portfolio. This portfolio will be an ongoing project throughout the semester.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1115 Techniques: Digital Media, the student will:

    1. Understand an overview of digital media as both an art form and means of artist promotion.
    2. Demonstrate basic tools and techniques used in graphic software, including Adobe Illustrator, InDesign, and Photoshop.
    3. Discuss contemporary video art and the basics of video production.
    4. Use the internet as a tool for research and presentation.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application:  Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship:  Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation:  Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 1120 - Foundation: 3-D


    This course concentrates on the basic elements of 3D design with an emphasis on visual communication and problem solving using a wide variety of materials.  This course is intended to give the beginning student an understanding of concepts common to all three-dimensional art forms.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1120 Foundation: 3D, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore methods of 3-D construction.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running a 3-D facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the sculptural field.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 1130 - Foundation: Color


    This course concentrates on the basic elements of design with an emphasis on color theory and its use in all aspects of art.  Consideration is given to the range of various media used in creating compositional art forms as found in both historical and contemporary art and design.  It is intended to give the beginning student an understanding of how works of art can be manipulated by color choice.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1130 Foundation: Color, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore methods of Color Theory.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running an art facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the art field.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 1160 - Photography II


    This course introduces students to finer, more precise methods of film exposure and printing techniques. Students learn to use the Zone System for black and white photography and study artificial and natural lighting in depth. Color photography is introduced.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Students may need to provide their own cameras.

    Prerequisites:

    ART 1150 - Photography I or instructor consent



  • ART 1178 - Adobe Photoshop I


    This course gives an in-depth introduction to the world of computer graphics and computer imaging with emphasis on developing the skills of image capture and manipulation utilizing Adobe Photoshop software. Issues such as digital storage and transmission will be addressed.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1178 Adobe Photoshop I, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate basic skills of accessing, inputting, and manipulating information on the computer (computer literacy).
    2. Demonstrate basic skills of capturing, manipulating, storing, and transporting digital photographic images.
    3. Produce a number of images using primary techniques.
    4. Identify primary principles of design.
    5. Demonstrate competencies appropriate to the credit level of the selected topic.


  • ART 1179 - Adobe Photoshop II


    This course is a continuation of ART 1178 Adobe Photoshop I that gives closer examination to the world of computer graphics and computer imaging with emphasis on developing the skills of image capture and manipulation utilizing Adobe Photoshop software. Issues such as digital storage and transmission will be addressed.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    ART 1178 Adobe Photoshop I or Instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 1179 Adobe Photoshop II, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate basic skills of accessing, inputting, and manipulating information on the computer (computer literacy).
    2. Demonstrate basic skills of capturing, manipulating, storing, and transporting digital photographic images.
    3. Produce a number of images using primary techniques.
    4. Identify primary principles of design.
    5. Demonstrate competencies appropriate to the credit level of the selected topic


  • ART 1310 - Sculpture I


    This course concentrates on a further understanding of three-dimensional design with an emphasis on materials, techniques, and concept used in the many varieties of historical and contemporary sculptural form.  Projects are designed to develop conceptual and critical thinking as well as exploring various fabrication techniques.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: Prior to Fall 2010, ART 1310 was listed as ART 2320 - Sculpture II

    Prerequisites:

    ART 1120 - Foundation: 3D or instructor consent



  • ART 1520 - Topics in Studio Art


    This course is an examination of a topic in studio Art. The topic is a specific form of expression or technique in Art.

    Credits: 1 to 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ART 2000 - Techniques: Capstone


    This course is a capstone which provides the necessary information and guidance toward building a professional body of artistic work.  Students work independently on pieces to exhibit for their Asociate of Fine Arts degree requirement and to create a portfolio for application to a transfer institution. 

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Comments: Pass/Fail

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2000 Techniques: Capstone, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore the methods of construction.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of an art facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the field


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ART 2000 Techniques: Capstone, the student will:

    1. Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.
    2. Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.
    3. Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.
    4. Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.
    5. Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.
    6. Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.


  • ART 2005 - Drawing II


    This course is an intermediate level drawing course building upon the fundamentals of observation, artistic invention, perspective and composition through problems in still life and landscape.   Drawing in both wet and dry media is explored along with the use of color and pastels.  Lectures, drawing sessions, and structured critiques are used to develop the formal, conceptual, expressive, and technical understanding of the drawing process.  Drawing II is designed to refine knowledge and skills gained in Drawing I and to extend the student’s ability to make sound choices toward the solving of compositional problems. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ART 1005 Drawing I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2005 Drawing II, the student will:

    1. demonstrate acceptable drawing skill in the use of wet, dry, and mixed media.
    2. use color, including the use of color pastels, as it applies to drawing skills.
    3. compose drawings with regard to format, subject, and expressive content.
    4. use thumbnail sketches for to resolve compositional problems.
    5. compose subject matter in drawing for effective expression through selection and arrangement.
    6. discuss composition and expressive intent as related to drawings.
    7. discuss how principles of design relate to all aspects of drawing.
    8. exhibit familiarity with historical and contemporary drawing trends.
    9. integrate conceptual ideas into drawings as a means of communication and expression.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application:  Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship:  Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation:  Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2010 - Art History Survey I


    This course is the first semester of a one-year survey which studies ancient, medieval, renaissance, and modern art with special reference to various social, economic and historical factors which motivated and conditioned the early aesthetic forms. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2010 Art History Survey I, the student will:

    1. Analyze works of art and architecture as aesthetic objects.
    2. Discuss works of art and architecture as aesthetic objects.
    3. Analyze works of art and architecture (examples of visual culture) as the products of a particular historical and cultural period.
    4. Discuss works of art and architecture as the products of a particular historical and cultural period.
    5. Define the terminology (including key concepts and personalities) relevant to each section of the course, citing examples when appropriate.
    6. Identify the key works by period and date of period.
    7. Discuss the key works in terms of cultural context.
    8. Discuss the changing role of art patronage.
    9. Discuss the changing role of the artist in society.

     

    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design. 

  • ART 2020 - Art History Survey II


    This course is the second semester of a one-year survey which studies renaissance, baroque, rococo, 18th century, 19th century and modern art with special reference to various social, economic, and historical factors which motivated and conditioned the aesthetic forms.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2020 Art History Survey II, the student will:

    1. Analyze works of art and architecture as aesthetic objects.
    2. Discuss works of art and architecture as aesthetic objects.
    3. Analyze works of art and architecture (examples of visual culture) as the products of a particular historical and cultural period.
    4. Discuss works of art and architecture as the products of a particular historical and cultural period.
    5. Define the terminology (including key concepts and personalities) relevant to each section of the course, citing examples when appropriate.
    6. Identify the key works by period and date of period.
    7. Discuss the key works in terms of cultural context.
    8. Discuss the changing role of art patronage.
    9. Discuss the changing role of the artist in society.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2090 - Printmaking


    This course explores the avenues of image-making afforded by Plano graphic, relief, and intaglio printmaking methods.  Students develop ideas and design imagery suited to the unique qualities of the techniques instructed, and are instructed in the historical and contemporary context of the print.  Further, the student will begin to understand and interpret print imagery, practice critical thinking, and discover the possibilities of printmaking. Lectures will introduce the work of noted printmakers, the evolution of aesthetics and theory associated with the history of the medium, and examine the impact that the printmaking exerts in contemporary culture.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2090 Printmaking , the student will:

    1. Increased understanding of visual communication through printmaking.
    2. Gain advanced understanding of print theory, technique, and aesthetics.
    3. Develop an increased ability to express personal understandings and insights through printmaking.
    4. Develop an understanding of the criticism of print images and their relationship to materials, techniques, content, and context.
    5. Develop an advanced level of craftsmanship through ideas of prints.
    6. Refine the composition, color, quality and orientation of the prints.
    7. Use creative tools like Photoshop to create a hybrid workflow, not just a photo-editing piece of software.
    8. Manipulate through use of the various tools the content in the image itself.
    9. Define and utilize different print materials and processes.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional and serious level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Examine different historical and cultural influences in art and design. 

  • ART 2112 - Graphic Design


    This course explores techniques of graphic design preparation from concept through paste-up and to the printed page, both on and off the computer. This course provides knowledge of basic foundations and principles of graphic design through the solving of conceptual design problems. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2112 Graphic Design I, the student will:

    1. identify the correct programs, their various uses, and their care and application to the design process.
    2. generate numerous solutions to a design problem through both aesthetic and conceptual variables.
    3. understand the methods and techniques of historical and modern design processes.
    4. assess the value of type and its utilization
    5. apply the devices in illusion which create space, depth, and perspective proportion in the picture plane.
    6. practice the use of the art elements by designing and creating original compositions.
    7. explain the importance of packaging and corporate identity.
    8. integrate conceptual ideas into design projects as a means of communication and expression.
    9. analyze these designs by using appropriate terms for critiquing artwork.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application:  Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship:  Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation:  Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2122 - Graphic Design II


    This course develops a hands-on understanding of how visual elements and text are created and manipulated in current graphic design software programs used in the graphics design field. In addition, it explores techniques of basic graphic design preparation on the computer. Problems are given in various software applications, and graphic design problems are presented as technical examples of production.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2122 Graphic Design II, the student will:

    1. demonstrate fundamental management of the professional standard software.
    2. generate numerous solutions to a design problem through both aesthetic and conceptual variables.
    3. determine which software application best suits the unique properties of any given design problem.
    4. assess the value of type and its utilization
    5. apply the devices in illusion which create space, depth, and perspective proportion in the picture plane.
    6. practice the use of the art elements by designing and creating original compositions.
    7. explore the importance of design principles as related to page layout, logo design and packaging.
    8. classify file types, color modes and resolution, as well as their uses and application.
    9. demonstrate printing methods and techniques.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application:  Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship:  Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation:  Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2210 - Painting I: Oil


    This introduction to painting with watercolor and oil provides students with a basic knowledge of the materials and skills useful for self- expression through painting. Color theory and mixing are stressed.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
  • ART 2220 - Painting II


    This course will follow a sequential format of projects that will explore some of the more advanced elements of painting technique. Both direct and indirect painting methods will be explored. In addition, concepts central to how an image is realized from its genesis as an idea to a complete and finished work will be discussed and integrated into the projects.


    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Course serves as a studo core elective for ART AFA program

    Prerequisites:

    ART 1005 - Drawing I



  • ART 2255 - Photography I - Digital


    This is an introductory still photography class dealing with both the practical and conceptual bases of photography.  Students will learn basic photographic technique including operation of the camera, lenses and associated accessories, and application of basic photographic techniques such as exposure calculation, shutter speed control, manipulation of depth of field, etc. Further, the student will begin to understand and interpret photographic imagery, practice critical thinking, and discover the possibilities of camera made images. Lectures will introduce the work of noted photographers, the evolution of aesthetics and theory associated with the history of the medium, and examine the impact that the photographic image exerts in contemporary culture.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2255 Photography I - Digital, the student will:

    1. Increased understanding of visual communication through photography.
    2. Gain advanced understanding of photographic theory, technique, and aesthetics.
    3. Develop an increased ability to express personal understandings and insights through photography.
    4. Develop an understanding of the criticism of photographic images and their relationship to materials, techniques, content, and context.
    5. Develop an import and export workflow through various methods such as Photoshop and Lightroom.
    6. Refine the composition, color, quality and orientation of the images imported.
    7. Use Photoshop as a creative tool, not just a photo-editing piece of software.
    8. Manipulate through use of the various tools the content in the image itself.
    9. Define and utilize different photographic materials and processes.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA Program Outcomes

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional and serious level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Examine different historical and cultural influences in art and design. 

  • ART 2305 - Techniques: Wood


    This course covers two curricular units, one in which students are introduced to the processes, equipment, hand tools, materials, and necessary safety procedures related to the art department woodshop.  The other unit teaches students art preparation techniques which they will encounter both as a student and professional.

    Students have nearly 24/7 access to the Art Department woodshop once they have completed safety training and sign the departmental contract for use. They develop technical and critical thinking skills while learning how to construct and manipulate wood using a variety of tools.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2305 Techniques: Wood, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate ability to successfully and safely utilize all shop equipment to complete projects.
    2. Create projects with a high level of craftsmanship.
    3. Demonstrate ability to follow project guidelines.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles:  Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation:  Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application:  Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship:  Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation:  Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical:   Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2310 - Sculpture I


    This course concentrates on a further understanding of three-dimensional design with an emphasis on materials, techniques, and concept used in the many varieties of historical and contemporary sculptural form.  Projects are designed to develop conceptual and critical thinking as well as exploring various fabrication techniques.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ART 1120 Foundation: 3-D, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2310 Sculpture I, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore many methods of sculptural construction.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running a sculpture facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the sculptural field.


    Program Outcomes
    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2320 - Mixed Media


    This course explores the use of a variety of materials to create sculptural form. Students have an opportunity to discover and appreciate how material, process, and concept cooperate to form the basis of three-dimensional art. Students learn to use material as content and expression.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ART 1120 Foundation: 3-D, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2320 Mixed Media, the student will:

    Define and comprehend the principals of design.

    Apply those principals to create visual organization.

    Analyze, critique and modify designs.

    Explore the methods of mixed media construction.

    Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.

    Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.

    Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 

    Take part in all aspects of running a sculpture facility. 

    Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the sculptural field.

    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2325 - Digital Media


    This course explores the use of digital media to create sculptural works, installations and videos. Students explore a variety of different techniques used to create and manipulate a variety of materials and media.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    Prerequisites:
    ART 1120 Foundation: 3-D with C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2325 Digital Media, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate basic skills of capturing, accessing, inputting, and manipulating information on the computer (computer literacy).
    2. Demonstrate basic skills of capturing, manipulating, storing, and transporting digital videos and images.
    3. Produce a number of images and videos using primary techniques.
    4. Identify primary principles of design.
    5. Demonstrate competencies appropriate to the credit level of the selected topic.
    6. Utilize digital media in effective compositions.
    7. Utilize all materials and equipment in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Explore the methods of digital media construction and projection. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the field of Digital Media.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2330 - Metal Fabrication


    This course will begin to explore the use of steel to create sculpture. We will explore a variety of different techniques used to manipulate steel in order to fabricate effective sculptural works.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ART 1120 Foundation: 3-D with C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2330 Metal Fabrication, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore the methods of metal fabrication construction.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running a metals facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the sculptural field.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2410 - Ceramics I


    This course is a studio course which is primarily concerned with the basic elements of ceramic design with an emphasis on visual communication and problem-solving using a wide variety of construction methods including pinch, coil, slab building, and throwing on the wheel.  The course relates visual arts content to the social, cultural, and historical context through the examination of ceramic form as found in both contemporary art and design as well as in different cultural and historical contexts.  Students will learn the necessary techniques and processes that will prepare them to move on to the next level.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2410 Ceramics I, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore the methods of ceramic construction.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running a Ceramic facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the ceramic field.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2420 - Ceramics II


    This advanced course allows further development and exploration in the methods of pottery construction.  Emphasis will be on use of the potter’s wheel as a tool and to gain a deeper knowledge of techniques for glazing, decorating and firing work.  Student will work closely with the instructor to define their own goals and objectives for completing successful assignments. The course relates visual arts content to the social, cultural, and historical context through the examination of ceramic form as found in both contemporary art and design as well as in different cultural and historical contexts.  Students will learn the necessary techniques and processes that will prepare them to move on to the next level.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Studio

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2420 Ceramics II, the student will:

    1. Define and comprehend the principals of design.
    2. Apply those principals to create visual organization.
    3. Analyze, critique and modify designs.
    4. Explore the methods of ceramic construction.
    5. Construct pieces based on the assigned criteria.
    6. Experiment with materials and processes to accommodate the assigned criteria.
    7. Utilize all materials in a safe and effective manner. 
    8. Take part in all aspects of running a Ceramic facility. 
    9. Explore and comprehend the social, political, and cultural context within the ceramic field.


    Program Outcomes
    Art AFA

    PO#1 Application of Foundation Principles: Employ the elements of art and design and compositional principles in 2-D and 3-D work.

    PO#2 Observation: Produce accurate and proportional representations of real space and objects.

    PO#3 Conceptual Application: Create work using foundation principles to convey a concept or idea.

    PO#4 Craftsmanship: Demonstrate a professional level of craftsmanship and technical ability in working with a range of 2D and 3D materials.

    PO#5 Articulation: Use art and design related vocabulary that is both relevant and appropriate in discussing visual artwork.

    PO#6 Historical: Discuss different historical and cultural influences in art and design.

  • ART 2430 - Ceramics III


    This is a class for experienced potters, who continue to work on the potter’s wheel, as well as study individual problems with clay, glaze production and firing. Work in raku is included. This course is offered when demand warrants or at the discretion of the division.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Additional Fee

    Prerequisites:

    ART 2420 - Ceramics II or instructor consent



  • ART 2440 - Ceramics IV


    This class offers students further opportunities to explore the skills and concept in ART 2430- Ceramics III.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Additional Fee

    Prerequisites:

    ART 2430 - Ceramics III



  • ART 2470 - Visual Arts Internship


    This course is designed to allow students to receive credit while working in a professional setting. Internships provide exposure to a workplace environment and offer students the opportunity to use creative problem-solving skills. Students engage in the arts, develop new skills, expand their professional network and refine their career goals.

    Credits: 1-3

    Instructional Method Internship

    Prerequisites:
    Instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART 2470 Visual Arts Internship, the student will:

    1. Complete duties required by the specific internship.
    2. Present the desired art product related to their specific internship.
    3. Characterize the specific internship in a public relations setting.


  • PHOT 1540 - Beginning Digital Photography


    This is an introductory still photography class dealing with the basics of digital photography.  Students will learn basic camera Anatomy and functions along with lighting and flash techniques.  Specific areas such as file formats, image editing programs, printers and electronic output will be covered.  Lectures will introduce the work of noted photographers, the evolution of aesthetics and theory associated with the history of the medium, and examine the impact that the photographic image exerts in historical and contemporary culture.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: Visual & Performing Arts - only for AAS programs
    Comments: This course does not meet the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHOT 1540-Beginning Digital Photo, the student will:

    1. Increase an understanding of visual communication through photography.
    2. Gain advanced understanding of photographic theory, technique, and aesthetics.
    3. Develop an increased ability to express personal understandings and insights through photography.
    4. Develop an understanding of the criticism of photographic images and their relationship to materials, techniques, content, and context.
    5. Demonstrate image capture and transfer.
    6. Perform image editing using software
    7. Establish file formats and storage devices.
    8. Implement basic lighting and flash techniques.
    9. Define and utilize different photographic materials and processes.


  • Astronomy (ASTR)

  • ASTR 0000 - Any course from the ASTR department


    Choose any course from the ASTR department.

  • ASTR 1050 - Survey of Astronomy


    This course provides an overview of the solar system, the structure and evolution of stars, galaxies, and the universe as a whole including cosmology. Studies also include basic celestial motions, a history of astronomy, telescopes, the nature of light and gravity, and the theories of special and general relativity.

     

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ASTR 1050 Survey of Astronomy, the student will:

    1. Relate fundamental concepts of physics, to include Newton’s laws of motion, the Law of Universal Gravitation, the various radiation laws, spectroscopy, and the theories of special and general relativity, to problems in astronomy.
    2. Evaluate the methods used to measure the distances to celestial objects.
    3. Discriminate among the various telescope designs employed to observe celestial objects at radio, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, X-ray, and gamma-ray wavelengths.
    4. Interpret the long term, annual, seasonal, and daily celestial motions of the stars, planets, sun, and moon.
    5. Identify the constellations, brightest stars, and planets that are visible during the semester.
    6. Critique the historical development of astronomer’s ideas regarding the structure of the universe and Earth’s place within this structure.
    7. Summarize the chemistry, atmospheric compositions and phenomena, internal structure, surface geology, and origins of the various objects of the solar system.
    8. Defend theories regarding the evolution of stars of various masses.
    9. Interpret a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram.
    10. Defend the theories regarding the structure and origin of the Milky Way galaxy.
    11. Discuss the possible origins of the various galactic structures.
    12. Discuss the evidence that supports the Big Bang Theory.
    13. State the most important astronomical questions which have yet to be answered.


  • Atmospheric Science (ATSC)

    Automotive Technology (AUTO)

  • AUTO 1580 - Basic Auto Maintenance


    This course is designed for non-degree students. The class offers students instruction in the basics of automotive maintenance, automotive systems operation, troubleshooting, preventive maintenance and repair, along with the terminology, proper use of tools and procedures required to perform these tasks.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Additional Fee

  • Biology (BIOL)

  • BIOL 0000 - Any course from the BIOL department


    Choose any course from the BIOL department.

  • BIOL 1001 - Biology Orientation


    This course integrates classroom and on-site field instruction to introduce and orient students to the Biology program.  Students are introduced to the natural history of the Bighorn mountains, collecting data to address environmental and ecological issues of interest to land managers.  Students also explore various topics in biology while reading and discussing literature from a wide breadth of resources.  Additionally, students meet program faculty, learn about their research interests, and gain skills in developing and managing their own educational plans. 

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 1001 Biology Orientation, the student will:

    1. Describe basic plant and animal diversity in lodgepole pine forests.
    2. Discuss fundamental concepts and core areas of study in biology.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the biology program and faculty.
    4. Create a two-year education plan based on student’s educational goals.


  • BIOL 1010 - General Biology I


    This course is a comprehensive, introductory college biology course emphasizing concepts related to the chemical basis of life and its molecular and cellular organization.  Metabolic processes, genetics, evolution, and the scientific method are integrated into these concepts, and are explored using laboratory and lecture activities.  Duplicate credit will not be given for BIOL 1020 Life Science.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Life Science
    Comments: This course transfers to UW as LIFE 1010 and meets their Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    Current enrollment or successful completion of MATH 0930 Int Algebra, MATH 1000 Prob Solving, or higher level, or equivalent math placement; and current enrollment or successful completion of ENGL 1010 English I or equivalent placement; or instr consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 1010 General Biology I, the student will:

    1. Summarize the fundamental relationships between energy flow, and metabolic processes.
    2. Identify the impact of chemistry on cellular metabolism, and its importance in the life processes of living organisms.
    3. Relate an awareness of the three-dimensional structure of biological molecules and the importance of molecular structure to cellular and organismal functions.
    4. Assess how biological membrane structure correlates with membrane function.
    5. Explain cell structure and the function of cellular organelles.
    6. Describe enzyme function and the factors that influence enzyme activity.
    7. Summarize the processes of cellular respiration and photosynthesis.
    8. Compare the roles of DNA, RNA, and the genetic code during the flow of biological information during the processes of transcription and translation.
    9. Discriminate between the processes and products of mitosis and meiosis.
    10. Explain transmission (Mendelian) genetics to predict the inheritance of gene alleles.
    11. Evaluate the evidence of the theory of evolution and its influence on all levels of biological organization.
    12. Apply the Hardy-Weinberg formula to predict the inheritance of genes from generation to generation in evolving populations.
    13. Prepare molar and percent concentrations of solutions using metric measurements of mass and volume.
    14. Perform laboratory experiments based upon the scientific method.
    15. Interpret scientific quantitative and qualitative data.
    16. Integrate experimental data into written laboratory reports.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of BIOL 1010 General Biology I, the student will:

    Biology AS

    PO#2 Apply the scientific method to research biologically-relevant questions.

  • BIOL 1020 - Life Science


    This course is an introductory course emphasizing fundamental principles of biology including cell structure and function, genetics, ecology, evolution, and organismal biology.  The application of these principles to societal issues such as the conservation of biodiversity, overpopulation, and global environmental changes, biotechnology, and human wellness and disease are also considered.  Duplicate credit will not be given for BIOL 1010 General Biology I.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Life Science
    Comments: This course transfers to UW as LIFE 1020 and meets their Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Co-requisites:
    Elementary Ed students must enroll in EDCI 1430 Life Sciences Seminar.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 1020 Life Sciences, the student will:

    1. Describe the structure and function of cells.
    2. Propose how eukaryotic cells evolved from prokaryotic cells.
    3. Perform hands-on exercises exhibiting biological principles using constructivist strategies.
    4. Write effective lab reports on the findings of scientific investigations.
    5. Investigate the relationship between science and society.
    6. Describe ecological adaptations of organisms living in different environments.
    7. Discuss different types of microbes and their connection with humans.
    8. Hypothesize the pattern of inheritance of Mendelian genes.
    9. Design activities to facilitate scientific learning for the general public.
    10. Critique scientific discoveries and investigations in current newspapers or magazines.
    11. Describe the genetic makeup of cells.


    Program Outcomes
    Elementary Education AS

    PO#3 Understand how to apply knowledge and skills to engage learners in critical thinking, creativity, and collaborative problem solving.

    PO#5 Use a variety of instructional strategies to encourage learners to develop deep understanding and apply knowledge in meaningful ways.

  • BIOL 1050 - Medical Terminology for Health Care


    This course is designed for students interested in health care professions. It covers major roots, suffixes, and prefixes. Students study how various word elements are used to form thousands of medical terms. The course also covers the basics of the body system.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 1050 Medical Terminology, the student will:

    1. analyze medical words by dividing them into component parts.
    2. relate the medical terms to the structure and function of the human body in the context of how the body works in health and disease.
    3. identify the basic structure and functions of the body systems.
    4. verify spelling of medical terminology.
    5. discriminate pronunciation of medical terminology.
    6. apply medical terms to medical conditions.
    7. appraise medical reports.


  • BIOL 1085 - Field-Based Environmental Science


    This course is designed to engage students in the scientific inquiry of environmental problems while gaining experience in field techniques. The course is offered as an entry-level environmental science class for elective credit. Students learn how to design and implement field studies, generate and analyze data, and gain an appreciation of how environmental variables are interrelated on local and global levels. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of high school physical science and biology classes



  • BIOL 1100 - Introduction to Biotechnology


    This course introduces the techniques of basic and applied molecular biology as used to enhance biomedical science, agriculture, and the environment. Students explore the applications of the growing field of biotechnology in forensics, paleontology, human gene therapeutics, agriculture, and reclamation.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 1100 Introduction to Biotechnology, the student will:

    1. compare job skills associated with various biotechnology careers.
    2. evaluate the bioethical issues involved with the use of biotechnologies.
    3. correlate cell structures, functions and types with their roles in biotechnology.
    4. illustrate how products are created by genetic engineering.
    5. outline the process of gene expression.
    6. correlate protein structure to function.
    7. use laboratory equipment effectively.
    8. apply proper safety precautions while working in a biotechnology laboratory.
    9. organize molecular information using database applications.
    10. document activities and results of all laboratory activities in a legal, scientific notebook.
    11. integrate the scientific method in laboratory experiments.


  • BIOL 2001 - Fundamentals of Field Science


    This course integrates classroom and on-site field instruction to introduce students to the study of Natural History, with emphasis on the ecosystems and ecology of the Bighorn Mountains.  Students hone their skills of observation, learn basic field sampling techniques to trap and study insects, small mammals, and birds, and develop a native plant collection.  In addition, students read and discuss works from historical and contemporary natural historians that have helped shape our view of the natural world

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of BIOL 1001 Biology Orientation with a “C” or better, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 2001 Fundamentals of Field Science, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of lodgepole pine forest natural history.
    2. Describe ecological interactions among forest species of insects, small vertebrates, and plants.
    3. Identify tree species using a dichotomous key.
    4. Demonstrate proficiency in performing field-sampling techniques.
    5. Develop conclusions based on field-collected data.
    6. Communicate the results of field studies effectively.


  • BIOL 2020 - General Biology II


    This course provides a study of the diversity of life, life cycles, development, evolution, and ecology of living organisms and their systems.  These major themes are explored through a survey of organisms within the three domains (Archaea, Bacteria, and Eukarya), with emphasis on protists, plants, fungi, and animals.  The course emphasizes concepts underlying living systems and the use of the scientific method for problem solving.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:
    BIOL 1010 - General Biology I

  • BIOL 2022 - Animal Biology


    This course is an integrative course that addresses the evolution, anatomy, physiology, and ecology of animals.

    Credits: 4

    Comments: $30 lab fee

    Prerequisites:
    BIOL 1010 - General Biology I

  • BIOL 2023 - Plant & Fungal Biology


    This course provides an introduction to the diversity of organisms that may be categorized as plants or fungi with explorations of structure and function, genetics and evolution, ecology and conservation, and cultural and technological uses. This course is intended for students who want to gain scientific knowledge about plants and fungi and who may be pursuing careers in biology or agriculture.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    BIOL 1010 - General Biology I with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 2023 Plant and Fungal Biology, the student will:

    1. Organize the diversity of plant and fungal species using taxonomic categories.
    2. Analyze phylogenetic trees that predict the evolutionary relationships between groups of protists, fungi, and plants.
    3. Differentiate between evolutionary mechanisms.
    4. Compare the structural differences and similarities between selected plant and fungal types.
    5. Correlate plant and fungal anatomical and cellular structures with physiological functions, including but not limited to metabolism, water transport, and reproduction.
    6. Predict the outcome of plant or fungal mating crosses that follow Mendelian genetics patterns.
    7. Contrast the reproductive strategies of different fungal and plant groups by evaluating the costs and benefits of asexual versus sexual reproduction.
    8. Characterize the life cycles of bryophytes, ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms.
    9. Evaluate the ecological role of plants and fungi in different ecosystems.
    10. Explore the cultural contributions of plants and fungi.
    11. Examine the ethical issues, costs and benefits of plant and fungal biotechnology.
    12. Incorporate the scientific method to design and perform an experiment investigating a plant or fungal question.
    13. Implement microscopy techniques to identify plant and fungal structures.
    14. Apply biotechnological techniques to extract and analyze plant DNA.
    15. Relate quantitative and qualitative observations to scientific research and the development of scientific theories.


    Program Outcomes
    Horticulture AS

    PO#3 Manage environmental factors to promote healthy plant growth and propagation in outdoor and controlled environment situations.

    PO#4 Identify and describe plant material using correct terminology (taxonomy, anatomy, morphology, and physiology).

    PO#5 Demonstrate and practice safety, environmental protection, workplace ethics, and leadership skills in the horticultural workplace.

     

  • BIOL 2080 - Biological Psychology


    This course introduces biological bases of behavior. It includes ethology and comparative behavior, psychobiological development, physiological and sensory mechanisms of behavior, and evolution and behavioral genetics. It presents basic structural and functional properties of the nervous system.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 1010 - General Biology I and PSYC 1000 - General Psychology



    Co-requisites:

    None



    Cross-listed: PSYC 2080 - Biological Psychology

  • BIOL 2200 - Genetics


    This course introduces principles of heredity and variation in living organisms, including a study of the nature of the genetic material and its influence on heredity, evolution and artificial selection of organisms. The process of gene regulation and the role of gene expression on the development and environmental response of organisms will be evaluated as it relates to modern day applications in biology, agriculture, and medicine.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    BIOL 1010 General Biology I with C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BIOL 2200 Genetics, the student will:

    1. use Mendelian genetics to predict the inheritance patterns of specific alleles.
    2. analyze the organizational structure of chromosomes.
    3. delineate the roles of the enzymes and RNA molecules involved in DNA replication and protein synthesis.
    4. identify the flow of cellular information that results in the regulation of gene expression.
    5. evaluate the impact of the different processes of evolution on an individual’s and population’s genetic make-up.
    6. outline the fundamental steps of DNA sequencing, amplification and genetic engineering.
    7. conduct molecular biology protocols accurately and safely.
    8. manipulate online and localized databases to organize, track, share, and analyze genomic and proteomic information.
    9. identify the benefits, risks, and regulations of recombinant DNA technologies.


  • BIOL 2223 - Applications in Plant Biotechnology


    This course will examine the past, current, and future plant biotechnological advances and their uses in agriculture, medicine, bioremediation, and energy production. Applications of plant breeding, asexual plant propagation, tissue culture, plant DNA and protein studies, and plant genetic engineering will be explored. Students will learn how to manipulate, propagate, and clone plants and how to produce recombinant products from plants.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 2220 - Recombinant DNA and Protein Production



  • BIOL 2320 - Tropical Biology


    This variable credit course integrates classroom and on-site instruction to introduce students to the fundamental principles of tropical biology, the natural history of important tropical plants and animals, and their conservation. Students will be introduced to a variety of habitats including several dramatically different types of forest. Field orientation at each site visited includes identification and natural history of the area, area management and history, and cultural considerations necessary for conservation and research in the tropics.

    Credits: 1 to 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent



  • BIOL 2400 - Ecology


    This course provides an introduction to the science of ecology, exploring basic concepts and techniques while examining the interactions of organisms and their environment.  The course explores four main topics: Physiological Ecology, Populations, Communities, and Ecosystem Ecology.  The course emphasizes ecological patterns and their underlying mechanisms, functioning of natural ecological systems, and how humans alter these systems.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 1010 - General Biology I



    Co-requisites:

    BIOL 2410 - Field Ecology Lab



  • BIOL 2410 - Field Ecology Lab


    This course provides an introduction to the theory and methodology of field ecology.  Students will develop skills in experimental design, sampling techniques, data analysis, and communication of study findings.  We will explore various data-collection techniques, and investigate appropriate sampling methods, used to study local ecosystems and their inhabitants (both plant and animal).  Field trips introduce students to the rich natural history of the area, and allow students to apply the basic approaches of ecological field study to better understand ecological patterns and processes.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 1010 General Biology I



    Co-requisites:

    BIOL 2400 Field Ecology



  • BIOL 2465 - Research Problems


    This course provides the opportunity for students to develop research skills, identify scientific questions and design a research project in biology.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent



  • BIOL 2470 - Practicum in : Natural Resources Mgmt


    This course provides biology, forestry and fish and wildlife majors with practical experience in the management of natural resources. Students are individually placed within the work setting of government agencies and private businesses according to the students’ interests and the availability of projects. Entry into this course is limited to life science majors and requires permission of the instructor.

    Credits: 1 to 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 1010 - General Biology and BOL 2020 - General Biology II



  • BIOL 2470 - Practicum in : Veterinary Technology


    This course provides pre-veterinary majors and those interested in veterinary technology with practical experience. Students are individually placed with local veterinarians according to the students’ interest and skill level.

    Credits: 1 to 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 1010 - General Biology and BIOL 2020 - General Biology II



  • Botany (BOT)

  • BOT 0000 - Any course from the BOT department


    Choose any course from the BOT department.

  • BOT 1150 - Vegetation/Flowers Spring


    This course covers the various types of vegetation associated with different geological formations. Within each vegetation type, the different types of flowering plants will be emphasized. The course will emphasize how this information can be used by elementary teachers in their classrooms or by the general public for their enjoyment. This course includes spring to early summer flowers from the foothills to the alpine regions of the Big Horn Mountains.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • Business (BUSN)

  • BUSN 0000 - Any course from the BUSN department


    Choose any course from the BUSN department.

  • BUSN 2000 - International Business


    This course introduces international management, marketing, analysis of international business opportunities and market entry strategies, financial operations, the economy and the impact of cultural environments upon such decisions.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BUSN 2000 International Business, the student will:

    1. Describe the terminology used in international business.
    2. Appraise the nature and scope of multinational enterprises.
    3. Assess the status of the United States in international business.
    4. Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of trade protectionism.
    5. Examine how comparative advantage and absolute advantage contribute to the importance of the international trade.
    6. Examine the strategic hurdles that international businesses encounter when trading in world markets.
    7. Analyze how businesses are affected by government policies on trade and foreign investment.
    8. Describe export and import practices.
    9. Appraise the economic development of various countries.
    10. Evaluate international organizational practices and their role in global business.
    11. Develop geography skills.
    12. Examine social, cultural, and political foreign systems.


  • Business Administration (BADM)

  • BADM 0000 - Any course from the BADM department


    Choose any course from the BADM department.

  • BADM 1000 - Introduction to Business


    This course is a survey of American business which focuses on organization, finance, marketing, human relations, and entrepreneurship as well as describing the interrelations between management, leadership and motivation.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BADM 1000 Introduction to Business, the student will:

    1. Explain what a business is and how it operates. 
    2. Explain the concepts of social responsibility and business ethics.
    3. Define entrepreneurship, the role of small business and franchising.
    4. Examine organizational structure.
    5. Examine economic concepts and structure.
    6. Examine the functions of human resources.
    7. Examine the functions of marketing.
    8. Describe various leadership styles.
    9. Understand the importance of motivation in an organization.
    10. Examine the functions of the Federal Reserve System.


    Program Outcomes
     Upon completion of BADM 1000 Introduction to Business, the student will:

    1. Examine financial statements and operating results to make informed business decisions.
    2. Examine the management functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling and how they relate to business operations.
    3. Describe basic ethical practices in business.
    4. Analyze the basic features of domestic and international economic systems.
    5. Communicate using written, oral, and visual communication skills.


  • BADM 1005 - Business Mathematics


    This course reviews and develops skills in handling the mathematics of business transactions, including percentages, discounts, interests, profit and loss, payrolls, taxes, and installment buying. It is designed to give business majors a working knowledge of mathematical functions within the field.  The course serves well as preparation for many subject areas within the business area, especially accounting.  The practical nature of the presentation, the realistic business scenarios, and the measurement of success prepare the student for additional courses in business and the world of work.  The course is a good course for the non-business majors, giving them skills to make wise monetary decisions.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math
    Comments: This course meets the Basic Math requirement only for the Administrative Assistant, Business AAS, Culinary and Hopsitality programs.

    Prerequisites:

    MATH 0900 Pre-Algebra with a grade of C or better, Compass placement of Pre-Algebra 45-100 or Algebra 0-65, or ACT math score of 17 or higher



  • BADM 2000 - Project Management


    This course introduces students to the process involved in planning a project and the tools needed to manage a project. Students explore practical project management techniques consistent with the Project Management Body of Knowledge Guide (PMBOK Guide), including key factors that contribute to the success of a project. Upon completion of this class, students will plan, design and assess a business project.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • BADM 2010 - Business Law I


    This course provides a broad overview of business-related topics. Students are familiarized with the nature and sources of law, court systems, common law, statutory law, constitutional law, administrative law, consumer law, contract law, tort law, social responsibility and business ethics.  Students gain an appreciation of essential legal matters in business and e-commerce.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None

  • BADM 2015 - Business Communication & Writing


    This course presents the principles of effective business communication. It prepares students for the real world challenges of communicating in the workplace. Students prepare business letters and reports. Students solve problems through the use of correct and appropriate communication.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Advanced Writing
    Comments: This course transfers to UW as a Com 2 course.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 - English I with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BADM 2015 Business Communication & Writing, the student will:

    1. Develop written, oral, and digital messages through a variety of assignments in Business.
    2. Analyze information appropriately using a variety of sources.
    3. Employ appropriate organizational strategies in written, oral, and digital messages including developing thesis statements and main ideas.
    4. Revise assignments with peer and instructor collaboration.
    5. Observe accepted conventions in delivery and documentation in oral, written, and digital messages.
    6. Deliver presentations that include nonverbal documentation in oral, written, and digital messages.
    7. Interact with audience members while engaging opposing viewpoints and demonstrating active listening skills.
    8. Identify advantages of using deductive and inductive outline in business communication.
    9. Analyze a wide variety of kinds of writing for content, intended audience and style.
    10. Organize ideas into college-level writing of a variety of lengths and purposes including at least one assignment requiring research.
    11. Complete a systematic self, career, and job analysis.


    Program Outcomes
    Administrative Assistant

    PO# 3 Demonstrate written, verbal, and nonverbal communication skills using rules of grammar.

    Business AAS

    PO#6 Communicate using written, oral, and visual communication skills.

  • BADM 2030 - Business Ethics


    This course presents students with opportunities to research, analyze and discuss moral standards and principles that guide individuals, and understand the need for ethics in organizations as it relates to management functions, corporate social responsibility, an organization’s sustainability, and corporate culture.

    Credits: 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BADM 2030 Business Ethics, the student will:

    1. Describe the effects of unethical decision making in business.
    2. Understand the influence others play in decision making in business.
    3. Recognize and articulate ethical business dilemmas.
    4. Demonstrate critical thinking in evaluating and implementing change within an organization.
    5. Articulate the necessary actions to establish and maintain an effective ethics program.
    6. Explain the relationship between an organization’s stakeholders, ethical behavior, and their importance to an organization’s sustainability.
    7. Understand dimensions of Corporate Social Responsibility and the impacts to stakeholders.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of BADM 2030 Business Ethics, the student will:

    1. Apply appropriate reasoning skills to develop opinion and conclusions.
    2. Apply subject area appropriate strategies in problem solving situations.
    3. Conduct subject area research using discipline-appropriate sources.
    4. Synthesize knowledge appropriately.
    5. Convey and draw meaning through speaking, active listening or writing.


  • BADM 2045 - Nonprofit Leadership


    In this course students will examine various local nonprofit organizations, assess their strengths and weaknesses, and work toward building a solid foundation to ensure longevity.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    BADM 1000

    Co-requisites:
    ART 2470 Visual Arts Internship OR MUSC 2470 Performing Arts Internship, Music OR THEA 2470 Performing Arts Internship, Theater/Dance

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BADM 2045 Nonprofit Leadership, the student will:

    1. Formulate a mission statement.
    2. Examine financial management, administration, and human resources.
    3. Discuss strategic planning.
    4. Discuss boards and legalities.
    5. Examine funding diversification and expansion.
    6. Evaluate communications and marketing.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of BADM 2045 Nonprofit Leadership, the student will:

    1. Apply theory to practice.
    2. Communicate using written, oral, and visual communication skills.


  • BADM 2470 - Career Internship


    The course is intended to provide practical work experience for students seeking careers in all business fields. Students will work as non-paid employees in a local business with supervision by a representative of the business.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • Business Management Information System (BMIS)

  • BMIS 0000 - Any course from the BMIS department


    Choose any course from the BMIS department.

  • BMIS 2100 - E-Commerce Concepts


    This course introduces both theory and practice of doing business over the Internet. This course covers business strategies and the economic foundations that make up the infrastructure of e-commerce dealing with hardware, networks and software. The course also covers the specific technologies and support services needed for typical business applications such as secured payment systems, communications standards and legal issues in the areas of business-to-consumers business-to-business, and intrabusiness. This course describes what E-Commerce is, how it is being conducted and managed, its major opportunities, limitations, issues, and risks.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    CMAP 1880 - Intro to the Internet OR demonstrate a working knowledge of how to use the Internet



  • Business Office Technology (BOTK)

  • BOTK 0000 - Any course from the BOTK department


    Choose any course from the BOTK department.

  • BOTK 1955 - Professional Development


    This course will enable the student to gain insights into the workplace environment, develop successful communication skills, and develop presentation skills. Students will develop strategies for motivation, time management, and work organization. Students will explore ethical work practices, recognize the importance of customer service, create a professional business image, and develop strategies for career success.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    CMAP 1680 Microcomputer Applications or instructor consent



  • BOTK 1965 - Job Search


    This course prepares the student to launch an organized job search to maximize employment opportunities for a first-time job seeker or for someone with work experience.  Students will navigate the job search process to learn about the workplace and employer expectations, networking and Web resources, the job application process, the interview, and the follow-up process.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Keyboarding skills of 20 wpm or better



  • BOTK 2750 - Records Management


    This course is designed to provide instruction and practice in indexing, coding, and cross-referencing records using alphabetic indexing rules. Emphasis will be placed on alphabetic, subject, numeric, and geographic filing. Students will review retention and transfer of records, control of requisitions and charge-outs, and selection of supplies and equipment. Electronic records, image records, and establishing a records and information management program are also discussed.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BOTK 2750 Records Management, students will:

    1. Describe classifications of records found in an office.
    2. Describe the management functions necessary to operate a records management program effectively.
    3. List the stages in the life cycle of a record, and describe the activities in each stage.
    4. Describe the common problems found in records systems.
    5. Explain the necessity for indexing rules in alphabetic storage of names, and the importance of following these rules consistently.
    6. Explain the need for cross-referencing procedures.
    7. Prepare cross-references for business names that are divisions and subsidiaries, changed names, similar names, foreign business, and foreign government names.
    8. Describe the criteria for selecting storage equipment and supplies.
    9. Explain the three classifications of records, two transfer methods, and transfer procedures.
    10. Describe the process of indexing, coding, sorting, storing, and retrieving records using subject, numeric and geographic methods.
    11. Summarize the safety and security procedures for computer records.
    12. Demonstrate competency in the concepts of digital records management and the use of appropriate current software.
    13. Describe how a small office can control its record system.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of BOTK 2750, students will:

    Administrative Assistant Certificate

    PO#1 Demonstrate professional business behavior, appearance, and ethics.

    PO#2 Develop appropriate human relations and interpersonal communication skills in business situations.

    PO#3 Demonstrate written, verbal, and nonverbal communication skills using rules of grammar.

    PO#4 Solve business problems using business math and accounting procedures.

    PO#5 Integrate the use of business software programs, electronic communication, and Internet resources.

    PO#6 Employ routine office skills, such as teamwork, record management, reprographics, and customer service.

  • BOTK 2900 - Office Systems & Procedures


    This course is designed to prepare students to perform the operational functions of an administrative assistant, a secretary, a clerk, or any similar position under various names. In addition, the course is to aid students in learning the procedures necessary to function efficiently in today’s offices with their vast array of new equipment, technology, and organizational patterns. Throughout, emphasis is placed on the development of decision making competencies so that office personnel can operate with minimum supervision and exercise good human relations skills.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • BOTK 2970 - Occupational Internship


    This course is intended to provide practical work experience for students in the Administrative Assistant Certificate program and the Business AAS program; other majors are welcome when space is available.  Students are placed in a local business and work under the direction of a representative of the business.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Internship

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    CMAP 1680 - Microcomputer Applications, CO/M 1030 - Interpersonal Communications and BADM 2015 Business Communication and Writing with a C or better



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of BOTK 2970 Occupational Internship, the student will:

    1. Identify local businesses as profit or non-profit.
    2. Recognize a business as a corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship.
    3. Explore appropriate human relations skills.
    4. Critique presentations by guest lecturers on a variety of topics (e.g. job interviews, local/regional job market, qualities of successful employees).
    5. Develop an employment portfolio.
    6. Experience a job performance evaluation.
    7. Apply classroom knowledge in a real-life work setting.


  • Chemistry (CHEM)

  • CHEM 0000 - Any course from the CHEM department


    Choose any course from the CHEM department.

  • CHEM 1000 - Introductory Chemistry


    This course introduces chemical concepts that include the particulate nature of matter, gas laws, atomic theory, periodic trends, chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, stoichiometry, chemical reactions (precipitation, acid-base and reduction-oxidation), chemical equilibrium, nuclear chemistry and organic chemistry.

    CHEM 1000 is intended primarily for those who have not had high school chemistry or who feel they need a review.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    Enrollment in MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra, or placement into a higher level mathematics course.

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CHEM 1000 Introductory Chemistry, the student will:

    1. Predict chemical phenomena using particulate models, especially atomic and kinetic molecular theories.
    2. Explain chemical phenomena using particulate and symbolic representations.
    3. Predict the macroscopic and particulate properties of a substance that arise from the bonding present in that substance.
    4. Develop quantitative relationships for a substance using appropriate means, especially the mole concept, molar mass, Molarity, the Ideal Gas Law and density.
    5. Predict the reactivity of a substance by way of precipitation, acid-base or reduction-oxidation reactions.
    6. Communicate chemical concepts in written and oral form.
    7. Demonstrate appropriate chemical laboratory safety and skills, including the use of appropriate technologies to obtain, record, and analyze chemical information with appropriate precision and accuracy.


  • CHEM 1020 - General Chemistry I


    This course engages students with concepts of atomic and chemical structure, bonding and structure, chemical periodicity, solutions, thermochemistry, and solid and liquid state properties.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra, or placement into a higher level math course. CHEM 1000 Introductory Chemistry, or one year of high is chemistry is recommended by not required before enrolling in this course.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CHEM 1020 General Chemistry I , the student will:

    1.  Differentiate between atoms, ions, and molecules through use of atomic theory.
    2. Explain, both quantitatively and conceptually, how the existence of atoms supports the conservation of matter.
    3. Develop quantitative relationships for a substance using appropriate means, especially the mole concept, molar mass, Molarity, the Ideal Gas Law and density.
    4. Predict atomic electronic structure and how it relates to bonding, periodic trends and element characterization.
    5. Differentiate nonpolar covalent, polar covalent and ionic chemical bonds especially as they are related to molecular shape and intermolecular forces.
    6. Predict how particulate-level structure affects the macroscopic properties of a substance.
    7. Construct structural representations, especially but not only Lewis structures, of chemical species.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CHEM 1020 General Chemistry I, the student will:

    Pre-Professional AS

    PO 4.  Make accurate and precise scientific measurements.

    Additional degree programs require this course as a program requirement, program elective, or general education science requirement.  Program outcomes will vary.

  • CHEM 1030 - General Chemistry II


    This course emphasizes chemical kinetics, heterogeneous and aqueous equilibria, chemical thermodynamics, acids and bases, electrochemistry, coordination chemistry, and some descriptive inorganic and organic chemistry.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
      CHEM 1020 General Chemistry I with grade of C or better

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CHEM 1030 General Chemistry II , the student will:

    1. Explain whether a given chemical system is at equilibrium or how it will move towards equilibrium.
    2. Explain how changes in conditions will affect the position of a given system at or approaching a state of dynamic chemical equilibrium.
    3. Predict the characteristics of a system involving an acid/base, precipitation or reduction-oxidation reaction that has reached dynamic chemical equilibrium.
    4. Interpret chemical thermodynamic properties of a given chemical system, including but not limited to enthalpy, entropy, free energy, cell potential and the equilibrium constant.
    5. Predict how changes in conditions, especially concentration and temperature, will affect the thermodynamics of a given chemical system.
    6. Predict the kinetic behavior of a given chemical system by analyzing its macroscopic (temperature, surface area, concentration, catalyst) and microscopic (activation energy, particulate kinetic energy) properties.
    7. Interpret nuclear phenomena including but not limited to alpha decay, beta decay, half-life, fission and fusion.
    8. Develop techniques needed to use instrumentation in quantitative laboratory work.
    9. Communicate chemical concepts in written and oral form.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CHEM 1030 General Chemistry II, the student will:

    Pre-professional AS

    PO#1 Apply foundational concepts in science and math to health-science related problems.

    PO#2 Develop research skills relevant to examining physical and biological phenomena.

    PO#3 Evaluate explanations for physical and biological processes by way of the scientific method, to include making and testing hypotheses.

    PO#4 Make accurate and precise scientific measurements.

    PO#5 Explain physical and biological processes using mathematics and other appropriate symbolic notation.

    PO#6 Communicate scientific and technical knowledge effectively using a variety of modalities.

  • CHEM 1090 - Fundamentals of the Physical Universe


    This course is a one-semester overview of physical science for students planning to become elementary educators. Fundamental concepts of physics and chemistry introduced include mechanics, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, atomic theory, bonding and chemical reactions. The course presents physical science concepts in a lecture/laboratory format integrating constructivist strategies into the presentation of the material.  The course provides an introduction to fundamental chemistry and physics principles and stresses hands-on exercises.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: Upon completion of CHEM 1020 General Chemistry I, the student will: Pre-Professional AS PO 4. Make accurate and precise scientific measurements. Additional degree programs require this course as a program requirement, program elective, or general educa

    Co-requisites:
    EDCI 1440 Physical Science Seminar for Elementary Education

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CHEM 1090 Fundamentals of the Physical Universe , the student will:

    1. Examine Newton’s Laws of Motion.
    2. Characterize examples of simple harmonic motion.
    3. Relate vibrations, waves, sound, and musical sounds.
    4. Examine electricity and magnetism.
    5. Predict chemical phenomena using particulate models, especially atomic and kinetic molecular theories.
    6. Explain chemical phenomena using particulate and symbolic representations.
    7. Predict the macroscopic and particulate properties of a substance that arise from the bonding present in that substance.
    8. Develop quantitative relationships for a substance using appropriate means, especially the mole concept, molar mass, Molarity, the Ideal Gas Law and density.
    9. Arrange substances according to their reactivity by way of precipitation, acid-base or reduction-oxidation reactions.
    10. Communicate chemical concepts in written and oral form.
    11. Demonstrate appropriate laboratory safety and skills, including the use of appropriate technologies to obtain, record, and analyze information with appropriate precision and accuracy.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CHEM 1090 Fundamentals of the Physical Universe, the student will:

    Elementary Education AS

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

  • CHEM 2300 - Introduction to Organic Chemistry


    This course covers fundamental organic chemistry principles.  The organic functional group approach is used to explore organic reactions.  The laboratory is designed to provide experience with techniques relevant to organic chemistry.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    CHEM 1000 - Introduction to Chemistry OR equivalent course with a grade of  “C” or better



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CHEM 2300 Introductory Organic Chemistry , the student will:

    1. Describe the general bond types in compounds.
    2. Determine the polarity of bonds and the direction of the bond polarity.
    3. Apply hybridization concepts to describe the bonding and bond geometries about the atoms in organic compounds.
    4. Determine the various isomers of a compound and describe any resonance forms which may exist.
    5. Apply IUPAC conventions in drawing and naming organic compounds.
    6. Explain the physical and chemical properties of common organic functional groups.
    7. Explain the mechanisms for reactions involving common organic functional groups.
    8. Predict the outcome for reactions of organic compounds under selected experimental conditions.
    9. Conduct organic laboratory procedures/techniques.
    10. Conduct laboratory synthesis processes.


  • CHEM 2420 - Organic Chemistry I


    This course is the first semester of a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry.  This course emphasizes the chemistry of carbon compounds with particular focus on organic functional groups, reaction mechanisms, and spectroscopy..

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Comments: Prior to spring 2004, CHEM 2420 was listed as CHEM 2320.

    Prerequisites:

    CHEM 1020 General Chemistry I



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CHEM 2440 - Organic Chemistry II


    This course is the second semester of a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry.  This course emphasizes the chemistry of carbon compounds with particular focus on organic functional groups, reaction mechanisms, and spectroscopy.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Comments: Prior to spring 2004, CHEM 2440 was listed as CHEM 2340.

    Prerequisites:
    CHEM 2420 - Organic Chemistry I

    Co-requisites:
    None

  • CHEM 2465 - Research Problems in Chemistry


     This course provides the opportunity for students to develop research skills, identify scientific questions and design a research project in chemistry. Course may be repeated for additional credit with instructor consent.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent required



  • Chinese (CHIN)

    Cisco (CSCO)

  • CSCO 2000 - Cisco: CCNA 1


    This course is the first of two courses designed to prepare students for a CCENT certification (Cisco Certified Entry Network Technician) which can lead to other Cisco certifications to include CCNA Routing and Switching and CCNA Security with additional coursework. The course focuses on networking fundamentals, terminology and protocols, local-area networks (LANs), wide-area networks (WANs), Open System Interconnection (OSI) models, cabling, cabling tools, switches and routers concepts and  basic programming, Ethernet, Internet Protocol (IP) addressing, and network standards. This course provides students with the skills required for network administration positions to install, operate, and troubleshoot small enterprise branch network, including basic network security. 

     

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of MSFT 1745 A+ Computer Maintenance and MSFT 1510 Windows Client Operating System, or instructor approval.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSCO 2000 Cisco: CCNA I, the student will:

    1. explain physical components of a network.
    2. classify types of networks and topologies.
    3. interpret a network diagram.
    4. describe the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) standards, primary types and uses of twisted-pair cable, coaxial cable, fiber-optic cable, and wireless media.
    5. define components which connect LANs to the Internet
    6. demonstrate Cisco iOS command-line interface commands for device configuration.
    7. discuss the layers of the OSI and TCP/IP protocol model.
    8. describe data transfer in the network.
    9. configure Ethernet LAN switches.
    10. configure Ethernet LAN routers.
    11. describe IPv4 and IPv6 network addressing.
    12. implement network segmentation using subnetting.
    13. explain TCP and UDP communication.
    14. outline well known application layer protocols and services.
    15. describe a small network build process.
    16. describe common network security threats and vulnerabilities.
    17. implement attack mitigation and device security.


  • CSCO 2020 - Cisco: CCNA 2


    This course is the second of two courses designed to prepare students for a CCENT certification (Cisco Certified Entry Network Technician) which can lead to other Cisco certifications to include CCNA Routing and Switching and CCNA Security with additional coursework. The course focuses on enhance switching technologies such as VLANS, VLAN trunking (VTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), small switch network configuration and troubleshooting, configure static routing and default routing and configure ACLs for IPv4. This course prepares the student with the skills required for network administration positions to install, operate, and troubleshoot small enterprise branch network, including basic network security. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CSCO 2000 Cisco: CCNA 1

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSCO 2020 Cisco: CCNA 2, the student will:

    1. describe converged networks.
    2. outline a switched network in a small – to medium-sized network.
    3. explain the process of frame forwarding in a switched network.
    4. configure a switch and router to support network and management requirements to include security best practice settings.
    5. troubleshoot basic switch problems.
    6. explain the purpose of VLANs in a switched network.
    7. configure VLANs, trunk ports, and inter-VLAN routing to include security best practice settings.
    8. explain primary functions and features of a router to include how a router builds a routing table.
    9. explain static routing including advantages and disadvantages.
    10. implement static routing via various methods.
    11. explain CIDR and VLSM.
    12. troubleshoot static and dynamic routing problems.
    13. explain dynamic routing protocols.
    14. configure dynamic routing via various methods.
    15. implement single-area Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing.
    16. explain how ACLs are used to filter traffic.
    17. create ACLs to accomplish various filtering goals.
    18. implement DHCP and NAT on a router.


  • CSCO 2025 - Cisco: CCNA 3


    This course is the third of four courses designed to prepare students for a CCNA certification (Cisco Certified Network Technician) which can lead to other associate (CCNA) and professional level (CCNP) Cisco certifications with additional coursework. The course focuses on DHCP and DNS operations, Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) operations, VLAN link aggregation, router configuration in complex networks, OSPF and EIGRP routing protocols. This course provides students with the skills required for network administration positions to install, operate, and troubleshoot small- to medium-sized network

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CSCO 2020 Cisco: CCNA 2

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSCO 2025 Cisco: CCNA 3, the student will:

    1. describe a network design that is scalable.
    2. describe selection of appropriate switch and router devices to support network requirements.
    3. discuss issues with implementing a redundant network.
    4. explain common STP configurations such as HSRP and GLBP.
    5. explain link aggregation with EtherChannel.
    6. identify redundant link and aggregation issues.
    7. outline wireless LAN technology and topologies.
    8. describe wireless LAN technology security threats and mitigation techniques.
    9. outline advanced capabilities in a single-area OSPF.
    10. explain why multiarea OSPF is used.
    11. configure multiarea OSPF to meet network needs.
    12. describe the features of EIGRP.
    13. configure basic and advanced EIGRP for performance.
    14. identify advanced routing configuration problems.
    15. manage IOS Images and licensing.


  • CSCO 2040 - Cisco: CCNA 4


    This course is the fourth of four courses designed to prepare students for a CCNA certification (Cisco Certified Network Technician) which can lead to other associate (CCNA) and professional level (CCNP) Cisco certifications with additional coursework. The course focuses on WAN technologies, VPNs and tunneling, serial connections, broadband connections, IPsec tunneling, monitor and troubleshooting network operations and network architecture. This course provides students with the skills required for network administration positions to install, operate, and troubleshoot small- to medium-sized WAN connected networks. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CSCO 2025 Cisco: CCNA 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSCO 2040 Cisco: CCNA 4, the student will:

    1. describe a structured network design to include the layers of a hierarchical network.
    2. explain the purpose of a WAN.
    3. compare various private and public WAN technologies.
    4. explain the fundamentals of point-to-point serial communications.
    5. show PPP WAN connectivity.
    6. describe the benefits of frame relay.
    7. describe basic frame relay configuration.
    8. explain static and dynamic NAT on an edge router.
    9. describe broadband solutions and criteria for selection to meet network needs.
    10. develop VPNs to include tunnels.
    11. compare IPsec and SSL remote access for VPNs.
    12. use appropriate monitoring and diagnostic tools to support operations and troubleshoot the network.


  • Communication (CO/M)

  • CO/M 0000 - any CO/M course


    Select course with CO/M prefix

  • CO/M 1030 - Interpersonal Communication


    This is an introductory course which presents and applies theories, data, and insights into interpersonal relationships, enabling students to make more effective communication choices.  The quality of communication in everyday relationships is a fundamental element of personal satisfaction as well as a cornerstone of civil society.  Students investigate the interpersonal process systematically to understand how interpersonal communication not only affects their relationships but also influences their health, happiness, and quality of life. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course transfers to UW as COJO 1030 and meets the Human Culture requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CO/M 1030 Interpersonal Communication, the student will:

    1. Identify the most common current theories of Interpersonal Communication;
    2. Apply practically theoretical concepts to real-life situations;
    3. Deal effectively with different personality types;
    4. Identify personal examples of physical, identity, social, and practical needs which are fulfilled through communication;
    5. Develop strategies to improve communication competence;
    6. Develop strategies for communicating more effectively with people from different social, economic, and cultural backgrounds;
    7. Identify the various types of nonverbal behaviors and the impact they have on communicators;
    8. Identify methods to improve self-concept;
    9. Identify communication climates and what contributes to them;
    10. Apply effective conflict resolution methods;
    11. Apply effectively listening styles situationally.


  • CO/M 2010 - Introduction to Public Speaking


    This course introduces the materials and methods for developing ideas, organizing material, and delivering effective speeches.  It is designed to develop the basic skills needed for preparing and presenting effective communication in oral, written and digital form.  It also emphasizes the importance of developing ethical listening skills. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Advanced Writing / Humanities
    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a grade of C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CO/M 2010 Introduction to Public Speaking, the student will be able to:

    1. Identify topics which are appropriate for specific audiences;
    2. Research relevant information on the college’s digital databases;
    3. Integrate source material appropriately into formal academic assignments;
    4. Prepare material into logical rhetorical structures which are appropriate for formal oral, written, and digital presentation;
    5. Perform with adequate technical skill informative and persuasive speeches;
    6. Deliver speeches extemporaneously using speaking outlines and integrating digital forms of communication;
    7. Manage material and delivery to the requirements of specific audiences and environments;
    8. Construct one, college level writing assignment separate from speech transcripts;
    9. Practice ethical listening skills.


  • CO/M 2100 - Reporting and News Writing


    This course focuses on the development of news sources and the selection and organization of information.  This course also includes: types of news, development and trends of journalistic forms, and intensive practice in news-gathering,
    including primary and secondary research, and writing news.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 - English I with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CO/M 2100 Reporting and News Writing, the student will:

    1. define major concepts in the journalism discipline.
    2. write effectely at an advanced level according to journalistic style that includes primary (interviews, surveys) and secondary (databases, news archives, etc.) research.
    3. investigate the various types of newspaper articles.
    4. apply writing skills to the expectations a specific article demands.
    5. select pertinent sources for testimony.
    6. incorporate pertinent sources in a coherent news story.
    7. apply hournalistic standards and ethics.


  • Computer Applications (CMAP)

  • CMAP 0000 - Any course from the CMAP department


    Choose any course from the CMAP department.

  • CMAP 1680 - Office Productivity Tools


    This course is a fundamental computer course intended for all students pursuing careers in business related fields.  This course covers hands-on applications using a suite of software to meet the objectives in industry certification. The popular major office applications (word processing, spreadsheet, and presentation graphics) are presented with a brief introduction to other software package features.  Students work with locally installed applications and applications based in the cloud.  This course prepares students for more advanced office application courses.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    none

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CMAP 1680 Office Productivity Tools, the student will:

    1. demonstrate a basic understanding of terminology as it relates to basic computer concepts.
    2. perform basic computer tasks including file management functions using the operating system or cloud environment.
    3. draft email using appropriate Netiquette.
    4. demonstrate an understanding of the academic and social implications of the Internet and other electronic resources in regard to social, ethical, and legal issues.
    5. identify the purposes of individual software programs in software suite.
    6. create word processing documents using guidelines for formatting business documents.
    7. solve business problems by creating appropriately formatted spreadsheets and charts.
    8. create a presentation to deliver information to an audience.
    9. integrate software applications.
    10. demonstrate the effective use of collaborative tools and processes found in cloud environments.
    11. analyze pros and cons when selecting an office productivity tool.
    12. recognize document types by their extension.


  • CMAP 1682 - Using Computers in Project Management


    This course engages students with a hands-on approach to project management software. Students will develop skills to create and administer projects.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    CMAP 1680 with C or better



  • CMAP 1720 - Advanced Word Processing


    This course is designed to help students become proficient in word processing using leading software application packages. Students build advanced document development and management skills needed in various businesses and fields dependent on written material to improve efficiency and professionalism. This course may help students prepare for Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Expert exam 77-726 Word 2016 Expert: Creating Documents for Effective Communication.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CMAP 1680 Office Productivity Tools, or instructor consent based on student’s assurance they have core word processing skills.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CMAP 1720 Advanced Word Processing, the student will:

    1. apply advanced formatting to include layout and character options.
    2. develop repeatable document settings for document consistency to include, but not limited to, custom style sets, themes and templates.
    3. create macros and shortcut keys.
    4. manage forms, fields and mail merge operations.
    5. integrate hyperlinks, bookmarks and go to capability.
    6. develop tables of contents and figures.
    7. create advanced reference options for endnotes, footnotes and citations.
    8. prepare documents for review with advanced change tracking and management.
    9. apply advance ordering and grouping techniques for master document creation and manipulation.


  • CMAP 1752 - Advanced Spreadsheet


    This course is designed to help students become proficient in spreadsheets using leading software application packages. Students build advanced spreadsheet solutions to collate results, research, analyze and present numerical information results as needed in various businesses and scientific projects to improve efficiency and professionalism. The course may help students prepare for Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Expert exam 77-728 Excel 2016 Expert: Interpreting Data for Insights.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CMAP 1680 Office Productivity Tools, or instructor consent based on student’s assurance they have core spreadsheet skills.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CMAP 1752 Advanced Spreadsheet, the student will:

    1. apply advanced format and customization options to create spreadsheets and workbooks.
    2. develop custom spreadsheet formats for workbook and spreadsheet consistency to include, but not limited to, workbook views, page/cell formatting, order and group cells.
    3. create macros and shortcut keys.
    4. create advanced filtering and sorting for tables.
    5. integrate advanced chart elements.
    6. create Pivot Tables and Pivot Charts.
    7. manage multiple workbooks.
    8. link to external data.
    9. develop a Dashboard.


  • CMAP 1800 - Access I


    This course introduces students to the basic features of a database management program and familiarizes students with the database environment as they design, create, modify, and format tables and other database objects. It is designed to allow for flexibility in skill acquisition based on individual needs.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
  • CMAP 1805 - Access II


    This course helps students become proficient in database management.  The course covers the following database applications: custom forms, viewing files, queries, file management, catalogs, linking files, and programming. (Flexible learning)

    Credits: 1.5

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    CMAP 1680 - Microcomputer Applications, or CMAP 1800 - Access I, or instructor consent



  • CMAP 1815 - Database Applications


    This course is designed to help students learn the foundational concepts to design, develop, and maintain a small to medium relational database that supports a data driven approach to business and analytics.  Students design and develop effective reports that can be used to mine data to support informed business decisions and to track business performance over time.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CMAP 1815 Database Applications, the student will:

    1. discuss databases and use of data within industry, healthcare and education.
    2. develop business requirements related to data needs.
    3. plan a database structure to collect and house data.
    4. interpret a relational database structure.
    5. exhibit database design best practices.
    6. prepare electronic data input forms.
    7. create simple and advanced queries.
    8. present data output in informational formats suitable for analytics.
    9. integrate outside applications in the use of the database.
    10. develop a dashboard that is informative and interactive.
    11. manage databases.
    12. define database protection.


  • CMAP 1826 - Advanced Presentation


    This course is designed to help students become proficient in presentation development using leading software application packages. Students build advanced slide and delivery development and management skills needed in various fields dependent on live or automated presentation of information.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CMAP 1680 Office Productivity Tools, or instructor consent with assurance that student has core presentation application skills.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CMAP 1826 Advanced Presentation, the student will:

    1. Interpret best practices used for slide development appropriate for the audience.
    2. apply advanced formatting to include layout and character options.
    3. develop repeatable document settings for document consistency to include, but not limited to, custom style sets, themes and templates.
    4. incorporate audio and video.
    5. employ hyperlinks and action buttons.
    6. create a self-running presentation.
    7. integrate graphical elements, transitions and animation.
    8. incorporate content from other programs.
    9. create an interactive presentation.
    10. illustrate use of an online meeting tool.


  • Computer Science (COSC)

  • COSC 0000 - Any course from the COSC department


    Choose any course from the COSC department.

  • COSC 1010 - Introduction to Computer Science


    This course introduces the fundamental concepts of programming from an object oriented perspective. Topics include simple data types, control structures, array and string data structures, algorithm development, and debugging techniques. This course emphasizes computational thinking, fundamental programming skills, and good software development principles in the context of a language that supports the object-oriented paradigm.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra with a grade of “C” or better or placement into a higher level mathematics course or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of COSC 1010 Introduction to Computer Science I, the student will:

    1. write object-oriented programs to solve quantitative problems.
    2. debug object-oriented programs.
    3. use functions, procedures, and standard logic structures to develop a systematic, algorithmic problem-solving methodology.
    4. manipulate basic data structures.
    5. author comments in code to clearly document logic.
    6. use industry tools to design, develop programs.
    7. develop solutions that use simple data structures.
    8. save and load data from various storage options.
    9. create test plans to validate program functionality.
    10. analyze technical specifications and software documentation in order to develop appropriate solutions


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of COSC 1010 Introduction to Computer Science, the student will:

    (Use what you entered in Section “L”, page 1.)

    1. An ability to identify, define and develop solutions to computational problems.   
    2. Use appropriate techniques, technologies and tools to implement solutions to computational problems.
    3. Ability to use both procedural and object-oriented coding techniques. 
    4. Recognize the need and benefit of continual learning in the area of computer science


  • COSC 1030 - Computer Science I


    This course continues the introduction to the methodology of programming from an object-oriented perspective.  Through the study of object design, this course introduces the basics of human-computer interfaces, graphics, and the social implications of computing with an emphasis on software engineering.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:
    COSC 1010 - Introduction to Computer Science I or Instructor Consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    1. Critical Thinking – 2 Apply subject area appropriate strategies in problem solving situations   
    2. Acquire and Apply Knowledge – 2 Synthesize knowledge appropriately.


    Program Outcomes
    1. An ability to identify, define and develop solutions to computational problems.   
    2. Use appropriate techniques, technologies and tools to implement solutions to computational problems.            
    3. Ability to use both procedural and object-oriented coding techniques.     
    4. Recognize the need and benefit of continual learning in the area of computer science.


  • COSC 1250 - Fund of Computer Logic & Tech Computations


    This course introduces the foundations of logic and computations for computer science. It covers the basics of Boolean logic and circuitry, conversion of number systems, set theory, and Venn diagrams.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
  • COSC 2005 - Advanced Visual Basic


    This is a course designed to apply the elementary Visual BASIC commands and to develop applications using advanced Visual BASIC programming techniques. These would include file and data management, graphics and animation, menu systems, OLE, Active- X controls and database tools. All of these techniques can and will be demonstrated as Internet applications.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    COSC 1005 - Intro to Visual BASIC. Lab required.



  • COSC 2020 - Linux Fundamentals


    This course introduces the student to the Linux operating system. The student will gain actual hands-on experience in installing, configuring, and administering Linux in both a client and server environment, as well as in integrating it with other operating systems. In addition, the student will acquire the skills and knowledge necessary to negotiate a Linux/Unixbased computer system by performing a variety of administrative tasks and functions inherent in using any Unix-based operating system.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • COSC 2025 - Java Programming


    This class will teach students interactive programming and applications of the computer language JAVA through lectures of fundamental concepts along with project assignments using object oriented concepts and program structures.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Basic Internet knowledge is recommended.

    Prerequisites:

    Complete or have experience in high-level computer language. Basic Internet knowledge is recommended.



  • COSC 2030 - Computer Science II


    Use of and implementation of abstract data structures in an object-oriented programming environment. Topics include lists, stacks, queues, tables, binary, trees, graphs, space and time complexity, recursion and recursive data types. Programming exercises and experimentation with software in closed laboratory supplement the discussion.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    COSC 1030 Computer Science I

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of (COSC 2030 Computer Science II), the student will:

    1. Create programs to solve real and simulated problems using proper design, code and debug techniques with object-oriented concepts.
    2. Demonstrate a systematic method of problem solving using various planning tools.
    3. Utilize basic data structures, conditionals, arrays and other object-oriented elements in creating programs.
    4. Utilize advanced data structures to solve programming problems.
    5. Create test plans to validate program functionality.
    6. Analyze technical specifications and software documentation in order to develop appropriate solutions.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of (COSC 2030 Computer Science II), the student will:

    1. An ability to identify, define and develop solutions to computational problems.  
    2. Use appropriate techniques, technologies and tools to implement solutions to computational problems.
    3. Ability to use both procedural and object-oriented coding techniques.   
    4. Recognize the need and benefit of continual learning in the area of computer science.


  • COSC 2050 - Introduction to SQL


    This course offers students an extensive introduction to data server technology and covers the concepts of relational databases, SQL and SQL programming.

    Credits: 3

  • COSC 2105 - Data Communications


    This course introduces the student to the details of data communication. The student will gain knowledge of the relevant terminology related to data communications as well as data communication concepts, hardware, software, LAN and WAN protocols and architectures, and other information necessary to make the student literate in data communication.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    BMIS 2000 - Computer Information Systems or instructor consent



  • COSC 2240 - Systems Analysis & Design


    This course is a comprehensive explanation of structured analysis and design techniques. Students will use a workbook-style cumulative case that requires them to perform case tasks using structured techniques. The students will use the matrix approach to designing controls when using structured analysis and design.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • Computer Security (CSEC)

  • CSEC 1500 - Computer Network Security+


    This course gives the student foundation-level computer and network security skills and knowledge. The course maps to the TestOut Security Pro and Comp TIA Security+ Certification and covers all core domains including systems security, network infrastructure, access control, assessments and audits, cryptography, and organizational security.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSEC 1500 Computer Network Security+, the student will:

    1. differentiate between various system security threats.
    2. apply industry best practices for identity and access control methods.
    3. differentiate general cryptography concepts.
    4. apply basic encryption concepts to appropriate applications.
    5. develop security policies and incident response processes.
    6. implement the appropriate network tools and procedures to facilitate network security.
    7. outline effective physical security risk mitigation practices.
    8. list network perimeter defense practices.
    9. detail common network attacks and methods of risk mitigation.
    10. state operating system hardening procedures to achieve workstation and server security.
    11. define application development secure coding lifecycle.
    12. explain applications vulnerabilities and appropriate countermeasures.
    13. describe data security issues and methods of protection.
    14. evaluate vulnerability assessments and audits using common industry tools.


  • CSEC 1510 - Hardening Network Infrastructure


    This course gives students an awareness of security related issues and essential skills they will need as network administrators in order to provide a secure LAN, WLAN or WAN network. The course explores secure network infrastructure, understanding core security concepts, managing secure access, VPN encryption, firewalls, intrusion prevention, web and email content security, and endpoint security. This course helps prepare students for the Cisco CCNA Security 210-260 certification exam which can be attempted after the student has achieved CCENT or CCNA certification status.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CSCO 2000 Cisco: CCNA 1 and CSCO 2020 Cisco: CCNA 2, or hold an active CCENT or CCNA certification or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSEC 1510 Hardening Network Infrastructure , the student will:

    1. explain network security concepts and common principles.
    2. identify common security threats.
    3. outline the fundamentals of Virtual Private Networks (VPN) technology and cryptography.
    4. describe the fundamentals of IP security.
    5. detail the process of implementing IPSEC Site-to-site VPNs.
    6. outline the process of implementing SSL Remote Access VPNs.
    7. describe mitigation techniques for email-based and web-based threats.
    8. describe firewall function, placement, benefits and limitations.
    9. outline the process of implementing a zone-based firewall on a router.
    10. describe the process of implementing basic firewall policies on an adaptive security appliance (ASA).
    11. discuss the deployment, basic configuration and performance tuning of an intrusion protection system (IPS).
    12. describe common threats to layer 2 technologies (switches) and associated mitigation techniques.
    13. explore the Network Foundation Protection framework.
    14. discuss security best practices associated with the device management plane.
    15. discuss security best practices associated with the IPV4 and IPv6 traffic in the data plane.
    16. examine the control plane and secure routing protocols.
    17. describe the methods available to secure local access.
    18. investigate Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) architecture, components and mobility device management.


  • CSEC 1520 - Network Defense and Countermeasures


    This course is designed to prepare students to think like a hacker and further understand how attackers compromise networks. The course prepares students to conduct test attacks to discover vulnerabilities before attackers do. Students use Kali Linux, a security-testing application for hand-on activities. The goal of the course is to develop a structured approach to conducting a security test.  Additionally, students are introduced to the availability of professional certifications in this field.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of COSC 2020 Linux Fundamentals and CSEC 1500 Computer Network Security +, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSEC 1520 Network Defense and Countermeasures, the student will:

    1. describe the role of security and penetration testers.
    2. summarize what an ethical hacker can and cannot do legally.
    3. discuss types of attacks to computers, network and physical security.
    4. explain how foot-printing methods are used as part of an attacker’s reconnaissance phase.
    5. illustrate port scanning and ping sweeps.
    6. describe steps for enumerating operating systems such as Windows and Linux.
    7. outline programming concepts useful in network and computer security work.
    8. utilize shell scripting tips to automated security tasks.
    9. review vulnerabilities in Windows and Linux operating systems.
    10. evaluate best practices for hardening these systems.
    11. discuss vulnerabilities and best practices for protecting embedded operating systems.
    12. describe web applications vulnerabilities and the tools used to attack web servers.
    13. outline wireless networking hacking tools and countermeasures.
    14. describe attacks to crypto and other access protection systems.
    15. describe devices that can be employed to protect networks.
    16. identify laws affecting network security.


  • CSEC 1530 - Computer Forensics


    This course is designed to train “digital investigators” to properly conduct a computer forensics examination and give them an understanding of the process of electronic discovery. Students learn the skills and techniques necessary to conduct a thorough examination. The course develops the foundation needed as the first step in the journey to achieve a Computer Forensics certification such as GIAC Certified Forensic Analyst (GCFA), ISFCE Certified Computer Examiner CCE or IACRB Certified Computer Forensics Examiner (CCFE).

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of CSEC 1500 Computer Network Security + and MSFT 1745 A+ Computer Maintenance, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CSEC 1530 Computer Forensics, the student will:

    1. discuss legal and ethical issues surrounding computer forensics.
    2. demonstrate an understanding of digital forensics fundamentals.
    3. assess evidence acquisition opportunities in common computer technology to include but not limited to: browsers, networks, computer systems, operating systems, email, and mobile devices.
    4. apply a forensically sound approach to evidence acquisition, preparation and preservation to various types of computer systems, file types, logs, communication, social media and common digital media employed throughout.
    5. determine data-hiding techniques.
    6. identify commonly used forensic software utilities and their purpose.
    7. identify commonly used forensic hardware tools and their purpose.
    8. detail the design of a digital forensics laboratory.
    9. discover the process of casework and report development.


  • Construction (CNTK)

  • CNTK 1560 - Construction Safety and Safe Use of Tools


    This course provides students with an understanding of safety and planning preventative measures.  The course emphasizes the importance of managing safety, safe tool use, and productivity with equal emphasis, and is designed to provide safety training for students who will be operating construction tools and equipment.   

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CNTK 1560 Construction Safety and the Safe Use of Tools, the student will:

    1. Practice and implement safe work practices.
    2. Demonstrate construction math skills.
    3. Identify and safely use common hand tools.
    4. Identify and safely use common power tools.
    5. Identify and read basic blueprints and design a safety plan.
    6. Demonstrate the basic rigging and safety associated with rigging.
    7. Practice communication skills as they relate to safety.
    8. Relate safety procedures to basic employability skills.


    Program Outcomes
    Construction Technology

    PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems.

    PO#2 Apply communication skills in an industry setting.

    PO#3 Operate construction tools and equipment.

    PO#5 Perform construction mathematics applications.

    PO#6 Employ construction safety skills.

  • CNTK 1641 - Carpentry Apprenticeship I


    To provide the educational component for the Sheridan area State approved Carpentry Apprenticeship that complements the 2000 hour per year working component needed to meet the yearly requirements set by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Department of Labor, Cheyenne, Wyoming, for apprentices to become eligible to sit for the journeyman’s exam. The requirements for CNTK 1641 can also be met by CNTK 1870 AND CNTK 1560.

    Credits: 6

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to fall 2002, CNTK 1641 was listed as 1400.

    Prerequisites:
    Students must have the status as a Carpentry Apprentice with an approved Sheridan, Johnson, or Campbell County contractor and be registered as a Carpenter Apprentice with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Department of Labor, Cheyenne, WY.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    1. Demonstrate a commitment to the apprenticeship process and adhere to the responsibilities of a Carpentry Apprentice.
    2. Practice and implement safe work practices.
    3. Demonstrate construction math skills.
    4. Identify and safely use common hand tools.
    5. Identify and safely use common power tools.
    6. Identify and read basic blueprints and design a safety plan.
    7. Demonstrate the basic rigging and safety associated with rigging.
    8. Practice communication skills as they relate to safety.
    9. Relate safety procedures to basic employability skills
    10. Use construction math skills.
    11. Identify wood building materials, fasteners, and adhesives.
    12. Identify and safely use common hand and power tools.
    13. Describe floor systems.
    14. Describe wall and ceiling framing.
    15. Identify roof framing techniques.
    16. Demonstrate proficiency in on the job apprenticeship through competency based standardized performance charts.


    Program Outcomes
    PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems.

    PO#2 Apply communication skills in an industry setting.

    PO#3 Operate construction tools and equipment.

    PO#4 Perform wood cutting and milling

    PO#5 Perform construction mathematics applications.

    PO#6 Employ construction safety skills

  • CNTK 1642 - Carpentry Apprenticeship II


    This class provides educational components for the Sheridan area State approved Carpentry Apprenticeship that complements the 2000 hour per year working component needed to meet the yearly requirements set by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Department of Labor, Cheyenne, Wyoming, for apprentices to become eligible to sit for the journeyman’s exam. The requirements for CNTK 1642 can also be met by completing CNTK 1705 AND CNTK 1975.

    Credits: 6

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Fall 2002, CNTK 1642 was listed as CNTK 1410.

    Prerequisites:
    CNTK 1641 Carpentry Apprenticeship I

    Minimum Student Competencies
    1. Demonstrate a commitment to the apprenticeship process and adhere to the responsibilities of a Carpentry Apprentice.
    2. Use commercial blueprint reading skills.
    3. Identify drywall installation and finishing.
    4. Identify framing and exterior finishing systems.
    5. Describe suspended ceiling systems.
    6. Describe wall and ceiling framing.
    7. Identify cabinet installation techniques.
    8. Describe window and exterior door installation procedures.
    9. Demonstrate proficiency in on the job apprenticeship through competency based standardized performance charts.


    Program Outcomes
    PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems,

    PO# 4 Perform wood cutting and milling operations

  • CNTK 1643 - Carpentry Apprenticeship III


    This class provides educational components for the Sheridan area State approved Carpentry Apprenticeship that complements the 2000 hour per year working component needed to meet the yearly requirements set by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Department of Labor, Cheyenne, Wyoming, for apprentices to become eligible to sit for the journeyman’s exam.

    Credits: 6

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Fall 2002, CNTK 1643 was listed as CNTK 1420.

    Prerequisites:
    CNTK 1642 Carpentry Apprenticeship II

    Minimum Student Competencies
    1. Demonstrate a commitment to the apprenticeship process and adhere to the responsibilities of a Carpentry Apprentice.
    2. Identify properties of concrete.
    3. Identify rigging equipment.
    4. Describe rigging practices.
    5. Describe trenching and excavation.
    6. Identify reinforcing concrete methods.
    7. Describe foundation and slab on grade.
    8. Identify vertical formwork
    9. Identify horizontal formwork
    10. Describe handling and placing concrete
    11. Identify tilt-up wall panels
    12. Demonstrate proficiency in on the job apprenticeship through competency based standardized performance charts.


    Program Outcomes
    1. PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems.
    2. PO#2 Apply communication skills in an industry setting.
    3. PO#3 Operate construction tools and equipment.
    4. PO#4 Perform wood cutting and milling
    5. PO#5 Perform construction mathematics applications.
    6. PO#6 Employ construction safety skills


  • CNTK 1644 - Carpentry Apprenticeship IV


    This class provides educational components for the Sheridan area State approved Carpentry Apprenticeship that complements the 2000 hour per year working component needed to meet the yearly requirements set by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Department of Labor, Cheyenne, Wyoming, for apprentices to become eligible to sit for the journeyman’s exam.

    Credits: 6

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Fall 2002, CNTK 1644 was listed as CNTK 1430.

    Prerequisites:
    CNTK 1643 Carpentry Apprenticeship III

    Minimum Student Competencies
    1. Demonstrate a commitment to the apprenticeship process and adhere to the responsibilities of a Carpentry Apprentice.

    2. Practice and implement safe work practices.

    3. Demonstrate construction math skills.

    4. Demonstrate differential leveling techniques.

    5. Identify  angular and distance measurement

    6. Identify advance roof systems.

    7. Describe advanced wall systems.

    8. Describe advance stair systems.

    9. Identify construction equipment.

    10. Describe equipment start up.

    11. Describe equipment maintenance.

    12. Describe oxyfuel cutting.

    13. Describe arc welding.

    14. Describe site preparation.

    15. Demonstrate fundamental of crew leadership.

    16. Demonstrate proficiency in on the job apprenticeship through competency based standardized performance charts.

    Program Outcomes

    1. PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems.
    2. PO#2 Apply communication skills in an industry setting.
    3. PO#3 Operate construction tools and equipment.
    4. PO#5 Perform construction mathematics applications.
    5. PO#6 Employ construction safety skills


  • CNTK 1705 - Carpentry Lab


    This course runs concurrently with all the major courses in Construction Technology to allow time for students to develop the construction skills necessary to become proficient in the field of construction and to complete the jobs/tasks implemented within the major courses in Construction Technology.

    Credits: 3 to 8

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in CNTK 1560 Construction Safety and Use of Tools OR  NCCER Core Curriculum Certification, OR instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    Enrollment in construction technology course sequence

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CNTK 1705 Carpentry Lab, the student will:

    1. Practice and implement safe work practices.
    2. Demonstrate construction math skills.
    3. Identify wood building materials, fasteners, and adhesives.
    4. Identify and safely use common hand and power tools.
    5. Build floor systems.
    6. Build wall and ceiling framing.
    7. Perform roof framing techniques.
    8. Install windows and doors properly.


    Program Outcomes
    Construction Technology

    PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems

    PO#2 Apply communications skills in an industry setting

    PO#3 Operate construction tools and equipment

    PO#4 Perform wood cutting and milling operations

    PO#5 Perform construction mathematics applications

    PO#6 Employ construction safety skills

  • CNTK 1750 - Sustainable Building Design


    This course provides students with an understanding of energy efficiency and sustainability as if pertains to building design.  Emphasis will be place on materials and material usage, energy systems, and location selection to provide the minimal impacts on the environment.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, CNTK 1560 Construction Safety and Use of Tools, or instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    Enrollment in construction technology course sequence

    Minimum Student Competencies
    CNTK 1750 Sustainable Building Design, the student will:

    1. Describe proper site selection
    2. Create site plan
    3. Identify alternative framing techniques
    4. Identify alternative building products
    5. Identify alternative energy sources
    6. Demonstrate efficient building design
    7. Compute personal carbon footprint
    8. Describe the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating process.
    9. Create a plan for an active solar system


    Program Outcomes
    Construction Technology

    PO#2 Apply communications skills in an industry setting

  • CNTK 1870 - Construction Materials & Methods


    This course provides students with a survey of common materials and methods used in building construction. Materials covered include wood, glue, laminated timber, steel, non-ferrous metals, concrete, plastic, and insulations. Emphasis is placed on physical properties, use in construction, and construction techniques for completing the project. National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) Carpentry Level I certification will be achieved.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, CNTK 1560 - Construction Safety & Safe Use of Tools, OR NCCER Core Curriculum certification, OR instructor consent 



  • CNTK 1975 - Carpentry Framing and Finishing


    This course provides students training in advanced carpentry framing and finishing as used in the commercial and residential construction industry.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, CNTK 1560 Construction Safety and Use of Tools; or NCCER Core Curriculum certification; or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CNTK 1975 Carpentry Framing and Finishing, the student will:

    1. Practice and implement safe work practices.
    2. Use commercial blueprint reading skills.
    3. Identify drywall installation and finishing.
    4. Identify framing and exterior finishing systems.
    5. Describe suspended ceiling systems.
    6. Describe wall and ceiling framing.
    7. Identify cabinet installation techniques.
    8. Describe window and exterior door installation procedures.


    Program Outcomes
    Construction Technology

    PO#1 Integrate information from residential and commercial blueprints to solve building problems

    PO#4 Perform wood cutting and milling operations

  • CNTK 2510 - Construction Estimating


    his course is an introduction to the detailed and challenging profession of construction estimating.  Students will learn how the wide range of construction materials, construction methods, and how business practices impact the overall cost of a construction project.
     

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, CNTK 1560 Construction Safety and Safe Use of Tools, OR NCCER Core Curriculum certification, OR instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    Enrollment in Construction Technology course sequence

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completing CNTK 2510 Construction Estimating, the student will:

    1. Identify types of cost estimates.
    2. Describe mathematic principles in estimating.
    3. Estimate Carpentry work.
    4. Describe sub trades scope of work.
    5. Identify pricing general expenses.
    6. Create a competitive bid for a project.
    7. Identify business practices that impact the overall cost of a construction project.
    8. Complete a material take-off for a given plan.


    Program Outcomes
    Construction Technology

    PO#2 Apply communications skills in an industry setting

    PO#5 Perform construction mathematics applications

  • CNTK 2520 - Project Supervision


    This course provides students with the leadership skills needed in conjunction with the technical skills already acquired to move into foreman and supervisor roles in the construction industry.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CNTK 2520 Project Supervision , the student will: 

    1. Practice and implement safe work practices.
    2. Identify job site procedures and operations.
    3. Identify human relations techniques.
    4. Demonstrate problem solving skills.
    5. Identify quality control procedures.
    6. Identify contract and construction documents.
    7. Practice document control and estimating.
    8. Perform planning and scheduling operations.
    9. Create a resource and cost awareness plan.


    Program Outcomes
    Construction Technology

    PO#2 Apply communications skills in an industry setting

    PO#6 Employ construction safety skills.

  • Counseling (CNSL)

  • CNSL 0000 - any course from CNSL dept


    any course from CNSL dept

  • CNSL 2010 - Counseling Ethics


    This course provides students with an opportunity for study of selected ethical and professional topics in counseling. These topics include, but are not limited to: ethical, legal and professional issues related to decision-making, self-awareness, multicultural issues, values, relationships, boundaries, familiarity with the current ethical principles of the major mental health professions and the current laws regarding those professions in Wyoming.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    none



  • CNSL 2100 - Case Management


    This course focuses on the psychology of behavior management and on case management skills. Topics covered include screening, intake, orientation, assessment, treatment planning, counseling, case management, crisis intervention, client education, referral, record keeping and consultation, as well as ethics and confidentiality.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none

     



  • CNSL 2300 - Counseling Skills


    This course is designed to examine the concepts and skills of counseling. It defines the role of the counselor. Students analyze appropriate counseling techniques. Students identify appropriate guidance to clients within the criminal justice system. Students differentiate the counselor’s role within the criminal justice field. Students develop counseling skills to be used in the field.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010 English I



    Cross-listed: CRMJ 2300 and SOC 2300 - Counseling Skills
  • CNSL 2340 - Theories of Counseling


    This course explores the study and critical analysis of the major counseling theories and elements of effective psychotherapy as they apply to the counseling process.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in PSYC 1000 General Psychology or Instructor Consent.



  • CNSL 2380 - Crisis Intervention


    This course explores the application of crisis theories in working with diverse populations. The role of the interventionist is examined.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Cross-listed: CRMJ 2580 Crisis Intervention
  • CNSL 2470 - Practicum in Human Services


    This course provides the opportunity for students to gain work experience in the field and to apply knowledge acquired in previous and current course work. This time is scheduled, structured, and supervised by a certified or licensed professional.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • Criminal Justice (CRMJ)

  • CRMJ 0000 - Criminal Justice Course


    Any course from Criminal Justice Department

  • CRMJ 1015 - Homeland Security


    This course examines international and domestic terrorism in a historical and social context including the exploration of ideological and religious movements and radicalization that result in terror attacks on the United States. Law enforcement response through prevention, interdiction, identification, protection and security is explored. Constitutional challenges with heightened security as well as the future of homeland security are discussed.

    Credits: 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 1015 Homeland Security, the student will:

    1. Analyze the social underpinnings of terrorism.
    2. Identify the methods of financing terrorist organizations.
    3. Investigate the effect media has on radicalization.
    4. Critique the rise of international terrorist organizations.
    5. Identify the agencies charged with preventing and interdicting terrorism.
    6. Assess law enforcement response to terrorist events.
    7. Analyze civil liberty constitutional issues and homeland security.
    8. Debate the future of homeland security and terrorism.
    9. Compare local, state, and federal roles in homeland security.


  • CRMJ 1520 - Law Enforcement Operations


    This course is an in-depth study of local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies, their characteristics and structure and their role in society. This course begins with a historical look at the development of police organizations in the United States. It continues with a study of the modern police force including selection and training of officers, patrol functions, conducting investigations within a constitutional framework, use of specialized units to combat crime and community-oriented policing. Students analyze police use of force as well as ethical decision-making and apply that knowledge to current issues facing the police profession.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Prior to Spring 2004, CRMJ 1520 was listed as Police Science II.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 1520 Law Enforcement Operations , the student will:

    1. Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform at the local, state, and federal levels.
    2. Discuss the history of police in the United States.
    3. Identify the characteristics of police organizations.
    4. Diagram the structure of police organizations.
    5. Identify crime detection techniques utilized by law enforcement.
    6. Discuss the importance of the selection process in law enforcement agencies.
    7. Evaluate the importance of the 4th, 5th, and 6th Amendments to police investigations.
    8. Examine the responsibilities of the patrol division, investigations, and other specialized units of a law enforcement organization
    9. Evaluate why the authority to use force is critical to the police role.
    10. Discuss the meaning of police discretion.
    11. Analyze approaches to controlling police corruption or misconduct.
    12. Apply ethical decision-making processes to fact-based situations.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 1520 Law Enforcement Operations, the student will:

    • PLO 4 Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform.


  • CRMJ 1550 - Police & Community Relations


    This course examines the role of police as a public servant with emphasis on achieving and maintaining public support, guidance and assistance. Professional ethics and values, professionalism, and discretion by law enforcement officials, concepts of effective communication within the community at large and the role media plays in public relations. Students consider the community relations problems faced by law enforcement and learn the means for establishing community cooperation to resolve them.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ1550 Police and Community Relations  , the student will:

    1. Discuss why it is important to study community relations as a criminal justice professional.
    2. Explain the key elements that form a community.
    3. Explain the primary role of the community in law enforcement.
    4. Compare and contrast the different roles of the sub-systems of the criminal justice system.
    5. Discuss the criminal justice system’s treatment of minority groups within the community.
    6. Understand the power structure within a community and how it relates to the criminal justice system.
    7. Discuss the role of the criminal justice system and sharing power with other institutions of government.
    8. Explain the human relations problems with police, courts, and corrections.
    9. Discuss the importance of self-image and who is responsible for community-police interaction.
    10. Discuss current and future criminal justice issues as they relate to community relations.


  • CRMJ 1700 - Firearms I


    This introduction to modern firearms examines the moral and legal aspects of the practical use of firearms in the criminal justice field. Students are taught firearms safety, range safety, proper handling techniques, loading and shooting techniques as well as firearms nomenclature. The course contrasts the differences between civilian and law enforcement use of force.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Students are required to pay an ammunition charge.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    CRMJ 1700 introduction to Firearms, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate the safe handling of common firearms used by Criminal Justice Professionals.
    2. Recite the range safety rules.
    3. Demonstrate proper stance, grip, and trigger placement.
    4. Demonstrate safe and proper loading and unloading techniques.
    5. Perform Class I and Class II malfunctions drills.
    6. Demonstrate the five step handgun presentation.
    7. Identify the various parts of police firearms (nomenclature.)
    8. Demonstrate safe and accurate shooting techniques in the standing and kneeling position.
    9. Differentiate between the laws governing civilian and law enforcement use of force.
    10. Apply correct decision-making processes in use of force scenarios.
    11. Complete the WLEA proficiency course.


    Program Outcomes
    CRMJ 1700 introduction to Firearms, the student will:

    • PLO 4 Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform


  • CRMJ 1705 - Advanced Firearms


    The first portion of this course gives students further experience in the proper handling and use of a variety of weapons, including shotguns, high-powered rifles and automatic weapons, as well as side-arms. The second segment of the course introduces the fundamentals of combat shooting, including night fire, use of available cover, barricade shooting, reduced target courses, shoot-don’t shoot exercises, and experimental courses of fire.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: Students are required to pay an ammunition charge.

    Prerequisites:

    CRMJ 1700 - Firearms I



  • CRMJ 2110 - Judicial Functions


    This course examines the criminal court system and criminal process with an analysis of the major judicial decision-makers and courtroom working group, i.e., prosecutors, defense attorneys, judges, and the discretionary aspects of adjudication.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2110 Judicial Functions, the student will:

    1. Identify the foundations of law in the United States.
    2. Compare the federal judiciary with state judiciary.
    3. Apply the basic elements of criminal culpability such as actus reus, mens rea, causation and concurrence to the criminal trial process.
    4. Assess the application of rights to criminal defendants during the criminal trial process.
    5. Identify the courts as a component of the criminal justice system.
    6. Explain the individual role of the judge, attorneys, juries, and courtroom-working group in both civil and criminal trials.
    7. Differentiate between the civil and criminal trial process.
    8. Evaluate discretion as it applies to judges and prosecutors in the adjudication process.
    9. Assess the relationship between the President and the Federal Judiciary.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ2110 Judicial Functions  the student will:

    • PLO 1 Examine the Components of the Criminal Justice system. 
    • PLO 2 Critique the application of rights to criminal defendants as defined by the United States Constitution


  • CRMJ 2120 - Introduction to Criminal Justice


    This course examines the foundations of the criminal justice system in the United States including the rule of law and causes of crime. It explains law enforcement, courts, and corrections, their goals and processes, and the impact of crime on society.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2120/POLS 2120 Introduction to Criminal Justice, the student will:

    1. Discuss the historical development of the police, courts and corrections in the United States.
    2. Identify the major goals of the criminal justice system and its components.
    3. Describe the working relationships between local, state and federal agencies of the criminal justice system.
    4. Discuss the effects of law in the United States and its enforcement, adjudication and punishment within society.
    5. Identify the major sources of criminal justice data and classification of crimes.
    6. Assess future trends in law enforcement, adjudication and post-conviction processes.
    7. Discuss the ethical and liability issues for the Criminal Justice professional.
    8. Discuss the impact of crime on victims and society.
    9. Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2120/POLS 2120 Introduction to Criminal Justice, the student will:

    • PLO 1 Examine the components of the criminal justice system.


    Cross-listed: POLS 2120 - Introduction to Criminal Justice
  • CRMJ 2125 - Forensic Psychology


    This course focuses on the production and application of psychological knowledge and research findings for the civil and criminal justice systems. The student explores criminal profiling, crime scene investigations, psychology of crimes and delinquency, “victimology” and victim services, psychological assessments, mental disorders, and correctional psychology.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    Complete PSYC 1000 General Psychology or SOC 1000 Sociological Principles

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2125/PSYC 2125 Forensic Psychology, the student will:

    1. Integrate current theory and research to explain behavior from a forensic psychology perspective.
    2. Apply theories related to the interaction between the criminal and civil legal systems and psychology.
    3. Employ vocabulary, concepts, and ethical standards in evaluating an important issue related to forensic assessment.
    4. Describe experiences and perspectives of diverse populations including but not limited to race, culture, socioeconomics, age, gender, sexual orientation, and disability.
    5. Discuss how social/political issues, policies, and events affects the field of forensic psychology.
    6. Evaluate the existing literature and body of knowledge in assessment, evaluation, and research methods in forensic practice.
    7. Describe investigative psychology, criminal profiling, scene analysis, and racial profiling.
    8. Compare competencies of criminal suspects and risk assessment instruments.
    9. Explain the role of forensic psychologists dealing with adults and child victims


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2125/PSYC 2125 Forensic Psychology, the student will:

    Psychology:

    1. Apply basic research methods in psychology, including research design, data analysis, and interpretation.
    2. Examine the applicability of psychological principles and empirical findings to personal, social, and organizational issues.
    3. Assess behavior and mental processes.

    Criminal Justice:

    1. Examine the components of the Criminal Justice system
    2. Analyze the major theories of crime causation to include biological, sociological, and psychological and life course perspectives of criminality.
    3. Analyze sentencing philosophy within the United States


    Cross-listed: PSYC*2125

  • CRMJ 2130 - Criminal Investigation


    This course provides a detailed explanation of the process of criminal investigation beginning with the initial response by law enforcement to a crime scene and ending with the successful prosecution of the offender. The responsibilities of the first responder, evidence technician, and investigator are covered in detail. Techniques for developing suspects including proper protocols for interviewing and interrogations are explained. Protocols for identification, collection, and preservation of evidence are discussed.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2130 Criminal Investigation, the student will:

    1. Examine the duties and responsibilities of the first responding officer to a crime scene.
    2. Examine the duties and responsibilities of the evidence technician.
    3. Examine the duties and responsibilities of the investigating detective.
    4. Assess standard operating procedures for investigating crimes against persons and property including techniques for identifying suspects.
    5. Analyze proper procedure for interviews and interrogations.
    6. Identify types of evidence.
    7. Discuss proper preservation and collection strategies for different types of evidence.
    8. Investigate a crime scene.
    9. Identify the elements of successfully prosecuted criminal investigations.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2130 Criminal Investigation the student will:

    PO#4 Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform.

  • CRMJ 2150 - Introduction to Victimology


    This course focuses on the criminal justice system’s treatment of crime victims, victim programs and services, and the impact of victimization on individuals and communities.  An overview of victim assistance programs, victim remedies, and victim rights, including civil and criminal solutions, will be presented.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ2150 Introduction to Victimology , the student will:

    1. Define victimology
    2. Diagram the components of the criminal justice system.
    3. Explain the sources utilized to measure criminality in the United States.
    4. Describe the emergence of the victim’s right movement.
    5. Evaluate and apply the theories of crime causation to the specialty of victimology.
    6. Compare and contrast the civil protections afforded to the offenders and to the victims of crime.
    7. List the consequences of victimization from a physical, mental and financial perspective.
    8. Describe the experiences of crime victims as it relates to the various types of crime.
    9. Research the history and evolution of legal protections afforded to crime victims.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ2150 Introduction to Victimology,  the student will:

    • PO #1 Examine the components of the Criminal Justice system
    • PO#6 Analyze sentencing philosophy within the United States


  • CRMJ 2160 - Domestic/Family Violence


    This course examines the domestic environment from an interpersonal, physical, emotional and social perspective, evaluating the historical and cultural changes regarding the beliefs, values and norms regarding violence within a domestic environment, among its members and the risk factors for domestic abuse.  A review of the components of the criminal justice system will present the evolution of and contemporary foundation for social policy, legal response and enforcement strategies in response to incidents of domestic violence. The unique challenges and responses to the most vulnerable and protected classes of individuals, including the disabled, elderly, LGBTQ family members and children, exposed to domestic violence will be considered. Additionally this course will provide an overview of the differing types of community intervention programs, their techniques and strategies for responding to a domestic violence situation. 

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    SOC 1000 Sociological Principles or SOC/CRMJ 2400 Criminology, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ2160/ SOC2320/PSYC2280 Domestic/Family Violence , the student will:

    1. Explain the physical, emotional and social contributors to various types of violence within a domestic environment.
    2. Analyze issues regarding the historical evolution of risk factors for  child, sibling, intimate partner, extended family or elder family abuse.
    3. Identify the appropriate public policy and community prevention strategies that address domestic violence, offender accountability and remediation.
    4. Critique the individual and social issues, beliefs and cultural practices associated with violent behavior within the domestic environment.
    5. Identify and evaluate community intervention programs and techniques.
    6. Identify and evaluate the criminal justice systems components and legal strategies for responding to a domestic violence situation.
    7. Summarize state and federal laws related to domestic violence victimization and perpetrator accountability.  
    8. Describe the purpose and contributions of psychological and sociological theories as they are applied to domestic violence issues.
    9. Contrast the criminal justice system and societal responses to incidents of domestic violence among the most vulnerable and/or protected classes of citizens including the disabled, elderly, LGBTQ community, children.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ2160/ SOC2320/PSYC2280 Domestic /Family Violence the student will:

    PO#1 Identify the major goals and components of the criminal justice system. 

    PO#4 Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform

    PO#5 analyze the major theories of crime causation to include biological, sociological, psychological and life course perspectives of criminality.. 

  • CRMJ 2200 - Constitutional Law


    This course examines the powers of the government as they are allocated and defined by the United States Constitution with an intensive analysis of United States Supreme Court decisions as they impact society and  the criminal justice system. It explores the United States Constitution historically and contemporarily, the application of the Bill of Rights, the 14th Amendment and conducts an intensive analysis of United States Supreme Court decisions.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2200 Constitutional Law, the student will:

    1. Recognize the Fourteenth Amendment as a Limitation on State Power.
    2. Differentiate between protected speech and unprotected speech.
    3. Recognize law enforcement actions that constitute a seizure.
    4. Apply the legal concept of probable cause to fact-based situations.
    5. Recognize law enforcement actions that constitute a search.
    6. Apply the appropriate constitutional protections to custodial interrogations.
    7. Evaluate the need for a warrant to fact-based situations.
    8. Recognize when the right to counsel attaches to the criminal trial process.
    9. Critique the application of rights to criminal defendants and criminal procedure as defined by the United States Constitution.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2200 Constitution Law, the student will:

    • PO #2 Critique the application of rights to criminal defendants as defined by the United States Constitution.


  • CRMJ 2205 - Constitutional Rights of Inmates


    This course examines the rights afforded to incarcerated inmates. Even though these felons are imprisoned, placed on parole or community supervision, convicted felons and inmates still have civil rights under the U.S. Constitution and afforded by U.S. Supreme Court rulings. Students will review the historical view on inmate’s rights and the contemporary application of civil rights including the right to humane conditions of confinement, civil and criminal liabilities, and access to legal services, rights in administrative and disciplinary proceedings. Additionally students will explore the legal liability, under color of law, for corrections officials regarding conditions of confinement, access to medical services and protecting inmates from harm. 

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ2205 Constitutional Rights of Inmates , the student will:

    1. Identify the key constitutional amendment associated with due process (5th).
    2. Define the term “color of law” as it related to the federal law referring to government officials (civil rights act of 1871 (42 U.S.C.A. Section 1983).
    3. Identify the sources of law as it relates to the judicial processes affecting incarcerated felons.
    4. Articulate the development of rules of evidence in the United States related to state and federal courts, as it applies to incarcerated individuals.
    5. Identify and discuss the constitutional amendment associated with search, seizure and the admissibility of evidence (4th). 
    6. Differentiate between the various components of courtroom procedure(s).
    7. Examine the constitutional amendment associated with self-incrimination (5th), witness testimony.
    8. Describe the use of “habeas corpus” as a recourse by inmates in law to report an unlawful detention or conditions of imprisonment.
    9. Express the significance, and changes which were enacted, of supreme court rulings as they relate to conditions of confinement.


  • CRMJ 2210 - Criminal Law I


    This course is an in-depth examination of the basic elements of criminal culpability as well as the legal definitions of the elements of criminal law as defined by court interpretations.  Defenses, justifications, and excuses are discussed.  Crimes against people and property are covered.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2210 Criminal Law I, the student will:

    1. Identify the nature and origins of criminal law in our society.
    2. Recognize the constitutional limitations of criminal law.
    3. Differentiate between procedural criminal law and substantive criminal law.
    4. Examin the basic elements of criminal culpability including actus reus, mens rea, causation and concurrence.
    5. Analyze parties to a crime and vicarious liability.
    6. Examine the affirmative defenses of justification and excuse.
    7. Analyze the inchoate crimes of attempt, conspiracy, and solicitation.
    8. Assess the criminal elements of crimes against persons, property, and public order.
    9. Assess the criminal elements of crimes against the state including terrorism and espionage.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2210 Criminal Law I, the student will:

    PO#3 Examine the basic elements of criminal culpability including actus reus, mens rea, causation and concurrence.

  • CRMJ 2300 - Counseling Skills


    This course is designed to examine the concepts and skills of counseling. It defines the role of the counselor. Students analyze appropriate counseling techniques. Students identify appropriate guidance to clients within the criminal justice system. Students differentiate the counselor’s role within the criminal justice field. Students develop counseling skills to be used in the field.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010 English I



    Cross-listed: CNSL 2300 and SOC 2300 - Counseling Skills

  • CRMJ 2350 - Introduction to Corrections


    This course provides and in-depth review of corrections and punishment within the United States. Community based correctional programs, diversion, probation and parole and institutional corrections are covered in detail. The subcultures of inmates and security threats including prison gangs are identified and institutional responses are discussed.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2350 Introduction to Corrections , the student will:

    1. Describe sentencing philosophy and identify the central purpose of criminal punishment within the United States.
    2. Identify the types of sentencing and sanctions.
    3. Analyze the use of community corrections, diversion, probation and parole.
    4. Identify the constitutional amendments that apply to inmates.
    5. Discuss the inmate subculture in terms of security within the prison society.
    6. Identify management issues in prison staff, prison inmates, and special populations.
    7. Assess constitutional rights protections for inmate populations based upon fact-based situations.
    8. Discuss management of prison and jail facilities.
    9. Identify gangs active in institutional prison facilities


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2350 Introduction to Corrections, the student will:

    • PLO 6 Analyze sentencing philosophy within the United States


  • CRMJ 2360 - Community Based Corrections


    This course is an analysis of community based correctional programs and procedures with emphasis on environment and the relationship to public safety, rehabilitation, and punishment.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • CRMJ 2375 - Class & Treatment of Offenders


    This course introduces the student to the process through which the custodial, educational, vocational, and treatment needs of the offender are determined. Topics include interview, case diagnosis, use of testing programs as classification aids, reception and diagnostic centers, principles of the treatment process, and treatment approaches.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • CRMJ 2400 - Criminology


    This course examines the study of the biological, sociological and psychological theories of the causes of criminal behavior. It differentiates the practice of criminal justice from the practice of criminology. The causes of crimes against persons, crimes against property, organized crime, white-collar crime, drug crime, cybercrime, and terrorism are examined. Victimology and the social consequences of victimization are discussed. Crime control strategies based upon theoretical causes are developed.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2400/SOC 2400 Criminology, the student will:

    1. Differentiate between criminal justice and criminology.
    2. Analyze the biological theories of the causes of crime.
    3. Analyze the sociological theories of the causes of crime.
    4. Analyze the psychological theories of the causes of crime.
    5. Compare crime control approaches in society.
    6. Apply crime theories to the study of individual criminal profiles.
    7. Develop crime control strategies to counter criminal behavior.
    8. Identify the social consequences of victimization.
    9. Discuss victimology and how it can be used to prevent crime.


    Program Outcomes
    Criminal Justice AA

    PO#5 Analyze the major theories of crime causation to include biological, sociological, psychological, and life course perspectives of criminality.

    Social Science AA

    PO# 4 Summarize the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, and historical trends in anthropology or sociology.
    PO#5 Assess the functionality of societies both present and past.

    Cross-listed: SOC 2400 Criminology

  • CRMJ 2420 - Juvenile Justice


    This course examines the juvenile justice system and delinquency in the United States including theories of the causes of delinquency, risk factors for delinquency, role of police in the juvenile justice system, the application of juvenile law and procedure, delinquency prevention and intervention programs and juvenile correctional programs. Analysis includes gangs, special populations, and the future of juvenile justice.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2420 Juvenile Justice, the student will:

    1. Compare the juvenile justice and the criminal justice system.
    2. Identify the risk factors for juvenile delinquency and victimization.
    3. Identify the individual theories for juvenile delinquency including choice, biological, and psychological approaches.
    4. Identify the social theories for juvenile delinquency including structure, process, life course, and reaction.
    5. Assess the success of delinquency prevention and intervention programs.
    6. Critique landmark U.S. Supreme Court cases in juvenile justice.
    7. Summarize the juvenile adjudication process.
    8. Analyze the success of juvenile corrections programs.
    9. Identify issues with juvenile gangs and special populations


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2420 Juvenile Justice, the student will:

    • PLO 5 Analyze the major theories of crime causation to include biological, sociological, psychological, and life course perspectives of criminality


  • CRMJ 2580 - Crisis Intervention


    This course explores the application of crisis theories in working with diverse populations. The role of the interventionist is examined.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    none



    Cross-listed: CNSL 2380 Crisis Intervention

  • CRMJ 2590 - Drugs & Behavior


    This course provides an introduction and overview of the various substances the human body is exposed to and how we react to them.  Students analyze the interaction between drugs and human behaviors. Students predict the function of the major groups of legal and illicit substances and examine U.S. drug policy. Students also categorize the social effect of drugs on humans as well as evaluate drug activity and its use.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Complete PSYC 1000 General Psychology or SOC 1000 Sociological Principles, or instructor consent



    Cross-listed: PSYC 2210 - Drugs & Behavior
  • CRMJ 2650 - Crime Prevention


    Introductory material, including historical information, is followed by sections on security requirements of various structures and identification and analysis of existing hazards. Electronic surveillance, retail security, armed robbery prevention, security lighting, safes, security surveys, and rape prevention are also covered.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • Crop Science (CROP)

  • CROP 0000 - Any course from the CROP department


    Choose any course from the CROP department.

  • CROP 1150 - Pest Safety Application


    This course covers basic chemical principles. Students then apply them to an in-depth study of herbicides, insecticides and fertilizers. Students become familiar with the selection and application methods of various chemicals. Particular attention will be given to environmental concerns. Students who complete the course will be eligible to take the Wyoming Private Applicators examination. This qualifies them to purchase and use restricted use chemicals.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • Culinary Arts (CULA)

  • CULA 1500 - Food Principles


    This course takes a systems approach to sanitation, planning, preparation, and resource management. Cooking principles are thoroughly covered in safety, menu planning, equipment, purchasing, receiving, storing, and serving food. Students will learn how to tailor the guidelines of Food Principles #1 to fit the specific needs of any operation.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $75 fee. Prior to Spring 2011, CULA 1500 was listed as Food Principles I

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of CULA 1515 Basic Culinary Skills with a C or better All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CULA 1500 Food Principles , the student will:

    1. Identify effective controls for proper storage control and issuing food.

    2. Discriminate between the major pieces of food service equipment and their functions.

    3. Identify ways in which the application of heat performs the cooking function, various cooking methods, and energy use.

    4. Identify a variety of fruits, vegetables, starches, legumes and grains using basic cooking methods.

    5. Prepare a variety of foods using the sauté techniques.

    6. Prepare a variety of fried foods to their proper doneness.

    7. Differentiate between sautéing, roasting, baking, barbecue, grilling, broiling, braising, stewing, pan-frying, deep-frying and shallow-poaching processes.

    8. Prepare grilled, broiled, braised and stewed foods to the proper doneness.

    9. Prepare shallow-poached foods properly and produce a sauce that incorporates the cooking liquid.

    10. Characterize poaching and simmering, including the temperature range at which each occurs.

    11. Prepare poached and simmered foods to the proper doneness.

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CULA 1500 Food Principles, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate proper kitchen equipment operation and maintenance skills

    2. Evaluate production techniques as outlined by the American Culinary Federation

    3. Evaluate costing methods for maximum profitability

  • CULA 1510 - Sanitation


    This course utilizes Applied Food Service Sanitation, the industry leader in food safety training. The student learns the latest developments, procedures, current government standards and emerging issues in Food Service Sanitation. Students get a head start in understanding Hazardous Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP), a cutting-edge system that is the hospitality industry’s system-of-choice.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    All Culinary classes must be completed with a C or better to progress.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 1515 - Basic Culinary Skills


    This course introduces the fundamental skills that are required to be a professional culinarian. Topics such as knife skills, stocks, sauces, soups as well as recipe conversion, costing and product identification are all covered in this course. These are the basic building blocks that are required for future culinary success.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CULA 1515 Basic Culinary Skills, the student will:

    1. perform basic knife cuts within acceptable American Culinary Federation (ACF) guidelines.
    2. prepare stocks, soups and the five modern mother sauces.
    3. explore a variety of non-mother/classical sauces.
    4. characterize numerous common food products.
    5. explore the two basic soup categories.
    6. prepare a variety of soups from each basic category.
    7. determine the parts/components of a recipe
    8. describe a standardized recipe.
    9. outline the procedure for writing a standardized recipe


  • CULA 1550 - Breakfast & Lunch Cookery


    This course takes a systems approach to sanitation, planning, preparation, and resource management. Cooking principles are thoroughly covered with respect to nutrition and preparation, purchasing, receiving, storing, and serving food. Students adapt the topics covered to fit the specific needs of any operation.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $75 Fee

    Prerequisites:

     

    Completion of CULA 2700 Advanced Baking and Pastry with a C or better.

    All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 1600 - Garde Manger


    This course takes a systems approach to the planning and preparation of cold foods as an alternative to other conventional types of food preparation. Cold kitchen principles are thoroughly covered in the sanitation, menu planning, purchasing, preparation, presentation, and storage of cold foods. Students learn how to tailor the guidelines of cold food preparation to fit the specific needs of any operation.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $75 fee

    Prerequisites:

     

    Completion of CULA 1800 Meat Fabrication for Culinarian with a C or better

    All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 1700 - Basic Baking


    This course takes a systems approach to the introduction, planning and preparation of baked goods. Beginning baking principles are introduced in the planning, purchasing, preparation, presentation, and proper storage of basic baked goods. Students learn how to tailor the guidelines of learned baking techniques to fit the specific needs of any operation.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $75 Fee

    Prerequisites:

     

    Completion of CULA 1600 Garde Manger with a C or better

    All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 1800 - Meat Fabrication for the Culinarian


    This course is structured to provide students with a hands-on, practical meat cutting experience. This course also deals with fabricated cuts ready for preparation. Students conduct meat identification and deal with whole carcasses and primal cuts. Students are introduced to meat-grading procedures, identification of meat quality, and become familiar with yield testing.

    Credits: 2

    Comments: $75 Fee

    Prerequisites:

     

    Completion of CULA 1500 Food Principles with a C or better

    All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 2500 - Nutrition for the Culinarian


    This course is designed around the nutritional principles used to evaluate and modify menus and recipes to create more nutritional dishes and introduces students to the nutritional requirements of a variety of potential customers and how to effectively respond to those customers’ needs.

    Credits: 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CULA2500 Nutrition for the Culinarian,, the student will:

    1. Characterize the five food groups of the food plate and the recommended daily allowances.
    2. Describe the major nutrients contributed by each food group.
    3. Explore methods for evaluating diets and adapting recipes with respect to current dietary guidelines.
    4. Describe the characteristics, functions and best sources of each of the major nutrients, vitamins and minerals.
    5. Describe the process of human digestion.
    6. Calculate energy needs based upon basal metabolic rate and exercise expenditure.
    7. Demonstrate knowledge of cooking techniques and storage principles for maximum retention of nutrients.
    8. Categorize foods into exchange groups.
    9. Plan menus applying the exchange system.
    10. Explain common food allergies and appropriate substitutions.
    11. Discuss contemporary nutritional issues such as vegetarianism, heart healthy and religious dietary laws.


  • CULA 2600 - Charcuterie


    This course takes a systems approach to the planning and preparation of sausages and other cold food preparation techniques as an alternative to other conventional types of food preparation. Cold kitchen principles are thoroughly covered for sanitation, menu planning, purchasing, preparation, presentation, and storage of cold foods. Students tailor the guidelines of cold food preparation to fit the specific needs of any operation.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $75 Fee

    Prerequisites:

     

    Completion of CULA 1700 Charcuterie with a C or better

    All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 2620 - Classical Italian Cuisine


    This course prepares students to be proficient in preparing classical Italian cuisine. Students explore the many different regions of Italy and prepare dishes from each region. Students also learn a competent knowledge base that enhances their career success in the culinary arts.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Students must maintain a culinary grade point average of 2.5 or better to progress to the next course.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CULA 2620 Classical Italian Cuisine, the student will:

    1. Prepare numerous dishes from the many regions of Italy.
    2. Explore the various cooking styles and ingredients from several different regions.
    3. Discover about the historical significance of Italy and their influence on modern day cuisine.
    4. Discover the different styles of menu preparation.
    5. Prepare an Italian themed menu in a real world environment.


  • CULA 2640 - International Cuisine


    This course takes a hands-on approach to the planning, development and creation of seven known food styles from around the world. Cooking principles are thoroughly covered including sanitation, ethnic ingredients, menu planning, cooking techniques and plate presentation. Cuisines that will be covered are Indian, Asian, Mexican, Italian, Mediterranean Spanish, and French.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Students must maintain a culinary grade point average of 2.5 or better to progress to the next course.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CULA 2640 International Cuisine, the student will:

    1. Prepare numerous dishes from the many regions of Italy.
    2. Explore the various cooking styles and ingredients from several different regions.
    3. Discover about the historical significance of Italy and their influence on modern day cuisine.
    4. Discover the different styles of menu preparation.
    5. Prepare an Italian themed menu in a real world environment.


  • CULA 2700 - Advanced Baking & Pastry


     

    This course provides an extensive, hands-on approach to the planning and preparation of advanced baked goods. Advanced baking principles are applied in the planning, purchasing, preparation, presentation, and proper storage of baked goods. Students tailor the guidelines of baking techniques to fit the specific needs of any operation.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $75 Fee

    Prerequisites:

     

    Completion of CULA 2600 Charcuterie with a C or better

    All CULA courses in the program must be completed with a C or better.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • CULA 2720 - North American Cuisine


    This course takes a hands-on approach to the planning, development and the creation of popular food styles from North America. Cooking principles and practices are thoroughly covered including sanitation, preparation, ingredient identification, menu planning, cooking techniques and plate presentation.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Students must maintain a culinary grade point average of 2.5 or better to progress to the next course.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CULA 2720 North American Cuisine, the student will:

    1. Prepare numerous dishes from the many regions of Italy.
    2. Explore the various cooking styles and ingredients from several different regions.
    3. Discover the historical significance of Italy and their influence on modern day cuisine.
    4. Discover the different styles of menu preparation.
    5. Prepare an Italian themed menu in a real world environment.


  • CULA 2900 - Classical French Cuisine


    Classical French Cuisine is a hands-on approach to the study of the evolution of modern day cuisine.  This course covers cuisine of the various regions of France, emphasizing indigenous ingredients and preparation methods.  Students will become familiar with the gastronomy of Auguste Escoffier and his contributions to classical French cuisine.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    CULA 2200 International Cuisine with C or better, or instructor consent



  • Decision Science (DSCI)

    Dental Hygiene (DHYG)

  • DHYG 1000 - Survey of Dental Hygiene


    This course provides a broad overview of the dental hygiene profession.  Concepts addressed include history of the discipline, scope of practice, ethics, professionalism, dental terminology, basic dental anatomy, duties and responsibilities, evidence-based decision making, communication within a diverse culture, and career options.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 1000 Survey of Dental Hygiene, the student will:

     

    1. explain the dental hygiene process of care model.
    2. identify basic oral anatomical features and terminology.
    3. analyze communication methods for diverse clients across the lifespan.
    4. apply evidenced-based, ethical, and legal principles to problem-based case scenarios.
    5. differentiate between career options.
    6. describe duties and responsibilities of a licensed dental hygienist.


  • DHYG 2100 - Dental Health Education


    This course is designed to assist dental hygiene students in addressing methods for preventing oral disease, behavior modification techniques, and patient education.  This course prepares students to apply preventive oral health concepts and individualize oral health care in clinical dental hygiene and community health environments.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: Prior to Fall 2010, DHYG 2100 was listed as DHYG 3100

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2100 Dental Health Education, the student will:

    1. explain the oral disease processes.
    2. promote positive values of overall health and wellness to the public.
    3. communicate in a culturally sensitive manner with diverse individuals.
    4. assess the dental/oral health education needs of patients.
    5. identify obstacles to achieving optimal oral health.
    6. evaluate factors that can be used to promote patient adherence to disease prevention or health maintenance strategies.
    7. conduct an oral health risk assessment.
    8. integrate accepted current scientific theories and research into educational and preventive over-the-counter oral self-care products.
    9. integrate accepted current scientific theories and research related to  the preventive modalities of fluorides, sealants, and adjunctive therapies.
    10. differentiate between behavioral modification theories.
    11. develop individualized patient oral health education plans based on case    scenarios.
    12. conduct a dietary analysis with a patient.
    13. recommend appropriate oral physiotherapy aids based on a patient’s individualized dental hygiene care plan.
    14. implement a caries risk behavioral change plan with a patient.
    15. evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral change plans.
    16. explore the effectiveness of various tobacco cessation programs.
    17. apply the principles of tobacco cessation counseling.


  • DHYG 2200 - Pharmacology


    This course familiarizes students with the sources, actions, uses, dosages and toxic effects of drugs.  It covers drugs commonly used in dentistry and drugs commonly taken by patients that affect dental and dental hygiene therapy.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2200 Pharmacology, the student will:

    1. Apply vocabulary and terminology associated with pharmacology to read and interpret new information.
    2. Utilize appropriate reference material.
    3. Describe the indications, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological effects, adverse reactions, drug interactions, and dosages associated with the various drug groups.
    4. Discuss the drugs/ drug categories used in dentistry and the side effects.
    5. Discuss possible oral complications associated with drug therapy and systemic disease.


  • DHYG 2210 - Dental Embryology and Histology


    This course involves the study of the development and histologic structure of elements in the head and neck region. Special emphasis will be placed on embryology of structures in the orofacial region.  Histologic features will be related to functional characteristics of the tissues discussed.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Sequence of course work is established by the Dental Hygiene Program.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DHYG 2300 - Preclinical Dental Hygiene


    This course prepares students for clinical dental hygiene experience.  Topics include aseptic techniques, assessment, planning, implementation, and evaluation of individualized dental hygiene care.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



  • DHYG 2305 - Clinical Dental Technology


    This course prepares the dental hygiene student to utilize the dental computer program Eagle Soft required in the Sheridan College Dental Hygiene Clinic. Competence in this technology equips graduates to move on to operate similar dental software used by various dental practices.
     

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Co-requisites:
    DHYG 2470 Orientation to Dental Hygiene, DHYG 2300 Pre-clinical Dental Hygiene

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DYHG 2305 Clinical Dental Technology , the student will:

    1. Obtain electronic signatures for legal documents explaining HIPAA and clinical protocols for clients.
    2. Develop client records including personal contact information and preferred providers.
    3. Explain importance of accurate, complete client assessment and records.
    4. Create additional required clinical documents using the tool SmartDocs within Eagle Soft.
    5. Enter proposed dental hygiene services using Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature coding.
    6. Validate quality assurance of comprehensive dental care completion with chart audit documentation.


  • DHYG 2350 - Clinical Dental Hygiene I


    This course allows dental hygiene students to apply practical skills in patient care and education during supervised clinical experience.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



  • DHYG 2400 - Head, Neck, and Oral Anatomy/Physiology


    This course focuses on the structure and function of the head and neck of the human body, including the nomenclature of bones, muscles, blood vessels, nerves, glands, lymphatic structure, fasciae, and spaces.  Emphasis is placed on structures associated with the mouth and the masticatory system and their clinical application to the dental hygiene process of care.   

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2400 Head, Neck, and Oral Anatomy and Physiology, the student will:

    1. Locate on diagrams and models of the head and neck all of the major components of the skeletal, muscular, glandular, nervous, vascular, and lymphatic systems and describe their physiological importance to the practice of dental hygiene.
    2. Recognize the relationship of the oral cavity and head and neck region to the rest of the body.
    3. Identify all intra-and extra-oral landmarks associated with the major anatomical structures in the head and neck region.
    4. Describe the paranasal sinuses, their drainage, relationship to structures in the oral cavity and spread of dental infection in the head and neck.
    5. Describe functions of masticatory and facial expression musculature.
    6. Relate this anatomy to the signs and symptoms of temporomandibular joint dysfunction.
    7. Identify lymphatic drainage from the head and neck and relate it to the spread of infection and metastasis.
    8. Describe the major fascial spaces and compartments and relate them to the spread of infection in the head and neck.
    9. Distinguish between veins and arteries and their functions.
    10. Recognize nerves of the head and neck region and their paths of innervation.
    11. Identify landmarks for local anesthesia on a human skull.


  • DHYG 2405 - Dental Anatomy


    This course involves the study of basic dental terminology, tooth form, function occlusion, notation systems, tooth morphology, eruption and exfoliation patterns. Course activities include examination of natural teeth, teeth models and skulls.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Sequence of course work is established by the Dental Hygiene Program.

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2405 Dental Anatomy, the student will:

    1. Locate and describe the basic structures of the oral cavity.
    2. Apply correct dental terminology to describe the location and morphologic characteristics of each tooth in the primary and permanent dentition.
    3. Differentiate between tooth numbering systems and apply the Universal numbering system to clinical and radiographic situations.
    4. Analyze a tooth’s function based on its morphology.
    5. Identify extracted teeth by name and Universal number.
    6. Predict dental hygiene instrumentation challenges based on root morphology.
    7. Predict patient homecare challenges and susceptibility to dental disease based on tooth morphology.
    8. Determine the eruption, exfoliation, and root completion dates for the primary and permanent dentition.
    9. Evaluate the occlusion of models/case studies/peers/patients and differentiate between the primary/mixed/permanent dentition.


  • DHYG 2420 - Clinical Seminar I


    This course provides continued preparation for clinical experience through instruction in the interpretation of client assessment data, and designing dental hygiene care for clients across the lifespan and those who are medically compromised.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



  • DHYG 2450 - Oral Radiology


    This is a lecture course dealing with the principles of x-ray production, exposure, processing, and radiation biology. Also covered are analysis and interpretation of dental radio graphic images.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Sequence of coursework is established by the dental hygiene program.

    Co-requisites:
    DHYG 2451, Oral Radiology Lab, 1 credit

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2450 , the student will:

    1. Describe the principles of radiation and x-radiation.
    2. Identify the component parts and workings of the dental x-ray machine.
    3. Describe factors affecting the quality of the x-ray beam and the resulting radiographic image.
    4. Explain the effects of ionizing radiation on living tissues.
    5. Discuss radiation biology health and safety.
    6. Demonstrate selection of appropriate radiographic surveys, sensor size      and sensor use.
    7. Demonstrate currently accepted intraoral techniques for bitewing images (horizontal and vertical), occlusal images and periapical images, with an emphasis on paralleling technique.  
    8. Evaluate and demonstrate supplementary techniques for specialized patient conditions. (endodontic, localization, edentulous, pediatric patients,  difficult anatomy, disabling conditions)
    9. Explain the techniques of proper sensor/film processing, handling and record keeping.
    10. Explain image viewing techniques and principles of interpretation
    11. Recognize and name the radiographic errors and artifacts on intra oral and extra oral images.
    12. Interpret and describe normal anatomy versus pathology on radiographic images.
    13. Identify and describe classifications of dental caries and restorative materials viewed on radiographs.
    14. Classify periodontal disease according to radiographic bone levels.
    15. Explain appropriate infection control protocols for radiography.
    16. Describe and implement quality assurance procedures.


    Program Outcomes
    Dental Hygiene AAS

    PO#1 Apply a professional code of ethics in all endeavors, assuming responsibility for professional actions.

    PO#4 Provide individualized care utilizing the dental hygiene process of care model (assessment, dental hygiene diagnosis, planning, implementation, evaluation, documentation) that includes the educational, preventive, and therapeutic services necessary to achieve and maintain oral health

  • DHYG 2451 - Oral Radiology Lab


    This is a laboratory course dealing with the principles of x-ray production, exposure, processing, and radiation biology.  Techniques for achieving diagnostic radiographs will be taught.  Also covered are analysis and interpretation of dental radiographic images.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Sequence of coursework is established by the Dental Hygiene program.



    Co-requisites:

    DHYG 2450, Oral Radiology, 3 credits



  • DHYG 2455 - Dental Materials


    This course covers the lecture portion of the scientific and application principles of dental materials. It includes study of the composition, properties and other factors which provide scientific rationale in the selection and use of materials employed in the fabrication of dental appliances and tooth restorations.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: This course was previously numbered DHYG 2460.

    Co-requisites:
    DHYG 2456 Dental Materials 2456

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2455 Dental Materials, the student will:

    1. Identify physical, chemical, and biological properties of specific dental materials.
    2. Apply principles and techniques when proportioning and manipulating all dental materials that are within the dental hygienist’s scope of practice.
    3. Evaluate variables in manipulation of dental materials that may influence desired outcomes, including initiating or implementing procedures to eliminate errors during manipulation of dental materials.
    4. Apply principles of professional and ethical behavior.


  • DHYG 2456 - Dental Materials Lab


    This course covers the laboratory portion of the scientific and application principles of dental materials. It includes study of the composition, properties and other factors which provide scientific rationale in the selection and use of materials employed in the fabrication of dental appliances and tooth restorations.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Co-requisites:
    DHYG 2455 Dental Materials

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2456 Dental Materials Lab, the student will:

    1. Identify physical, chemical, and biological properties of specific dental materials.
    2. Apply principles and techniques when proportioning and manipulating all dental materials that are within the dental hygienist’s scope of practice.
    3. Evaluate variables in manipulation of dental materials that may influence desired outcomes, including initiating or implementing procedures to eliminate errors during manipulation of dental materials.
    4. Apply principles of professional and ethical behavior.


  • DHYG 2460 - Dental Materials


    This course covers the lecture portion of the scientific and application principles of dental materials. It includes study of the composition, properties and other factors which provide scientific rationale in the selection and use of materials employed in the fabrication of dental appliances and tooth restorations.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2460 Dental Materials, the student will:

    1. Identify physical, chemical, and biological properties of specific dental materials.
    2. Apply principles and techniques when proportioning and manipulating all dental materials that are within the dental hygienist’s scope of practice.
    3. Evaluate variables in manipulation of dental materials that may influence desired outcomes, including initiating or implementing procedures to eliminate errors during manipulation of dental materials.
    4. Apply principles of professional and ethical behavior.


  • DHYG 2461 - Dental Materials Lab


    This course covers the laboratory portion of the scientific and application principles of dental materials. It includes study of the composition, properties and other factors which provide scientific rationale in the selection and use of materials employed in the fabrication of dental appliances and tooth restorations.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Co-requisites:
    DHYG 2460 Dental Materials

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 2461 Dental Materials Lab, the student will:

    1. Identify physical, chemical, and biological properties of specific dental materials.
    2. Apply principles and techniques when proportioning and manipulating all dental materials that are within the dental hygienist’s scope of practice.
    3. Evaluate variables in manipulation of dental materials that may influence desired outcomes, including initiating or implementing procedures to eliminate errors during manipulation of dental materials.
    4. Apply principles of professional and ethical behavior.


  • DHYG 2470 - Orientation to Dental Hygiene


    This course prepares the student dental hygienist for clinical experience with a comprehensive overview of the principles, concepts, and techniques related to the dental hygiene process of care.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Sequence of course work is established by the Dental Hygiene Program.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DHYG 3100 - Dental Health Education


    This course studies methods for preventing oral disease, including nutritional and dietary counseling, patient education, and behavior modification techniques.  It prepares students to apply preventive dentistry concepts in clinical dental hygiene courses and community dental health.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



  • DHYG 3230 - Clinical Seminar II


    This course is a continuation of the Clinical Seminar Series.  Course content will focus on the review and enhancement of instrumentation skills; the essentials of instrument selection; the role of root planing in dental hygiene; the development and refinement of skills needed for treatment of more advanced periodontal cases, which includes the initiation of a periodontal case study; and the introduction and preparation for the use of state-of-the-art clinical technologies.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3230 Clinic Seminar II , the student will:

    1. Correlate didactic material with clinical applications in patient care.
    2. Apply instrumentation techniques learned in previous clinical courses as well as new techniques used for advanced instrumentation.
    3. Produce intra-oral and digital camera images of diagnostic quality.
    4. Create treatment plan adaptations for patients who are challenged with mental disorders.
    5. Demonstrate ultrasonic and sonic scaler debridement techniques.
    6. Demonstrate the use of an air-powder polisher.
    7. Explore the different types of adjunct therapies available for treating advanced periodontal conditions.
    8. Demonstrate the application of minocycline gel.
    9. Compare the concepts of root planing and periodontal debridement.
    10. Develop competency in synthesizing advanced periodontal patient care through the review of case studies.
    11. Explore the use of dental endoscopy and laser therapy for periodontal procedures.
    12. Demonstrate screening techniques for HIV testing.


  • DHYG 3250 - Clinical Seminar III


     This course prepares the dental hygiene student to make the transition froman educational setting to private practice. Focus is on applying, synthesizing, and transferring clinical and didactic knowledge to clinical and ethical decision-making. Students will be engaged in problem-based case studies, application of behavioral change theories/models, development of a risk management plan, and analysis of evidence-based research.

    Credits: 2

  • DHYG 3300 - Clinical Dental Hygiene II


    This course provides students the opportunity to gain further practical experience in dental hygiene procedures by providing comprehensive patient care in clinical settings.  A flexible format allows students to meet requirements in procedures for patient record-keeping, patient education, dental prophylaxis, dental radiography and routine clinical procedures.

    Credits: 5

  • DHYG 3350 - Clinical Dental Hygiene III


    This course assists students in gaining practical experience in clinical procedures requiring greater skill and knowledge than procedures previously undertaken.  This course prepares students for the transition to private office practice.

    Credits: 5

    Instructional Method Clinical

    Prerequisites:

    Complete DHYG 3300 - Dental Hygiene II



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3350 Clinic Dental Hygiene III, the student will:

    1. Assume responsibility for dental hygiene actions and services, according to clinic protocol.
    2. Provide documentation for assessment, planning, implementation, and evaluation of dental hygiene services.
    3. Communicate using positive verbal and nonverbal communication skills with all individuals.
    4. Communicate professional knowledge orally and in writing.
    5. Teach clients to value the delivery of competent care by dental professionals.
    6. Integrate the professional code of ethics in all endeavors.
    7. Adhere to state and federal laws, recommendations, and regulations in the provision of dental hygiene care.
    8. Provide care to all clients using an individualized approach that is empathetic and caring.
    9. Serve all clients and the community without discrimination, appreciating the cultural differences of the population.
    10. Ensure the privacy of the client during dental hygiene treatment and counseling and the confidentiality of client records.
    11. Accept responsibility for solving problems and making decisions based on accepted scientific principles.
    12. Utilize sound judgment in application of new information to client/client care
    13. Analyze collected data on the general, oral, and psycho-social health status of clients with methods consistent with the dental hygiene scope of practice and legal principles.
    14. Formulate a comprehensive dental hygiene care plan in collaboration with the client and other health professionals.
    15. Provide preventive and therapeutic services that promote oral health according to the needs of the client.
    16. Evaluate the effectiveness of implemented clinical, preventive, and educational services and modify as needed.
    17. Respect the values and beliefs of the client while promoting optimal oral and general health.
    18. Recognize and refer clients who may have physiologic, psychological, and/or social problems for comprehensive client evaluation.
    19. Identify factors that can be used to motivate the client for disease prevention and/or health maintenance.
    20. Accept responsibility for self-assessment and professional growth through life-long learning.


  • DHYG 3400 - General and Oral Pathology


    This course is designed to teach students the concepts underlying general and oral manifestations of human disease states, manifestations of specific diseases, relationships to body defense mechanisms, and potential implications for medical and dental hygiene treatment. To the extent possible, applications to clinical situations in dental hygiene practice will be made.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3400 General and Oral Pathology, the student will:

    1. Explain the ways general and oral pathology impact dental hygiene practice.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to understand, pronounce, spell, and use correctly the terminology unique to the study of pathology.
    3. Summarize the systemic and oral conditions seen in a clear and concise presentation to a clinical instructor, the patient’s dentist or other health care professional.
    4. Formulate a differential diagnosis.
    5. Differentiate between variants of normal and pathological oral conditions.
    6. Discuss injury, inflammation and wound repair as they apply to oral mucosa, salivary glands, dental pulp, and bones of the jaw.
    7. Recognize traumatic injuries to the head and neck region, oral cavity and dentition.
    8. Recognize oral and systemic manifestations of infectious disease.
    9. Describe the mechanism of body defense and explain the role played by the immune system.
    10. Discuss hypersensitivity and autoimmunity as they relate to disorders of the head, neck and oral regions.
    11. Explain the origin of common developmental disorders of the head, neck and oral regions encountered in dental patients.
    12. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of genetics and environmental factors on the etiology of disease.
    13. Demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in initiation and spread of malignant neoplasms.
    14. Explain the epidemiology, etiology, clinical manifestations, prognosis, and management of oral cancer in the United States.
    15. Correlate the signs and symptoms of oral pathology conditions with the etiologic factors.
    16. Discuss oral manifestations of systemic disease.


  • DHYG 3550 - Community Dental Health


    This course provides the dental hygiene student with an introduction to basic skills needed to evaluate the dental health community, including research methodology and basic statistical analysis.  It provides the student with a basic understanding of the significant social, political, psychological and economic factors influencing the American Health System.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3550 Community Dental Health, the student will:

    1. Identify roles of the dental professional within a community.
    2. Explore characteristics of the current dental care delivery system.
    3. Examine the social, political, cultural and economic factors that affect utilization of the dental care delivery system.
    4. Generalize issues that may affect the current health care system and compare these to the Surgeon General’s Report on Oral Health Care.
    5. Relate the concept of community-based needs to the following subject areas:  Oral Epidemiology; Dental Health Education ; Health Promotion Strategies; Prevention, Control and Treatment of Oral Diseases.
    6. Compare the cost-effectiveness of preventive measures when applied to community-based dental programs.
    7. Analyze and group assessment data to address the needs of a target population group.
    8. Demonstrate the process of planning, implementing and evaluating a community-based program.
    9. Compute basic biostatistics.


  • DHYG 3600 - Ethics and Law in Dental Hygiene


    This course provides an introduction to basic concepts in the analysis of ethical theories, principles, values, the professional code of ethics, and legal aspects associated with the dental hygiene healthcare profession. Contemporary issues are examined in dentistry and medicine as a strategy to explore and apply ethical principles in diverse cultures and situations.

    Credits: 2

  • DHYG 3720 - Office Practice


    This course teaches the scientific and application principles of dental materials.  The didactic portion of Dental Materials is a study of the composition, properties and other factors which provide the scientific rationale in the selection and use of materials that are employed in the fabrication of dental appliances and tooth restorations.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



  • DHYG 3750 - Periodontology


    This course reviews the anatomy and histology of periodontal structures and dental accretions followed by a study of the classifications and etiology of periodontal diseases including both local and systemic factors.  A thorough exploration of the hygienist’s role in disease recognition, prevention, therapeutic procedures and maintenance is also included.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3750 Periodontology, the student will:

    1. Identify the clinical, histological and radiographic features of periodontal health versus periodontal diseases.
    2. Compare the various stages of severity of periodontal diseases.
    3. Describe the function of the periodontium.
    4. Classify patient level of periodontal severity according to the American Academy of Periodontology Classification System.
    5. Describe local and systemic factors involved in the etiology and pathogenesis of periodontal disease.
    6. Develop an individualized patient treatment plan to include patient periodontal classification, treatment needs, oral hygiene care needs, proposed prognosis and appropriate patient recare.
    7. Review non-surgical periodontal therapy.
    8. Explore the most commonly performed periodontal surgical procedures and discuss the prognosis of each.
    9. Determine individualized steps to be taken at a patient periodontal re-evaluation appointment.
    10. Modify maintenance programs which are designed to meet individual patient needs.


  • DHYG 3770 - Pain Management


    This course provides clinical experience with local anesthesia and inhalation sedation techniques. It includes the detection of anatomic landmarks in the mouth pertaining to specific injection sites, preparation of the armamentarium, maintenance of asepsis, simulated and real injection of anesthetic agents at predetermined sites and administration of nitrous oxide/oxygen.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.

    Co-requisites:
    DHYG 3775 Pain Management Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3770 Pain Management, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate complete understanding of the head and neck structures involved in the delivery of local anesthetic to include bones, muscles, nerves, and vascular supply.
    2. Apply Oraqix in a safe and effective manner to appropriate patients.
    3. Explain the components and assemble the armamentarium for local anesthetic injections.
    4. Explain the basic injection techniques common to all intraoral local anesthetic injections.
    5. Demonstrate safe and effective techniques for all intraoral local anesthetic injections.
    6. Explain the physiologic process of pain conduction and blockage.
    7. Explain the psychological components of pain.
    8. Select the most appropriate topical anesthetic, local anesthetic and/or inhalation agent based on patient assessment.
    9. Determine emergency management procedures appropriate for complications which could arise from local anesthetic injections and inhalation sedation.
    10. Write accurate and complete patient records.
    11. Administer nitrous oxide/oxygen sedation safely and effectively after patient assessment.


    Program Outcomes
    Dental Hygiene AAS

    PO#1 Apply a professional code of ethics in all endeavors, assuming responsibility for professional actions.

    PO#2 Promote positive values of overall health and wellness, in a culturally competent manner, to individuals, the public, and organizations within and outside the profession.

    PO#4 Provide individualized care utilizing the dental hygiene process of care model (assessment, dental hygiene diagnosis, planning, implementation, evaluation, documentation) that includes the educational, preventive, and therapeutic services necessary to achieve and maintain oral health.

    PO#5 Accept responsibility for continuous professional growth through self-assessment, pursuit of life-long learning, and service activities.

  • DHYG 3775 - Pain Management Lab


    This course provides clinical experience with local anesthesia and inhalation sedation techniques. It includes the detection of anatomic landmarks in the mouth pertaining to specific injection sites, preparation of the armamentarium, maintenance of asepsis, simulated and real injection of anesthetic agents at predetermined sites and administration of nitrous oxide/oxygen.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



    Co-requisites:

    DHYG 3770 - Pain Management (lecture)



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of DHYG 3775 Pain Management Lab, the student will:

    1. Assemble all component parts of the equipment required for injections.
    2. Maintain the chain of asepsis throughout the local anesthetic/inhalation process.
    3. Administer local anesthetic agents safely with the least amount of pain and trauma to the patient.
    4. Demonstrate patient management skills which will alleviate patients’ fears of the injection procedure.
    5. Demonstrate correct assembly of the nitrous oxide/oxygen sedation equipment.
    6. Administer nitrous oxide/oxygen to a lab partner in a safe and effective manner.
    7. Write accurate and complete patient records.


  • DHYG 3800 - Board Review


    This course is designed to assist dental hygiene students in preparing for the National Board Dental Hygiene Exam, the western and central regional clinical and anesthesia board exams, and state jurisprudence exams. These exams are required for licensure to practice dental hygiene in the United States.  This course includes discussion of the distinction between various agencies in the education, healthcare and legal system which have jurisdiction over the licensure process, and the impact of cheating during any portion of the process on the public welfare.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Dental Hygiene program required.



  • Development Studies (DVST)

  • DVST 0960 - Beginning Computer Skills


    This class is designed to be a first class for the novice computer user. The class is workbook oriented with emphasis towards a hands-on learning of the primary applications covering word processing, spreadsheets, and databases. Throughout the course, the student will become familiar with the keyboard, handling diskettes, and other basic computer concepts.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
  • Diesel Technology (DESL)

  • DESL 0000 - Any course from the DESL department


    Choose any course from the DESL department.

  • DESL 1540 - Heavy Duty Electrical Systems


    This course introduces students to the basic theory of electricity and electronics. Students are instructed in the proper use of troubleshooting equipment and techniques. 

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1595 - Diesel Essentials


    This course introduces fundamental concepts for students studying the diesel industry. This course covers precision measuring tools, basic hand tools, basic shop equipment, specialty tools, hardware, and safety practices when using these tools and equipment.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1600 - Diesel Engines


     

    This course is intended for students planning a career in the diesel field. It is designed to provide instruction for the student in the theory and operation of diesel engines. Considerable time is spent on proper procedures to disassemble and assemble diesel engines. Component nomenclature, function, and analysis are covered, as is the proper usage of hand tools, measuring instruments, and equipment.

    Credits: 8

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: $120 Fee

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1640 - Diesel Fuel Systems and Tuning


    This course will familiarize students with the air and fuel delivery systems, emission control devices and engine retarders that are currently used in the industry. Students will be instructed on the proper troubleshooting, repair and adjustment of the systems.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1670 - Heavy Equipment A/C Systems


    This course is intended for students planning a career in the Diesel Technology field. It is designed to provide instruction in the Heavy Equipment A/C systems used in today’s equipment. The theory and operation of systems are presented. Proper handling of refrigerants according to EPA regulations is covered and voluntary certification from the ASE is offered. Diagnosis and repair of systems is emphasized.

    Credits: 2

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: $30 Fee

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1710 - Commercial Drivetrains I


    This course covers the theory and operation of heavy duty clutches and manual transmissions, as well as an introduction to planetary gear sets, torque converters and automatic transmissions. Proper installation procedures are covered in hands-on activities working with clutch replacement, manual transmission disassembly, assembly, and troubleshooting on both single and double countershaft transmissions.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $45 Fee

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1720 - Commercial Drivetrains II


    This course covers the theory of operation of drive shafts, heavy-duty axles, steering systems, air and hydraulic brakes, and suspension systems. Lab times consist of disassembly, assembly, and troubleshooting of the mentioned components.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: $45 Fee

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1770 - Diesel Skills


    This course allows students, in a laboratory experience, to develop new skills and reinforce old ones. Students, with help from the instructor choose the area they wish to develop and work at their own pace. This course is intended, and its focus is, for students entering the mechanical field. 

    Credits: 1 to 2

    General Education Requirement: None
    Comments: This class is only for students in the Diesel Technology program.

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1850 - Mobile Hydraulic Technology


    This course will cover the basic theories of hydraulics (pressure, flow, force, inertia, torque, and work are some of the hydraulic principals covered). Hydraulic components, graphic symbols, hydraulic oils and filtration will also be integrated into this course.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 1870 - Mobile Hydraulic Troubleshooting


    This course introduces students to safe troubleshooting techniques using the leakage path analysis.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    DESL 1850 - Mobile Hydraulic Technology



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 2010 - Diesel Electronics


    This course covers the operating principles of electronically controlled diesel engines and support systems. Theories of the major components used in these systems are covered. Proper troubleshooting skills, hardware, and software usage for each system are also covered.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1540 - Heavy-Duty Electrical Systems



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • DESL 2710 - Drivetrains III


    This course is designed to provide instruction in the theory and operation of Heavy Duty Drivetrains. Considerable time is spent on proper procedures to disassemble and assemble torque converters, power shift, and automatic transmissions. The class will also work with common planetary final drives. Component nomenclature, function, and analysis are covered as is the proper usage of hand tools, measuring instruments and special equipment.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • Economics (ECON)

  • ECON 0000 - Any course from the ECON department


    Choose any course from the ECON department

  • ECON 1010 - Macroeconomics


    This course is an introductory course covering a variety of macroeconomic concepts. It focuses on national income accounting, aggregate demand and supply, unemployment, inflation, fiscal policy, monetary policy, Keynesian and supply-side views, international trade and economic growth.  Applications are drawn primarily from the United States economy.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course also satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ECON 1010 Macroeconomics, the student will:

    1. Evaluate the terms, concepts, and points of view used in basic economic inquiry.
    2. Assess the role of government performance in a mixed economic system.
    3.   Compare basic measurements of economic performance.
    4. Evaluate the circular flow model and explain its relationship with economic growth, unemployment and inflation.
    5.   Assess the Keynesian and Classical model in terms of the production function and the related effects.
    6.   Describe money and its creation.
    7. Analyze the tools of the central bank and the monetary policy mechanism.
    8. Evaluate the changing international role of the United States as a debtor nation.
    9. Evaluate usage of exchange rates, comparative advantage, and trade policy tools.


    Program Outcomes
    Business AS

    PO#5 Analyze the basic features of domestic and international economic systems.

  • ECON 1020 - Microeconomics


    This course is an introductory course covering a variety of economic concepts. It focuses on model building, production possibilities, scarcity and choices, opportunity costs and trade-offs, the market system, supply and demand, resource allocation in the market, government intervention and its consequences, elasticity, cost, market model (pure competition), monopoly, oligopoly, and monopolistic competition.  It explores economic issues including market power, labor, positive and negative externalities and public choice.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ECON 1020 Microeconomics , the student will be able to:

    1. Examine the terms, concepts, and points of view used in basic economic inquiry.
    2. Assess the nature and function of the product market.
    3. Analyze consumer demand using elasticity and utility.
    4. Examine the firm’s production, cost and revenue.
    5. Assess profit maximization under perfect competition, or imperfect competition.
    6. Evaluate the uniquely American experiment in legislative control of monopoly with antitrust policy.
    7. Analyze market failures and the rate of government intervention with externalities and public goods.
    8. Explain the changing international role of the United States as a debtor nation.
    9. Evaluate the usage of exchange rates, comparative advantage, and trade policy tools.


    Program Outcomes
    Business AS

    PO#5 Analyze the basic features of domestic and international economic systems.

  • ECON 2400 - Economics of the Environment


    This course serves as an introduction to the economics of the environment, with an emphasis on examining environmental management and policy from an economic perspective. The course explores general resource and environmental issues and problems, such as those involving energy, water, agricultural, biodiversity, fisheries and pollution as well as current global concerns such as population growth global climate change and sustainable development.

    Students are introduced to the framework used by economists to evaluate the relationship between the economy and the natural environment. Economic tools will be developed that provide a means of valuing natural resources. These tools provide students with the ability to evaluate alternatives for achieving a socially optimum resource allocation and usage that ensures sustainable economic growth.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Meets Global Diversity Requirement
    Prerequisites:

    ECON 1020 - Micro Economics with a “C” or better



  • Education (EDUC)

  • EDUC 0000 - Courses in Teaching Discipline


    Work with your advisor in selecting courses to fit your transfer plans.

  • EDUC 2100 - Practicum in Teaching


    This course allows students to participate in an extensive practicum experience for prospective educators in an accredited school under the supervision of a certified teacher.
     

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education, EDFD 2100 Educational Psychology, and EDEX 2484 Introduction to Special Education

     

     



    Co-requisites:

    EDCI 2440 Classroom Management and ITEC 2360 Educational Technology Theory and Applications may be taken concurrently.



    Minimum Student Competencies

    Upon completion of EDUC 2100 Practicum in Teaching, the student will:

    1. Evaluate his/her individual aptitude and desire for a career in education
    2. Determine whether he/she has the necessary academic capacities to contemplate teaching as a career.
    3. Recognize his/her own learning style and have a clearer understanding of differences in learning styles.
    4. Determine whether he/she has the essential acquired personal capacities to consider teaching as a career.
    5. Recognize a number of varying dimensions of the role of the teacher.
    6. Develop lesson plans using various models.
    7. Demonstrate practical experience in applying previous and concurrent learning in education.
    8. Assemble a professional dossier.
    9. Employ lesson with school-age students.
    10. Demonstrate effective communication skills.
    11. Demonstrate personal responsibility for their learning and work diligently to learn from the “practicum” experience.
    12. Utilize a variety of critical thinking and decision making strategies to promote learning.
    13. Demonstrate a respect for diversity in all people and recognizes their own biases.
    14. Demonstrate the value of listening and responding to others in an appropriate manner.
    15. Recognize the need for a variety of technology enhanced instructional strategies based on current research and best practice.
    16. Demonstrate the active willingness to design, model and promote learning activities that are consistent with identified learning objectives.
    17. Demonstrate the active willingness to model self-reflection.
    18. Expand his/her educational philosophy.
    19. Develop a set of sophisticated beliefs about teaching and learning.


  • Education Curriculum & Instruction (EDCI)

  • EDCI 0000 - Science & Seminar


    CHEM 1090 Fundamentals of the Physical Universe and EDCI 1440 Physical Science in Elementary Schools;

    GEOL 1070 The Earth:Its Physical Environment and EDCI 1450 Earth Science in Elementary Schools; or

    BIOL 1020 Life Science and EDCI 1430 Life Science in Elementary Schools

     

  • EDCI 1005 - Effective Substitute Teaching


    This course provides students with an understanding of professional ethics and responsibilities. The students expand their awareness of classroom management techniques, increase knowledge of effective teaching behaviors and develop a teaching resource file.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDCI 1005 Effective Substitute Teaching, the student will:

    1. Generate solutions for situation that may occur during substitute teaching experiences.
    2. Integrate discipline strategies, instructional techniques and classroom management skills.
    3. Discuss legal and moral issues in the classroom.
    4. Outline professional responses to legal and moral issues.
    5. Assess certified teachers.
    6. Investigate the certification application process.


  • EDCI 1430 - Life Science Seminar


    This course is designed for students majoring in elementary education or early childhood education and is a companion course to BIOL 1020 Life Science.  The course focuses on teaching strategies, materials, and activities appropriate for the elementary school setting that are related to the materials and content encountered in BIOL 1020 Life Science. Students also develop an effective pedagogy for use in classrooms.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Grade of C or better in ENGL 1010 English I and EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education

    Co-requisites:
    BIOL 1020 - Life Science

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDCI 1430: Life Science Seminar, the student will:

    1. Make connections between the content in BIOL 1020 LIfe Science and actually teaching the life science topics in the elementary school.
    2. Utilize materials and activities appropriate for elementary school students’ conceptual level of development that are related to materials/content encountered in BIOL 1020 Life Science.
    3. Demonstrate teaching strategies appropriate for elementary school students’ conceptual level of development that are related to materials/content encountered in BIOl 1020 Life Science.
    4. Acquire positive attitudes toward teaching children about life science and its relevance to the learner’s life.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of EDCI 1430 Life Science Seminar, the student will:

    Elementary Education

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varied instructional methods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

    PO#5 Implement self-reflection strategies to enhance professional and personal growth.

  • EDCI 1440 - Physical Science in the Elementary School


    This course is designed for students majoring in elementary education or early childhood education and is a companion course to CHEM 1090 Fundamentals of the Physical Universe.  Students effectively use problem- solving techniques to solve a variety of physical situations. Students recognize a variety of uses of physics/chemistry/astronomy in everyday life, and develop an effective pedagogy for use in classrooms.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Grade of C or better in ENGL 1010 English I and EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education

    Co-requisites:
    CHEM 1090 Fundamentals of the Physical Universe

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDCI 1440: Physical Science in the Elementary School Seminar, the student will:

    1. develop a notebook of ideas for hands-on classroom activities and lists of appropriate children’s books, source books, and materials
    2. create a starter collection of rocks and minerals for their classroom
    3. demonstrate an understanding of active, hands-on science teaching by presenting example activities, plus appropriate fillers and puzzlements
    4. demonstrate satisfactory scores on tests and assignments


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of EDCI 1440 Physical Science in the Elementary School Seminar, students will:

    Elementary Education

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varied instructional methods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

    PO#5 Implement self-reflection strategies to enhance professional and personal growth.

  • EDCI 1450 - Earth Science in the Elementary School


    This course is designed for students majoring in elementary education and is a companion course to GEOL 1070 The Earth: Its Physical Environment.  The course covers the application of teaching basic earth science concepts to elementary education students.  Topics in meteorology, astronomy, geography, and geology are covered.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Grade of C or better in ENGL 1010 English I and EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education

    Co-requisites:
    GEOL 1070 – The Earth: Its Physical Environment

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDCI 1450 Earth Science in the Elementary School, the student will:

    1. develop a notebook of ideas for hands-on classroom activities and lists of appropriate children’s books, source books, and materials
    2. demonstrate their understanding of active, hands-on science teaching by presenting example activities, plus appropriate fillers and puzzlements
    3. demonstrate satisfactory scores on tests and assignments


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of EDCI 1450 Earth Science in the Elementary School the student will:

    Elementary Education

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varied instructional methods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

    PO#5 Implement self-reflection strategies to enhance professional and personal growth.

  • EDCI 2440 - Classroom Management


    This course is designed to provide an overview of the best practices in both classroom and school-wide discipline models. The course helps students develop a personal system of discipline tailored to his or her individual philosophy and personality as well as to the needs, traits, and social realities of the school and community.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Grade of C or better in ENGL 1010 English I, EDEX 2484 Introduction to Special Education, and EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education, AND grade of C or better in, or concurrent enrollment in, EDFD 2100 Educational Psychology

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDCI 2440 Classroom Management , the student will:

    1. Demonstrate understanding of the basic concepts of historical models of discipline and their contributions to the best of today’s approaches.
    2. Summarize the major points of discipline application models that depict today’s popular views of the purposes, strategies, and techniques of classroom management.
    3. Demonstrate strategies for working effectively with all students.
    4. Explain classroom management strategies and discipline models that are utilized in the local school district.
    5. Articulate his or her philosophy, theory, and practice of classroom management incorporating accepted practices.
    6. Prepare a written classroom management plan that is well organized and attuned to student needs and teacher preferences.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of EDCI 2440 Classroom Management, the student will:

    Secondary Education

    PO#1 Demonstrate an understanding of how learners grow and develop by designing and implementing developmentally appropriate and challenging learning experiences.

    PO#2 Work with others to create environments that support individual and collaborative learning, encourages positive social interactions, and promotes active engagement in learning.

    PO#3 Understand how to apply knowledge and skills to engage learners in critical thinking, creativity, and collaborative problem solving.

    PO#4 Understand and uses multiple methods of assessment to monitor learning progress and to guide instructional decision making.

    PO#5 Use a variety of instructional strategies to encourage learners to develop deep understanding and apply knowledge in meaningful ways.

    PO#6 Utilize effective self-reflection to promote continuous improvement, seeks leadership roles to collaborate with classmates and instructors, and hold him/herself to a high standard.

  • EDCI 2526 - Designing and Developing an Online Course


    This course is designed for faculty to develop and facilitate an online course. Topics include: analyzing the online learning environment; demonstrating effective use of course management system tools; aligning course outcomes, learning activities, and assessments; creating preliminary documents and activities for online students; providing effective learning resources and activities for the online learner; and incorporating effective learner engagement opportunities for online students.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
  • Education Early Childhood (EDEC)

  • EDEC 1020 - Introduction to Early Childhood Education


    An introduction to the philosophies, goals, and purposes of group settings in early childhood is provided along with an examination of curriculum, facilities, professional opportunities, and teacher competencies and observation in pre-school classes.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 1020 Introduction of Early Childhood Education, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of several different types of programs and approaches to teaching young children through text reading, and observation and analysis of programs serving young children.
    2. Identify elements of developmentally appropriate practice in early childhood settings.
    3. Generate appropriate solutions to ethical dilemmas by comparing their observations and readings to NAEYC guidelines.
    4. Identify appropriate learning experiences for young children utilizing strategies from a variety of methods.
    5. Integrate learning experiences into a personal guiding philosophy of education.
    6. Discuss the network of social service assistance available to families.
    7. Identify the practical applications of the NAEYC code of ethics.
    8. Explore current issues and trends in the field of early childhood education.
    9. Analyze a variety of guidance and care techniques in terms of developmentally appropriate practice.


  • EDEC 1030 - Infant & Toddler Care


    This course provides information on growth and development of children under the age of three along with curriculum implications; defines the interactive role of the caregiver, and explores other components of infant toddler care including implementation of quality programming and adult interactions.  The course, along with EDEC 1035 - Infant and Toddler Care Lab, meets the criteria for the Wyoming Infant Toddler Credential.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 1030 Infant & Toddler Care, the student will:

    1. investigate physical maturation, cognitive and language development, and social-emotional development.
    2. relate diverse perspectives of the family, parent/child/community/school systems, and various approaches to parent involvement.
    3. explain rationale for and implementation of developmentally appropriate practices in the education of infants and toddlers.
    4. evaluate developmentally appropriate curriculum through the facilitation of play and the design of appropriate learning environments.
    5. outline individual and group guidance and problem-solving techniques.
    6. identify the cultural contexts for young children’s growth, development, and learning.
    7. explain rationale for and implementation of best practices relating to infant’s and toddler’s healthy physical development.


  • EDEC 1035 - Infant & Toddler Care Lab


    This course is designed to supervise experiences in planning, implementing, and evaluating curriculum activities at an early childhood center.  The course serves as a bridge between theory and application through student experiences in the laboratory setting.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Co-requisites:

    EDEC 1030 - Infant and Toddler Care (or may be completed in a previous semester)



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 1035 Infant and Toddler Care Lab,  the student will:

    1. investigate physical maturation, cognitive and language development, and social-emotional development.
    2. relate diverse perspectives of the family, parent/child/community/school systems, and various approaches to parent involvement.
    3. explain rationale for and implementation of developmentally appropriate practices in the education of infants and toddlers.
    4. evaluate developmentally appropriate curriculum through the facilitation of play and the design of appropriate learning environments.
    5. outline individual and group guidance and problem-solving techniques.
    6. identify the cultural contexts for young children’s growth, development, and learning.
    7. explain rationale for and implementation of best practices relating to infant’s and toddler’s healthy physical development.


  • EDEC 1100 - Observation, Guidance, and Assessment of Young Children


    This course explores effective methods of observation and guidance of young children to meet children’s needs individually and in groups. Emphasis is placed on promoting a positive and constructive climate in early childhood settings through positive discipline strategies and appropriate classroom management techniques. Students develop and implement skills to plan effective environments, prepare materials and equipment, develop schedules, explore classroom management techniques, utilize assessment tools, and promote parent-teacher communication. This course includes a field component to provide opportunities for students to apply course principles and theories. This course is designed for those interested or already working in the field of Early Childhood Education.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon successful completion of EDEC 1100 Observation, Guidance, and Assessment of Young Children, the student will:

    1. design a physical and temporal environment.
    2. conduct informal and structured observations.
    3. explore a variety of assessment tools and methods.
    4. apply assessment tools and techniques.
    5. describe aspects of individual growth and development.
    6. create plans for optimizing children’s development.
    7. explain strategies to develop positive interpersonal relationships that include children, parents, and teachers.
    8. identify strategies for promoting positive discipline and appropriate, constructive guidance of young children.


  • EDEC 1105 - Observation, Guidance, and Assessment of Young Children Lab


    This course is designed to supervise experiences in planning, implementing, and evaluating curriculum activities at an early childhood center.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Co-requisites:

    EDEC 1100 - Observation, Guidance, and Assessment of Young Children or concurrent enrollment



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 1105 Observation, Guidance, and Assessment of Young Children Lab the student will:

    1. demonstrate skills in the observation and guidance of young children and classroom management .
    2. organize the physical environment.
    3. illustrate observation and assessment techniques.
    4. guide individual growth and development.
    5. develop interpersonal relationships including teachers, children, and parents.
    6. promote positive functioning of children in groups.


  • EDEC 1200 - Administration of Early Childhood Programs


    This course provides students with the basic principles and working knowledge of early childhood program operations.  Through review of state regulations and national standards of high quality early childhood programming, students with examine procedures for establishing and managing programs including fiscal and human resources, developmentally appropriate planning, and collaborating with families, school districts, and communities.  Designed for current and future directors of child care/child development centers, Head Start programs, and community based pre-kindergarten and kindergarten programs, this course provides foundational knowledge and opportunities for applications in practice.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon successful completion of EDEC 1200 Administration of Early Childhood Programs, the student will:

    1. identify appropriate organizational structures of early childhood centers
    2. define necessary policies for staff and parents involved with the early childhood center
    3. define features of developmentally appropriate curricula for young children
    4. identify elements of quality in early childhood programs
    5. analyze overall quality of early childhood programs
    6. explore practical aspects of operating an early childhood program
    7. develop strategies to manage issues involved with funding early childhood programs
    8. develop strategies for creating community partnerships
    9. define licensing regulations and licensing procedures


  • EDEC 1300 - Curriculum Planning & Development for Young Children


    This course builds knowledge and skills pertaining to planning, implementing and assessing developmentally appropriate learning experiences for young children.  All domains of development, child-centered learning, and documenting and communicating growth to parents are key elements.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 1300 Curriculum Planning & Development for Young Children, the student will:

    1. explore physical maturation, cognitive and language, and social/emotional development from pre-birth to approximately 8 years of age, including individual differences and the impact of early experience.
    2. relate diverse perspectives of the family, parent/child/community/school/system and various approaches to parent involvement. 
    3. explain rationale for and implementation of developmentally appropriate practice in the education of all children.  
    4. plan developmentally appropriate curriculum through the facilitation of play and the design of appropriate learning environments to meet the needs of all young children. 


  • EDEC 1305 - Curriculum Planning & Development for Young Children Lab


    This course is designed to supervise experiences in planning, implementing, and evaluating curriculum activities at an early childhood center.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    EDEC 1300 - Curriculum Planning and Development for Young Children



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 1305 Curriculum Planning and Development for Young Children Lab the student will:

    1. apply decisions about the most appropriate teaching methods and materials,
    2. develop key strategies for curriculum development and implementation,
    3. develop an understanding of the role of play in the learning process,
    4. demonstrate skills in planning, implementing, and evaluating developmentally appropriate experiences,
    5. demonstrate knowledge of the domains of development and the “whole child” approach to learning.


  • EDEC 2010 - Early Childhood Special Education Birth to Eight


    This course provides students the opportunity to gain an understanding of the importance of inclusion, early intervention, service coordination, and support for families and children, in order to provide a seamless system of services. Students examine research-based information regarding best practices, the Individuals with Disability Education Act (IDEA), and explore in-depth methods being employed by early interventionists. 


    Credits: 3

  • EDEC 2122 - Child Development Lab


    This course serves as a bridge between theory and application through experience in the observation of child growth and development from 0-7 years of age.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of FCSC 2122/EDEC 2122 Child Development Lab,  the student will:

    1. Examine the domains of development birth – 7 years.
    2. Observe different age levels in a natural learning environment.
    3. Outline differences in ages and rates of growth.


    Cross-listed: FCSC 2122 Child Development Lab
  • EDEC 2200 - Early Childhood Practicum


    This course provides students with a capstone field experience in a program serving children birth to third grade.  Emphasis is also placed on integrating theoretical concepts into practice and developing skills and experiences as reflective and deliberate decision makers.  Students will complete the professional portfolio for use in employment and future study.

    Credits: 6

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:

    EDEC 1100 & 1105 Observation, Guidance, and Assessment of Young Children & Lab; EDEC 1300 & 1305 Curriculum Planning and Development for Young Children & Lab



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 2200 Early Childhood Practicum, the student will:

    1. define the roles and responsibilities of the early childhood professional.
    2. participate in early childhood practice.
    3. complete organization and selection of artifacts for the professional portfolio.
    4. compare observations in early childhood settings.
    5. apply knowledge of foundations of development and education in classroom settings.
    6. identify elements of early childhood curriculum models.
    7. identify ethical responsibilities in early childhood practice.
    8. demonstrate skills & abilities for planning, implementing & evaluating appropriate curriculum for children ages 2 to 8.
    9. distinguish the components of curriculum based on daily routine of activities.
    10. evaluate individual differences in development & learning.
    11. utilize an on-going assessment process or order to develop, monitor, adapt & evaluate programs for young children in natural, inclusive environments.
    12. review current trends and issues advocating for quality early childhood education
    13. evaluate young children’s development using a variety of informal & formal instruments & processes including observational methods.


  • EDEC 2435 - Child Development Associate (CDA)


    This course focuses on the acquisition of practical skills needed to prepare individuals to be credentialed as entry-level early childhood education professionals. It is designed as a study option for individuals who have the CDA credential as an immediate goal. Candidates taking this course have the opportunity to complete required course work, and prepare a CDA Professional Portfolio prior to the national examination.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEC 2435 Child Development Associate (CDA), the student will:

    1. recognize the body of knowledge and theoretical precepts that professionals apply to help children learn and develop.
    2. investigate basic concepts of development and learning of children for planning learning experiences for children.
    3. ascertain appropriate expectations of children at various ages.
    4. establish a safe, healthy, learning environment.
    5. acquire the knowledge and skills to support social and emotional development.
    6. provide positive guidance.
    7. investigate ways of advancing physical and intellectual competence of children.
    8. establish positive and productive relationships with families.
    9. demonstrate a well-run and purposeful program responsive to participant needs.


  • Education Elementary (EDEL)

  • EDEL 2280 - Literature for Children


    This course is designed for reading and discussion of works of literature for children.  Selection of children’s books for school, home, and library is stressed.  In order to establish criteria for evaluation, students are expected to become acquainted with a wide sampling of children’s literature including classics, both old and new.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: Prior to Spring 2008, EDEL 2280 was listed as ENGL 2275 - Literature for Children

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in an Advanced Writing course

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEL 2280 Literature for Children, the student will:

    1. Familiarize him/herself with the literature available for children.
    2. Apply the criteria for determining good literature for children at each educational level.
    3. Identify the various genres of literature for children.
    4. Classify books according to genre.
    5. Develop insight into child development and reading preferences.
    6. Develop an awareness of currents trends and issues in children’s literature.
    7. Identify resources available to teachers.
    8. Integrate children’s literature across the curricula. 
    9. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of literature in developing the child’s sense of self and place in the surrounding environment and an awareness of different people.
    10. Evaluate literature for children at each stage of development.
    11. Exhibit ways to bring children and literature together by creating activities related to children’s literature using a variety of teaching tools, techniques, and methods.
    12. Examine literature for children to explore how others portray children, and childhood, and the ways these works convey cultural values and themes seen as important for the education of children.
    13. Compare how children’s responses to literature differ from adults’ responses.
    14. Create a course portfolio which includes an organized annotated file of books read in the course.
    15. Examine the process of reading and writing.


    Program Outcomes
    Elementary Education, AS

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.
    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varies instructional metods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    Early Childhood Education, AS and AAS

    PO#4 Create developmentally appropriate and responsive learning environment and experiences based on best practices.

     

  • Education Exceptional Child (EDEX)

  • EDEX 2484 - Introduction to Special Education


    This course provides an overview of a variety of disabilities, their manifestations, and treatments.  It also discusses the identification of students with disabilities, the best instructional techniques to assist students with specific disabilities, and laws related to testing and placement of students.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Completion of EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education and ENGL 1010 English I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDEX 2484 Introduction to Special Education, the student will:

    1. identify the federally recognized educational disabilities.
    2. apply strategies for educational adaptations.
    3. apply the best practices in educational settings.
    4. promote substantive interaction with colleagues for problem-solving.
    5. gain personal insight into the impact of disabilities.
    6. promote tolerance and acceptance of all persons.
    7. explain pertinent historical and legal aspects of educational services.
    8. describe contemporary educational practices.
    9. identify appropriate identification and placement procedures.
    10. model effective communication (including writing, speaking, and listening) using a variety of communications tools.
    11. use assessment practices in conjunction with students’ experiences, learning behaviors, and parent reports to guide instruction, promote student growth, and for documentation.
    12. investigate the historical, social, and political roles of schooling in the United States.


  • Education Foundations (EDFD)

  • EDFD 2020 - Foundations of Education


    This course utilizes an interdisciplinary approach to provide a critical examination of educational thought and practice in the United States for prospective teachers. This course gives students a knowledge and understanding of theories and trends in education. It gives students an opportunity to evaluate their interests and aptitudes in the area of teaching. Students examine, analyze, and evaluate social issues affecting education today as well as legal questions related to education and the historical background of education. Students considering teaching as a viable career examine various philosophic concepts and begin the development of their own philosophy of education.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010 English I



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate the relationship of current educational issues relative to school organization, curriculum, instruction, and assessment to philosophic and historical foundations through oral and written discussions.
    2. Demonstrate an awareness of the profession, the working environment and professional organizations in preparation for a teaching role.
    3. Explore past educational experiences and their relationship to teaching identity.
    4. Identify personal and professional strengths that have an impact on teaching and learning.
    5. Illustrate the current status of the teaching profession, certification, the role and conditions of teaching, professional teacher associations, and the legal and ethical issues facing teachers.
    6. Examine the characteristics of culturally diverse learners and explore the implications these have for continued improvement in instruction, teaching practices and the overall learning environment.
    7. Determine the influence of social issues on current and future school practices.
    8. Analyze information on the issues, problems, and potential solutions related to contemporary educational reform, and such policy issues as the characteristics of effective teaching and learning environments, school choice, special education, and multicultural education.
    9. Evaluate several personal motivations for becoming a teacher.
    10. Examine education by focusing on four themes: schools and students, teachers, foundations and the future, and the teaching professional.
    11. Determine current educational issues related to the philosophy, history, finance, and governance of education in the United States.
    12. Maximize his or her academic analytical writing skills through writing assignments and projects.
    13. Demonstrate professional behavior and dress in the classroom.
    14. Develop a professional dossier.


  • EDFD 2100 - Educational Psychology


    In this course, students will demonstrate knowledge and understanding of psychological concepts, principles, and research relevant to teaching and learning with emphasis on the school setting.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    EDFD 2020 Foundations of Education, PSYC 1000 - General Psychology and ENGL 1010 - English I with a grade of “C” or better



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of EDFD 2100 Educational Psychology, the student will:

    1. Examine the major issues relating to educational psychology in terms of their social, cultural, economic, psychological, and educational impact.
    2. Analyze a variety of learning and intelligence styles, relating to the individual students’ own patterns of learning and thinking.
    3. Explore a variety of teaching and assessment methods and effective classroom management strategies in light of psychological theories.
    4. Define methods for maximizing all students’ potential for academic success.
    5. Identify research-based teaching strategies and methods that address the various dynamics impacting student learning.
    6. Apply theoretical concepts in learning, motivation, and development
    7. in classroom settings.
    8. Develop an understanding of the qualities of critical thinking for reflective teaching.
    9. Discuss the contemporary critical issues in education.
    10. Discuss the democracy and the school’s role in its perpetuation.
    11. Develop an understanding of individual differences, diversity, and multiculturalism, particularly in language acquisition/second language learners.
    12. Plan instruction with the assumptions that all students can employ instructional methods in ways that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.
    13. Describe behavior management/motivation plans that are reflective of the needs and practices of diverse students. This competence includes knowledge of classroom management skills, intervention strategies, motivational techniques, and monitoring and documenting student behavior.
    14. Critically reflect on personal history, beliefs, values, biases in relation to and as an agent of change within school and society.
    15. Revise personal philosophy of teaching and learning.
    16. Demonstrate effective communications strategies and the role of language in learning.
    17. Analyze assessments in conjunction with students’ experiences, learning behaviors, to guide instruction, promote student growth, and for documentation.


  • EDFD 2450 - Human Lifespan Development


    This course offers primarily a psychosocial overview of human change from conception to old age. To understand how and why people function as they do, the course examines the physical, cognitive, social and emotional aspects of being human and inquire into how goals, interests, group dynamics and roles in life change over time.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • EDFD 2460 - Child Growth & Development


    This course provides students in the Early Childhood Teacher Assistant Program basic maturation stages of the young child ages 0-8.  This course is core and central to the knowledge needed to proceed in the Early Childhood Teacher Assistant Program. This course is designed for those interested or already working in the field of Early Childhood.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 - General Psychology



  • Educational Interpreting (EIP)

    Educational Studies (EDST)

    Electrical Apprenticeship (ELAP)

  • ELAP 1510 - Electrical Apprenticeship I


    This course provides the beginning electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include safe work practices, introduction to the National Electrical Code (NEC), electrician’s math, basic electric theory and introductory wiring methods. The application of the NEC is incorporated throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



  • ELAP 1520 - Electrical Apprenticeship II


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include electrical materials, circuit theory, residential installations, basic electrical drawings, and electrical test equipment. The application of the National Electrical Code (NEC) is incorporated throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELAP 1510 Electrical Apprenticeship I with C or better



  • ELAP 1530 - Electrical Apprenticeship III


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician.  Topics include AC circuit theory, three phase circuit theory, branch circuits, feeders, and services.  The application of the National Electrical Code (NEC) is incorporated throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1520 Electrical Apprenticeship II with C or better



  • ELAP 1540 - Electrical Apprenticeship IV


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include equipment grounding, transformers, load calculations and commercial installations. The application of the National Electrical Code (NEC) is incorporated throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELAP 1530 Electrical Apprenticeship III with C or better



  • ELAP 1550 - Electrical Apprenticeship V


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include over current protection, switches, panel-boards, bonding, grounding, and advanced plan interpretation. The application of the National Electrical Code (NEC) is incorporated throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELAP 1520 Electrical Apprenticeship II with C or better



  • ELAP 1560 - Electrical Apprenticeship VI


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include lighting, appliances, heating, motors and industrial installations. The application of the National Electrical Code (NEC) is incorporated throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELAP 1550 Electrical Apprenticeship V with C or better



  • ELAP 1570 - Electrical Apprenticeship VII


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include motor installations, motor control, special motors and industrial installations. Preparation for the Journeyman written exam, utilizing the National Electric Code (NEC), is stressed throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELAP 1560 Electrical Apprenticeship VI with C or better



  • ELAP 1580 - Electrical Apprenticeship VIII


    This course provides the electrical apprentice foundational knowledge needed for a career as a Journeyman electrician. Topics include special locations, conditions, and equipment including communication circuits. Preparation for the Journeyman written exam, utilizing the National Electrical Code (NEC), is stressed throughout the course.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELAP 1570 Electrical Apprenticeship VII with C or better



  • ELAP 1650 - Electrical Codeology


    This course provides students in-depth study of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and associated topics required for electrical installations. The students perform all common calculations employed by the NEC and explore subjects necessary for performing electrical work safely. The students also utilize new NEC updates as well as perform electrical calculations necessary for becoming a Journeyman Electrician.

    Credits: 2

    Comments: ELAP 1650 provides 2 credits of the 6 required credits per semester to meet federal and state requirements.

    Co-requisites:

    Must be enrolled in a 3 credit hour ELAP or ELTR class



  • Electronics (ELTR)

  • ELTR 0000 - Any course from the ELTR department


    Choose any course from the ELTR department.

  • ELTR 1510 - Electrical Skills


    This course provides students extensive experience with the symbols and devices used in modern industrial blueprints to create the foundation for good electrical troubleshooting procedures. Other topics covered include the correlation between prints, schedules, part lists, and the uses of those items in maintenance planning and scheduling.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1515 - Electrical Skills and Practices


    This course introduces students to the skills and practices of an industrial electrician. Students will learn safe work practices and methods, proper electrical measurement equipment use, blueprint and diagram reading, project planning and preventive maintenance. The skills introduced include conduit bending and installation, wire pulling, termination, testing, troubleshooting, print reading, and electrical component installation.

    Credits: 3

  • ELTR 1521 - Basic Electricity - Direct Current for Industry


    This course provides the student with the theory and application of direct current electrical concepts necessary for a successful career in the industrial maintenance field.  Topics covered include basic electrical circuits and Ohm’s Law.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1531 - Basic Electricity - Alternating Current for Industry


    This course provides the student with the theory and application of alternating current electrical concepts necessary for a successful career in the industrial maintenance field.  Topics covered include vectors, inductive and capacitive circuits, and filters.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1521 - Basic Electricity - Direct Current for Industry



  • ELTR 1540 - Heavy Duty Electrical Systems


    This is an entry level course for a student who desires to be in the diesel or automotive field. The class will cover the principles of electrical systems (batteries, starting and starting systems, wiring diagrams, and many other electrical components) used in the latest automotive and heavy-duty diesel applications.

    Credits: 4

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1595 - National Electrical Code Chapters 1 and 5


    This course provides an introduction and overview of the current National Electrical Code Chapter One and Chapter Five.  Topics covered include an introduction to the National Electrical Code, structure of the National Electrical Code and hazardous areas.

    Credits: .5

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1596 - National Electrical Code Chapter 2


    This course provides an introduction and overview of the current National Electrical Code Chapter Two.  Topics covered include grounding, circuit wiring and protective devices.

    Credits: .5

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1598 - National Electrical Code Chapter 4


    This course provides instruction on the requirements of the National Electrical Code Chapter Four concerning equipment for general use.

    Credits: .5

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1599 - National Electrical Code Chapters 6, 7, and 8


    This course provides instruction on the National Electrical Code Chapters 6, 7, and 8.  Topics covered include special equipment, special conditions and communications systems.

    Credits: .5

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1600 - National Electrical Code I


    This course introduces the student to the National Electrical Code (NEC). Using knowledge of the NEC, students read and interpret the Code and find information on correct electrical systems.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1601 - National electrical Code Revisions


    This course provides an overview of changes to the current National Electrical Code.

    Credits: .5

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1655 - Solar Electric Systems I


    This course provides an overview of the three basic photovoltaic (PV) system applications with primary focus on the grid-direct systems.  Students study the core concepts necessary to work with all PV systems, including system components, site analysis, PV module specifications, mounting systems, electrical energy audits/assessments, safety, and commissioning.  This course also covers the basics of residential grid-direct PV system sizing including wire sizing, over-current protection, and National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant grounding.

    Credits: 3

  • ELTR 1660 - Residential Wiring


    This course provides an introduction to residential wiring.  As a class, students wire a house in cooperation with Habitat for Humanity (or other organization or agency).  Students practice proper teamwork, safety, planning, and installation skills. 

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ELTR 1515 Electrical Skills

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ELTR 1660 Residential Wiring, the student will:

    1. apply electrical safety practices and procedures
    2. interpret drawings and electrical prints
    3. use common hand and power tools correctly
    4. identify correct electrical material application
    5. install electrical components


  • ELTR 1731 - Programmable Logic Controller Essentials


    This course is an introduction to programmable logic controller (PLC) theory, hardware design, PLC function, programming languages and electrical component integration and wiring.  The PLC group used in this course will be from the small PLC classification.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
  • ELTR 1732 - Programmable Logic Controller Troubleshooting


    This course is a technician level course designed to acquaint the student in the techniques and sequence of steps used in efficient and effective troubleshooting of programmable logic controller (PLC) controlled systems.  The PLC group used in this course will be from the small PLC classification.

    Credits: 1

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1731 - Programmable Logic Controller Essentials or instructor consent



  • ELTR 1733 - Programmable Logic Controller Controlling


    This course provides the student with an understanding of the theory and processes used to properly program a programmable logic controller (PLC) controlled electrical system.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1732 - Programmable Logic Controller Troubleshooting or instructor consent.



  • ELTR 1734 - Programmable Logic Controller Advanced Programming


    This course provides the student with an opportunity to write, download, and troubleshoot an instructor approved complex program as a capstone to the programmable logic controller (PLC) series of courses.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1732 - Programmable Logic Controller Troubleshooting or instructor consent.



  • ELTR 1760 - Introduction to Digital Electronics


    This course provides an extensive introduction to digital electronic circuits. Students will use digital logic problem solving techniques to design, construct and troubleshoot digital logic circuits. Digital logic techniques (and related circuits and components) have broad application in fields varying from consumer products to industrial process control. 

    Credits: 4

    Comments: Confidence and competence in basic algebraic math skills is highly recommended.

  • ELTR 1800 - National Electrical Code II / CFR 30


    This course continues the study of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and introduces students to the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 30 (CFR 30). Using knowledge of the NEC and CFR 30, students will read and interpret the Codes and locate information for installation of compliant electrical systems.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1600 - National Electrical Code I



  • ELTR 2550 - AC/DC Electric Circuit Theory


    This course gives students an introduction to and experience working with AC and DC electrical theory including circuit analysis. These theoretical principles form the foundation of all higher level electrical course work.  The course also introduces the theory of operation of motors and transformers.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion or concurrent enrollment in any MATH class with course number 1400 or higher (including MATH 1500 - Applied Math).



  • ELTR 2555 - Electrical Skills & Troubleshooting


    This course provides students extensive experience with the symbols and devices used in modern industrial blueprints to create the foundation for good electrical troubleshooting procedures. Other topics covered include the correlation between prints, schedules, part lists, and the uses of those items in maintenance planning and scheduling. This course emphasizes a logically sequenced progression of steps that an Industrial Electrician uses to isolate and determine electrical or mechanical equipment faults.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2550 AC/DC Electric Circuit Theory



    Co-requisites:

    None



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ELTR 2555, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate safe electrical work procedures involving personal protective measures, lock-out/tag-out, and proper meter use.
    2. Identify specific components on a blueprint.
    3. Describe several methods of determining faulty components on a piece of equipment using specialized instruments.
    4. Identify a sequence of steps, based on an equipment blueprint, which an electrician would use to isolate a faulty component.


  • ELTR 2560 - Power Electronics Theory


    This course provides students with an introduction to power electronic circuits and electronic devices that are utilized in the electrical industry. This course prepares students for ELTR 2880 Solid State Motor Controls by providing the theories of operation of the various components used in electronic motor control systems. In the lab portion of the course, students will assemble, test, troubleshoot and operate electronic components and circuits.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: Prior to Fall 2010, ELTR 2560 was listed as Solid State Circuit

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2550 - AC/DC Electric Circuit Theory with a  “C” or better



  • ELTR 2580 - Motors, Generators and Transformers


    This course provides an in-depth study of AC and DC electric motors, generators and transformers.  Students study theories of operation and how to install, operate, maintain and trouble-shoot these devices.

    Credits: 4

    Comments: Prior to Fall 2010, ELTR 2580 was listed as Motors and Generators

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2550 - AC/DC Electric Circuit Theory with a “C” or better



  • ELTR 2655 - Solar Electric Systems II


    This course expands on the concepts introduced in ELTR 1655 - Solar Electric Systems I as they relate to grid-direct photovoltaic (PV) systems.  The applications of the National Electrical Code (NEC) to grid interface load calculations, grounding and component layout and specifications are examined in depth.  Students investigate methods of system performance evaluation and optimal component layout under varying operating conditions through completion of exercises simulating multiple design considerations.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1655 - Solar Electricity Systems I with a grade of “C” or better or instructor consent.



  • ELTR 2751 - Programmable Logic Controller Network Systems


    This course provides the student with an understanding of networking arrangements used in programmable logic controlled industrial process systems.  Topics covered include hardware and software descriptions, common problems encountered and troubleshooting hints.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1731 - Programmable Logic Controller Network Systems



  • ELTR 2752 - Human Machine Inerface system Essentials


    This course provides the student with an understanding of the human machine interface devices and software used in programmable logic controlled industrial process systems.  Topics covered include device and software descriptions, limited programming and system familiarization.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1731 - Programmable Logic Controller Essentials or instructor’s consent



  • ELTR 2815 - Programmable Logic Controllers


    This course introduces students to the uses of the programmable logic controller (PLC) and the logic required for programming.  Students will program, install, and troubleshoot PLCs.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2550 - AC/DC Electric Circuit Theory with a “C” or better



  • ELTR 2840 - Industrial Controls I


    This course provides students with an extensive introduction to industrial electro-mechanical control devices.  Students use hands on experiences to form a good foundation for good electrical troubleshooting procedures. Topics covered include proper selection and installation of electrical components.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2550 - AC/DC Electric Circuit Theory with a “C” or better



    Co-requisites:

    ELTR 1515 - Electrical Concepts



  • ELTR 2852 - Intermediate programmable Logic Controller Essentials


    This course provides the student with a basic overview of programmable logic controller system components, software, and system operation.
    Topics covered include basic programming, downloading/uploading, and program editing.

    Credits: 1

  • ELTR 2857 - Advanced Programmable Logic Controller Essentials


    This course provides the student with a basic overview of open architecture programmable logic controller system components, software, and system operation.  Topics covered include basic programming, downloading/uploading, and program editing.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1731 - Programmable Logic Controller Network Systems or instructor consent



  • ELTR 2858 - Advanced Programmable Logic Controller Troubleshooting


    In this course students will identify fault symptoms in open-architecture programmable logic controller systems (PLCs), troubleshoot PLCs to identify problems, and repair PLCs in a safe, efficient, and effective manner.  Students will design a basic program, download the program, troubleshoot given problems and identify repair procedures.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 1731 - Programmable Logic Controller Network Systems or instructor consent



  • ELTR 2861 - Electrical Principles


    This course provides the student with an understanding of basic electrical principles as applied to mining industry equipment.  Topics covered include impedance, real power, apparent power, proper test equipment application, proper test result interpretation and the identification of acceptable results.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Previous basic electrical training, proven industrial electrical experience, or instructor approval.



  • ELTR 2862 - DC Equipment


    This course provides students with a continuation of the mine application courses that began with ELTR*2861-Electrical Principles.  Topics covered in this course include torque, force angular speed, friction, power in in direct current (DC) circuits, horse power and kilowatts, single and three phase power, DC motor construction, theory, operation, and DC motor maintenance.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2861 - Electrical Principles or instructor consent.



  • ELTR 2863 - AC Equipment and Power Systems


    This course provides students with an overview of low and medium voltage squirrel-cage induction motors in the 300-5000 horsepower range.  Topics also include transformer calculations, power system protection, utility electric service and one line diagrams.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2861 - Electrical Principles or instructor consent.



  • ELTR 2864 - Electrical Machine Controls: (specific machine)


    This course provides students with an understanding of an electrical machine’s control system.  The course focuses on one specific electrical machine such as excavators (dragline, shovels, etc.), rolling equipment (trains, haul-trucks, etc.) or industrial systems (conveyors, mills, etc.). The course introduces control system design, operation and maintenance.  Students may take this course multiple times so long as the specific electrical machine varies each time.

    Credits: 1

    Comments: Prior to Summer 2011, ELTR 2864 was listed as Excavator Controls

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2880 - Solid State Motor COntrol OR ELTR 2865 Intermediate Drive Systems, OR instructor approval based on relevant industrial experience.



  • ELTR 2865 - Intermediate Drive Systems


    This course is designed to provide mine electrical technicians with an understanding of basic concepts of electric drive systems.  An emphasis is put on system analysis and application.  Topics include: DC machine control, variable frequency operation of induction and synchronous machines, unbalanced operation, scaling laws, adjustable speed drives, and adjustable torque drives.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2861 - Electrical Principles or instructor consent



  • ELTR 2880 - Solid State Motor Control


    This course provides the student with an understanding of AC and DC solid state motor drive principles. Topics covered include various AC and DC motor drive circuits, installation, programming, and troubleshooting. In the lab portion of the course, students will connect, program, test, troubleshoot and operate AC and DC motor drives.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2560 - Power Electronics Theory with a grade of “C” or better and ELTR 2840 - Industrial Controls I with a grade of “C” or better, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    ELTR 2940 - Advanced PLC Programming



  • ELTR 2935 - High Voltage Systems


    This course provides the student with an understanding of high voltage systems and safe work practices.  High voltage systems including substations, power transformers, and protective devices are covered. Safe work practices as presented in the class, are based on nationally recognized standards such as NFPA 70E.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2840 - Industrial Controls I with a grade of “C” or better, or instructor consent



  • ELTR 2940 - Advanced PLC Programming


    ELTR 2940 Advanced PLC Programming provides the student with advanced skills in programmable logic controller (PLC) troubleshooting, networking, and programming and will provide students with a foundation in advanced PLC applications.  Topics include ControlNet, DeviceNet, troubleshooting, and programming.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2815 - Programmable Logic Controllers and ELTR 2840 - Industrial Controls I with a grade of “C” or better, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    ELTR 2880 - Solid State Motor Control



  • ELTR 2965 - Technical Research I


    ELTR 2965 Technical Research I develops independent research and product development skills as applied to the electrical or related industry.  Students utilize organizational abilities and apply knowledge of the electrical industry to develop or improve products, processes, or technology.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of the first three semester of the Industrial Electricity/Electronics program



    Co-requisites:

    TECH 2980 - Technical Co-op and  concurrent enrollment in OR successful completion of ENGL 1010 - English I with a “C” or better



  • ELTR 2975 - Technical Research II


    ELTR 2975 Technical Research II provides the student with an understanding of the critical thinking processes and work skills that are used to identify a project, organize a solution, identify and obtain materials, and complete a project.

    Credits: 5

    Prerequisites:

    ELTR 2965 - Technical Research I with a grade of “C” or better or instructor consent.



    Co-requisites:

    Concurrent enrollment in OR Successful completion of ENGL 2010-Technical Writing



  • Engineering Science (ES)

  • ES 0000 - Any course from ES department


    Engineering Science course

  • ES 0000 - ES Elective


    At least 1 ES elective course listed below must be completed.

    • ES 2310 Thermodynamics, 3 credits
    • ES 2330 Fluid Dynamics, 3 credits
    • ES 2410 Mechanics of Materials, 3 credits


  • ES 1000 - Introduction to Engineering Professions


    Introduction to Engineering through exploration of modern engineering challenges and professions. Professional topics include scope of engineering professions, globalization, diversity, professional ethics, design limitations and constraints, sustainability, environmental stewardship, and engineering economics. Through these topics students will solve engineering problems, develop computational skills and sharpen communication skills. Students work on a team design project, starting with problem definition and working towards concept designs using communication tools.
     

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ES 1000 Introduction to Engineering Professions, the student will:

    1. Understand the role of engineers in society.
    2. Gain knowledge on basic terminology and concepts of engineering.
    3. Use professional resources to engage in independent learning and to address modern engineering challenges.
    4. Apply basic professional concepts to a modern engineering challenge.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 1000 Introduction to Engineering Professions, the student will:

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    PO#5 Rationalize the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context. 

    PO#6 Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility by analyzing issues in professional ethics and explaining the importance of professional licensure.

    PO#7 Deliver effective verbal, written, and graphical communications.

  • ES 1050 - Introduction to GIS


    This course is an introductory Geographic Information System (GIS) course.  Students are introduced to current GIS uses, the basic elements of GIS graphics and data, and the use of GIS software.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ES 1050 Introduction to GIS, the student will:

    1. Explain the various mapping systems, why they exist, and their characteristics.
    2. Identify scenarios where groups ranging from political scientists to farmers use GIS.
    3. Develop essential skills of operating a functional GIS through the use of ArcGIS software.
    4. Understand the operational processes of spatial data acquisition, editing, and quality assurance/quality control. 
    5. Understand the operational processes of metadata development and geodatabase design.
    6. Explore Google Earth and common open source GIS tools.
    7. Produce basic multi-theme GIS applications using ArcView software.
    8. Demonstrate the ability to create, query, modify, delete, and join tables relevant to GIS applications.
    9. Create applications based on basic GIS and Cartographic concepts such as the entities used to represent geographical features, the use of different measurement levels, data acquisition, and data analysis.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 1050 Introduction to GIS, the student will:

    Engineering Technology Certificate

    PO#3 Apply Geographical Information Systems and Computer Aided Design technology to present field data.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    Engineering Technology AAS

    PO#4 Communicate scientific and mathematical information effectively with content specialists.

    PO#7 Apply Geographical Information Systems and Computer Aided Design technology to present field data.

    PO#8 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    Engineering AS

    PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.

    PO#2 Design an experimental method to solve a real world problem with adjustments based on results.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    PO#7 Deliver effective verbal, written, and graphical communications

  • ES 1060 - Introduction to Engineering Problem Solving


    This course is an overview of the methodology and tools used in the engineering profession for analyzing problems. Example problems are solved using spreadsheet tools and structured programming language.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1405 Pre-Calc Trig, MATH 1450 Pre-Calc Algebra and Trig with a C or better, or Placement Level VI

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ES 1060 Introduction to Engineering Problem Solving, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate methodical approach to problem solving.
    2. Present problems and solutions in a professional manner.
    3. Utilize Excel to generate functional spreadsheets, cell referencing, parametric equations, generate tables and export to other programs.
    4. Utilize Excel to plot data, generate figures and export for use in reports or presentation software.
    5. Utilize Excel to plot experimental data, regression trend lines, linear equations, matrices and solver.
    6. Demonstrate introductory structural programming skills using Matlab.
    7. Write scripts using user defined functions to problem solve.
    8. Plot data generated from scripts and export graphs into other programs.
    9. Utilize flow charts to map a program utilizing selection and repetition functions.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 1060 Introduction to Engineering Problem Solving, the student will:

    Engineering AS

    1. PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.
    2. PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.
    3. PO#6 Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility by analyzing issues in professional ethics and explaining the importance of professional licensure.
    4. PO#7 Deliver effective verbal, written, and graphical communication.


  • ES 2110 - Statics


    This course covers vector statics of particles and rigid bodies, including equilibrium in two and three dimensions, center of gravity, centroids, distributed loads, truss analysis, simple structures and machines, friction, and internal actions.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2200 - Calculus I with a grade of C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ES 2110 Statics, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate methodical approach to problem solving.
    2. Present problems and solutions in a professional manner.
    3. Discuss abstraction of relevant free body diagrams of real world problems.
    4. Use equations of equilibrium, force and moments, to solve problems involving concurrent forces and rigid bodies.
    5. Apply vector analysis to solve engineering abstractions.
    6. Analyze systems of forces and moments for real world problems.
    7. Analyze frames and machines of connected members to determine internal forces and couples of the members.
    8. Calculate friction forces, differentiate between static and kinetic friction and apply these concepts to problems involving wedges, threads and other applications.
    9. Demonstrate techniques for employing modern computational devices for solving problems.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 2110 Statics, the student will:

    Engineering AS

    PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.

    PO#2 Design an experimental method to solve a real world problem with adjustments based on results.

    PO#3 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering that includes differential equations, calculus-based physics, and chemistry.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    PO#5 Deliver effective verbal, written, and graphical communications.

  • ES 2120 - Dynamics


    This course covers kinematics, including linear and angular displacement, velocity, acceleration and simple harmonic motion of particles and rigid bodies; moments of inertia and radii of gyration of masses; the application of principles of force-mass acceleration, work-kinetic energy, impulse and momentum to solution of problems of force systems acting on moving bodies.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2205 Calc II and ES 2110 Statics with C or better; and PHYS 1310 College Physics I or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of  ES 2120 Dynamics, students should be able to:

    1. Describe straight line motion with regard to definitions of displacement, velocity, and acceleration;
    2. Apply equations for projectile motion, describe curvilinear motion both kinematic equations and kinetic equations;
    3. Apply the concepts of work-energy principles;
    4. Apply the principle of linear impulse and momentum;
    5. Apply conservation of momentum and the coefficient of restitution to direct-central and oblique impacts;
    6. Write proper kinematics equations for velocity and acceleration;
    7. Understand the concept of instantaneous center of rotation;
    8. Apply the proper kinematic equations for planar motion of rigid bodies, with rotation and/or translation;
    9. Calculate the mass moment of inertia.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 2120 Dynamics, the student will:

    Engineering AS

    PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.

    PO#2 Design an experimental method to solve a real world problem with adjustments based on results.

    PO#3 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering that includes differential equations, calculus-based physics, and chemistry.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    PO#7 Deliver effective verbal, written, and graphical communications.

  • ES 2310 - Thermodynamics


    This course introduces the fundamentals of thermodynamics, including the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics, real and ideal gasses, reversible and irreversible processes, entropy. Practical applications are considered in the form of steam power cycle, heat engine and refrigeration cycles.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2210 Calc II, ES 2120 Dynamics, and CHEM 1020 Gen Chemistry I with C or better, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of  ES 2310 Thermodynamics, students should be able to:

    1. Explain thermodynamic concepts of systems, processes, and states;
    2. Identify and define thermodynamic variables such as temperature, pressure, specific volume, and entropy;
    3. Identify and define thermodynamic properties such as specific heat, and potentials such as internal energy and heat content;
    4. Use thermodynamic charts such as steam tables to find states of a system;
    5. Calculate process efficiency from the standpoint of first and second laws;
    6. Perform an energy analysis of open and closed systems;
    7. Analyze the basic operation of specific systems and processes such as internal combustion engines, air conditioning systems, refrigeration and heat pumps;
    8. Identify irreversibility, and articulate the consequences of such for processes and machines;
    9. Explain the engineering consequences of the four laws of thermodynamics.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 2310 Thermodynamics, the student will:

    Engineering AS

    PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.

    PO#2 Design an experimental method to solve a real world problem with adjustments based on results.

    PO#3 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering that includes differential equations, calculus-based physics, and chemistry.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    PO#5 Rationalize the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context.

  • ES 2330 - Fluid Dynamics


    This course Introduces the fundamental aspects of fluid mechanics. Topics include hydrostatics, buoyancy, Bernoulli equation, Reynolds transport theorem, Navier-Stokes equations, pressure drop in piping systems, analysis of dimensionless groups and evaluation of centrifugal pumps.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2210 Calc III and CHEM 1020 Genl Chemistry I with C or better; ES 2120 Dynamics or PHYS 1310 College Physics I, with C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of  ES 2330 Fluid Dynamics, the student will:

    1. Define important fluid properties and behavior characteristics.
    2. Identify some widely used instruments for measuring fluid properties, behavior, and flow.
    3. Apply hydrostatic and buoyancy equations to solve problems.
    4. Apply Bernoulli equation to solve problems.
    5. Utilize Reynolds transport theorem, including the conservation of mass, linear momentum, and energy equation, to solve engineering applications.
    6. Apply Navier-Stokes equations in appropriate engineering applications to solve problems.
    7. Employ Buckingham π Theorem and dimensionless group analysis.
    8. Analyze fluid flow in enclosed conduits.
    9. Analyze external flow in a variety of systems.
    10. Evaluate various turbomachines, including centrifugal pumps.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 2330 Fluid Dynamics, the student will:

    Engineering AS

    PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.

    PO#2 Design an experimental method to solve a real world problem with adjustments based on results.

    PO#3 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering that includes differential equations, calculus-based physics, and chemistry.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

  • ES 2410 - Mechanics of Materials


    This course introduces the study of mechanics of materials.  Students determine the stresses, strains, and displacements in structures and their components due to the loads or constraints acting on them.  In addition, students investigate structural integrity by examining various failure mechanisms due to material properties or stability limitations.  To help analyze structures, students are introduced to shear and bending moment diagrams, application of singularity functions, work-energy methods, and Mohr’s Circle.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    ES 2110 Statics and MATH 2205-Calculus II with C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ES 2410 Mechanics of Materials, students should be able to perform the following tasks involving analysis of load-bearing structural members:

    1. Understand the definitions of stress (normal, shear, and bearing) and strain (normal and shear);
    2. Determine the following material properties from a stress-strain curve: modulus of elasticity, elastic limit, yield stress, ultimate stress, rupture stress, elastic and plastic strain;
    3. Calculate stresses and deformations in members under axial loading, including statically indeterminate and composite members;
    4. Determine shear stress and deformation in shafts under torsional loading, including statically indeterminate and composite shafts;
    5. Determine stresses and deformations in members subjected to temperature change, including statically indeterminate and composite members;
    6. Calculate normal stress due to bending moment;
    7. Write equations for shear and moment for prismatic members under transverse loads using free body diagrams;
    8. Write equations for shear and moment using singularity functions;
    9. Construct shear and moment diagrams for beams under transverse loading;
    10. Calculate shear stress in beams under transverse loading;
    11. Calculate normal and shear stresses at a point due to combined loading (axial, moment, shear, and torsion);
    12. Analyze variations in normal and shear stress at a point using analytical equations and by Mohr’s circle (plane stress transformation);
    13. Understand and be able to define various failure criteria for common engineering materials;
    14. Compute the slope and deflection of an elastic beam;
    15. Apply Euler’s formula to predict buckling load of columns with typical end conditions;
    16. Understand the basic concept of work and energy and perform simple calculations using energy methods.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ES 2410 Mechanics of Materials, the student will:

    Engineering AS

    PO#1 Incorporate technology appropriately in addressing engineering applications.

    PO#2 Design an experimental method to solve a real world problem with adjustments based on results.

    PO#3 Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering that includes differential equations, calculus-based physics, and chemistry.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering tools to solve problems.

    PO#5 Rationalize the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context.

  • Engineering Technology (ENTK)

  • ENTK 1010 - Elements of Surveying


    This course is an introduction to the principles and theories of land surveying.  Students explore surveying tools including the stadia rod, chaining, automatic levels, theodolite, and Global Positioning Systems (GPS).  Surveying concepts will be introduced in the classroom and applied through hands-on practice in the field.  Students will practice error theory for measurements and adjustments as necessary to locate points, determine distances, angles, elevations and areas, and learn to close surveys.  Emphasis is placed on the use of GPS units to collect field data.  Students are introduced to map features and map reading to supplement their surveying skills.

    Credits: 3

    Comments: ENTK 1010 is designed to fulfill a course requirement within the Mining Technology AAS program

    Prerequisites:

    MATH 1000 with “C” or better, or placement at Math Level III



  • ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics


    This course emphasizes the standards and conventions of technical drawing that are in compliance with national standards. This course utilizes computer aided drafting software to produce 2-D drawings and places emphasis on creating drawings in a variety of views in proper form and annotation dependent on the drawing context. Students develop skills in drawing, problem solving, technical communication and visual perception.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



  • ENTK 1502 - Exploration of Engineering Related Professions


    Introduction to Engineering through exploration of modern engineering challenges and professions. Professional topics include scope of engineering professions, globalization, diversity, professional ethics, design limitations and constraints, sustainability, environmental stewardship, and engineering economics. Through these topics students will solve engineering problems, develop computational skills and sharpen communication skills. Students work on a team design project, starting with problem definition and working towards concept designs using communication tools.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENTK 1502 Exploration of Engineering Related Professions, the student will:

    1. Understand the role of engineers in society;
    2. Gain knowledge on basic terminology and concepts of engineering;
    3. Use professional resources to engage in independent learning and to address modern engineering challenges;
    4. Apply basic professional concepts to a modern engineering challenge;
    5. Utilize common communications tools to present ideas;
    6. Utilize common computational tool to solve problems.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ENTK 1502 Exploration of Engineering Related Professions, the student will:

    Engineering Technology AAS

    PO#4 Communicate scientific and mathematical information effectively, with content specialists.

    PO#8 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering technology tools to solve problems.

    PO#9 Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility by analyzing issues in profession.

    Engineering Technology Certificate

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering technology tools to solve problems.

    PO#5 Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility by analyzing issues in profession.

  • ENTK 1510 - Civil Drafting


    This course covers graphical applications in Civil Engineering projects. Student use Civil 3D drafting software as the primary tool for map making, earthwork quantity determination, survey drafting, road plans and profiles, and other civil engineering related topics. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or Concurrent Enrollment in ENTK 1500 Engineering Graphics, or instructor consent.



  • ENTK 1520 - Structural Drafting


    This course will provide an introduction to the graphical analysis of simple structures along with a basic mathematical approach. Also included will be drafting techniques sufficient to prepare working drawings for construction of small structural projects.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics, MATH 1500 - Applied Math, OR instructor consent



  • ENTK 1710 - Architectural Drafting


    This course covers the basics of architectural design for residential buildings.  Room relationships and sizes, exterior design factors, elements of design, principles of design and application of building codes used in conjunction with an Architectural CAD package are used to generate a new house design with the relevant drawing plans.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics or instructor consent.



  • ENTK 2070 - Engineering Surveying I


    This course covers the basic principles of measurement of distances, elevations, angles, and basic error theory.  Methods of calculations and applications of error theory are applied to level and traverse surveys.  It also introduces methods of surveying for site locations, topographic and construction surveys.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MATH 1405 - Pre-calculus Trigonometry with a grade of “C” or better, or Trigonometry placement score or higher, or ACT math score of 27 or higher, or instructor consent.



  • ENTK 2074 - Ethics for the Professional Surveyor


    This course introduces students to the common ethical and moral issues facing professional surveyors in modern practice.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070 - Surveying I



  • ENTK 2500 - Computer Aided Drafting I


    This course emphasizes 3D CAD model development, manipulation, and visualization. It introduces external references, shading, rendering, linking objects to an external database, and creating multi-view drawings from the 3D models. Students utilize Autodesk drafting software.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics or instructor consent



  • ENTK 2505 - Computer Aided Drafting II


    This course emphasizes 3D model development, manipulation and visualization. It introduces the application of feature based parametric modeling methods. Students utilize SolidWorks drafting software to learn basic part and assembly modeling techniques and presentation of drawings, including section, detail, and exploded views.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics or instructor consent.



  • ENTK 2525 - Parametric Modeling


    This course emphasizes 3D model development, manipulation and visualization.  It introduces the application of feature based parametric modeling methods.  Students utilize Autodesk Inventor drafting software to learn basic part and assembly modeling techniques and presentation of drawings.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics or instructor consent.



  • ENTK 2601 - Principles of Mechanical Technology


    This course provides the student with a hands-on approach to the study of modern mechanical drive systems. Topics covered include basic drive systems, drive device selection, alignment, maintenance and lubrication.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent required.



  • ENTK 2602 - Principles of Electrical Technology


    This course provides the student with a hands-on approach to the study of modern industrial electrical systems. Topics covered include motors, motor control, electrical circuits and programmable logic controller (PLC) integration. 

    Credits: 1

    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • ENTK 2603 - Principles of Network Technology


    This course provides the student with a hands-on approach to the study of modern industrial network systems. Topics covered include mechanical and electrical data devices, field communications, data acquisition, and system control.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent required.



  • ENTK 2604 - Principles of Maintenance Technology


    This course provides the student with a hands-on approach to the predictive maintenance technology used in modern industrial process systems. Topics covered include fundamentals of equipment commissioning, predictive data acquisition, and data reporting.  

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent required.



  • ENTK 2615 - MicroStation Fundamentals


    MicroStation (CAD) is used extensively in this class to produce 2-D drawings conforming to the drafting standards.  Emphasis is placed on using MicroStation to draw objects and subsequently create multi-view drawings in good form.  In good form means to present and annotate the drawings dependent on the drawings context.  Architectural, civil, mechanical, electrical, and welding drawing have some discipline unique symbols which are briefly covered.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics or instructor consent.



  • ENTK 2800 - Engineering Technology Capstone


    This course combines digital technology, engineering standards, and scientific methodology to expose students to the hands-on field work used extensively in environmental engineering and CAD-based engineering. Using a multi-disciplinary approach, students acquire, document, illustrate, analyze and report data samples taken from the field to complete a planned project. The course includes an option for internship or a service learning component with a third party, which must be approved by a participating instructor.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Complete ENGL 2010 Technical Writing, ENTK 1500 Engineering Graphics and ES 1050 Intro to GIS, or instructor consent



  • ENTK 2980 - Survey Co-Op


    Survey co-op provides a minimum of 240 hours of work experience associated with a broad range of surveying functions. Experience should include, but not be limited to associated calculations, measurements and computations, equipment operations and maintenance, document research, drafting, report writing, surveying techniques associated with boundary, route, construction astronomical and/or control surveys. Co-op work experience many be arranged by the faculty, but it is primarily the responsibility of the students to seek out and secure their own placement with faculty approval.

    Credits: 4

  • English (ENGL)

  • BW 0000 - Basic Writing


    The following courses fulfill the Basic Writing requirement:

    • ENGL 1010 - English I

    Minimum number of credits to meet requirement = 3
    Minimum grade of C or better required to count toward graduation or use to meet prerequisite

  • ENGL 0700 - Integrated Reading & Writing


    This course provides intensive instruction in critical thinking, reading, and writing in preparation for ENGL 1010 or other 1000 level courses.  Using college level readings, coursework emphasizes independent reading of complex academic texts, critical response to ideas and information in academic texts, and writing essays that integrate ideas and information from academic texts.

    Credits: 5

    Prerequisites:
    Reading Placement Level 1

    Co-requisites:
    None

  • ENGL 0725 - English Plus


    This course provides supplemental instruction in critical thinking, writing, and reading of academic texts for students concurrently enrolled in ENGL 1010 English I but placing below the required level.   Instruction focuses on writing clear paragraphs, using appropriate third-person voice for academic writing, and writing essays that use a multi-paragraph structure to develop a clear argument.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:
    Reading Placement Level 2

    Co-requisites:
    English 1010 English I

  • ENGL 1010 - English I


    This course covers college-level essay writing that employs logical and critical thinking, strong organization, and the expression of ideas through academic language.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Writing
    Comments: Course must be completed with a grade of C or better to be used as a prerequisite or count toward graduation

    Prerequisites:
    Reading Level 3 or or completion of ENGL 0700 - Integrated Reading & Writing with a grade of C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 1010 English I, the student will:

    1. Engage in writing as a process that moves from idea-generation to drafting to a final product
    2. Develop drafting/writing strategies to apply to different writing assignments
    3. Employ grammatical, stylistic, and mechanical conventions appropriate for a variety of audiences
    4. Use writing as a tool for learning that can be both collaborative and individual
    5. Create coherent, organized and readable prose for a variety of rhetorical situations
    6. Analyze, in writing, their own writing process
    7. Evaluate their own and others’ writing
    8. Use writing tools, handbooks, references, on-line sources effectively
    9. Integrate source material smoothly into a document
    10. Evaluate source material for currency, reliability, authority and purpose
    11. Use appropriate MLA format for in-text citation and Works Cited pages
    12. Evaluate  a variety of readings, using appropriate critical tools including annotation, note taking, summary and response,  and analysis


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

  • ENGL 1020 - English II


     

    This course builds on what students studied in ENGL 1010 or its equivalent. English II provides the opportunity to refine and improve college-level analytical reading and communication abilities including, but not limited to, practice in critical reading strategies, analyzing texts, and synthesizing research material. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a grade of “C” or better

  • ENGL 1050 - Introduction to Film Studies


    This is a humanities course that covers major concepts of film study through films, discussions, lectures, and readings. The intersections between film and literature will also be explored.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities / Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or enrollment in, ENGL 1010 or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of (Prefix  Number  Course Name) , the student will:

    1. Identify the major film genres and modes of criticism
    2. Demonstrate a working vocabulary of the terminology of film study
    3. Investigate that, like literature, film has an on-going tradition
    4. Explore connections between literature and film
    5. Interpret a variety of digital, oral, and/or written texts.
    6. Apply a variety of methods to generate ideas, focus on a primary idea, and organize ideas into a coherent whole.
    7. Write following the conventions of formal, standard English.
    8. Analyze a written, digital, and/or oral communication in terms of subject matter, audience needs, and style requirements.
    9. Prepare analytical texts on a variety of topics dependent on the medium (digital, oral, or written).


  • ENGL 1080 - Introduction to Women’s Studies


    This course examines the impact of the social construction of gender in societies worldwide.  The course covers numerous topics from various feminist perspectives, including concepts of privilege and inequality, how gender is learned, women’s sexuality, work, religion, health, family, violence against women, and activist movements.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree. This is a Writing Intensive course.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or enrollment in, ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WMST 1080 Introduction to Women’s Studies, the student will:

    1. Develop a greater understanding of the differences and similarities that exist among women of variant ethnicities, socioeconomic classes, and alternate lifestyles.
    2. Develop a greater understanding of how biology and culture influence behavior.
    3. Develop a familiarity with the major tenets of the women’s studies discipline.
    4. Critique texts foundational to the field.
    5. Analyze our gendered world through study of popular culture, language, advertisement, and public spaces.
    6. Differentiate between social expectations of men and women.
    7. Examine the idea of privilege as it relates to gender.
    8. Examine contemporary women’s activism worldwide.
    9. Evaluate major societal institutions (religion, sexuality, health, family, and work) as they relate to women.


    Cross-listed: WMST 1080, SOC 1080, HUMN 1080
  • ENGL 2005 - Technical Writing


    This course applies the principles of writing in a technical/industrial/scientific context. Students concentrate on the vocabulary and technical aspects related to their specific fields of study or interest. The course stresses writing, research methods, documentation and oral communication.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Advanced Writing
    Comments: This course satisfies the Com 2 requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2005 Technical Writing, the student will:

    1. Apply the principles of effective writing in technical contexts.
    2. Determine the purpose and focus of the reader’s needs and knowledge.
    3. Determine the language and level of technicality needed in a written document.
    4. Design formats.
    5. Construct technical documents using direct organizational techniques: definition, object description, process analysis, and persuasion.
    6. Compose unified and coherent technical documents.
    7. Employ graphic aids and statistical data in technical documents.
    8. Demonstrate a writing style appropriate for technical messages.
    9. Revise and edit technical messages into final documents demonstrating knowledge of grammar and mechanical skills.
    10. Conduct research and employ appropriate documentation skills.
    11. Employ good oral communication in class discussion and small group work.
    12. Demonstrate oral proficiency through a substantial oral presentation that uses a variety of techniques to engage an audience.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

  • ENGL 2006 - Literature of the Outdoors


      This course explores themes, patterns, literary conventions, and topics in works of American literature about the natural world. Students examine the human connection to the environment and nature, as well the motivations of environmental writers.  Through reading, writing, and discussion, students gain insight into what has been written about nature and place, why it was written, and how the writings influence society.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2006 Literature of the Outdoors, the student will:

    1. Explore themes, patterns, literary conventions, and topics in works of American literature about the natural world. 
    2. Examine the human connection to the environment and nature.
    3. Compare the motivations of environmental writers.
    4. Examine cultural influences and attitudes distinctive to writings about environment and place.
    5. Contrast the attitudes and values expressed in a specific work with contemporary, American attitudes and values.
    6. Critique methods and content of the writing.
    7. Analyze works of fiction and expository writings about the environment and the outdoors.
    8. Write about the effects of creative texts on conservation.
    9. Engage in exploratory writing-to-learn activities.
    10. Produce formal writing-to-show-knowledge assignments.
    11. Obtain feedback from peers and instructors during the writing process.
    12. Demonstrate how to write in a particular discipline.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.

    PO#5 Evaluate information from various forms, genres, and time periods to comment upon the universal and individual human experiences.

  • ENGL 2020 - Introduction to Literature


    This course provides an introduction to literature as a whole. Students learn to read critically through the study of various genres of literature and to express their responses through writing critical analyses and through oral presentations.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities, Advanced Writing
    Comments: This course fulfills the Com 2 requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    Complete ENGL 1010 English I with C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2020 Introduction to Literature, the student will:

    1. Differentiate between various literary genres.
    2. Engage in all phases of the writing process.
    3. Analyze literature through specific literary concepts, critical theories, and terminology.
    4. Discuss elements of literature and how they create the effect the literature has on the audience,
    5. Explain both text and subtext in appropriate literary terms
    6. Elucidate significant themes in various genres.
    7. Articulate how literature provides an understanding of the past.
    8. Compare and contrast authors’ uses of literary devices.
    9. Evaluate creative works critically to determine significant details and interpret meanings as well as finding the literary value of such work.
    10. Write competently about literature and its place in human culture.
    11. Use research to extend their knowledge about a piece of literature and its author.
    12. Write analytical essays about literature without secondary sources
    13. Write analytical essays about literature using secondary sources.
    14. Demonstrate appropriate oral communication skills in class discussion and small group work.
    15. Participate in two oral presentations to the class that uses several kinds of delivery (text, audio –visual aids, etc.).


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.

  • ENGL 2030 - Critical Reading & Writing


    This course provides students with practice and guidance in applying critical reading strategies to a variety of expository texts.  Students also refine their writing skills through the use of appropriate rhetorical devices for writing a wide variety of writing assignments that may include position paper, proposals, arguments and analyses.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Advanced Writing
    Comments: This course fulfills the Com 2 requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2030 Critical Reading and Writing, the student will:

    1. Analyze a wide variety of kinds of writing for content, intended audience and style.
    2. Apply a variety of methods to generate ideas for writing assignments.
    3. Organize ideas into college-level writing of a variety of lengths and purposes including at least one assignment requiring research.
    4. Use a variety of research tools appropriate to assignments.
    5. Analyze internet sources for accuracy, currency and authority.
    6. Employ techniques for revision and editing.
    7. Employ the documentation system appropriate for the written or oral assignment.
    8. Demonstrate appropriate oral communication skills in class discussion and small group work.
    9. Participate in at least one substantial oral presentation to the class that uses several   kinds of delivery (text, audio/visual aids, etc.).


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

  • ENGL 2050 - Creative Writing: Introduction to Fiction


    This course is an English elective that provides students with an introduction to the techniques for writing fiction. It covers narrative, flash fiction, dialogue, character development, plotting and description,  among others.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, ENGL 1010 or instructor consent



  • ENGL 2060 - Creative Writing: Non-Fiction


    This course provides opportunities for learning the techniques of creative non-fiction.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Students must be cncurrently enrolled in, or have already taken ENGL 1010.



  • ENGL 2080 - Creative Writing: Introduction to Poetry


    This course analyzes forms of poetry and stresses the practice of creative writing, especially poetry, at an introductory level.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENGL 1010 - English I or instructor consent



  • ENGL 2150 - World Literature II: Masterpieces of Modern Literature


    This course studies representative classics of world literature from the realistic period to the present, emphasizing analysis and critical thinking to achieve an overview of the major philosophical, historical, and social changes of the period.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    Concurrent enrollment in, or completion of, an Advanced Writing class, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2150 World Literature II: Masterpieces of Modern Literature , the student will:

    1. Cultivate an awareness, through the study of literature from both Western and non-Western countries, of the universality of the human experience.
    2. Examine the development and the interrelationship of the historical, cultural, and philosophical forces which affect written expression.
    3. Develop the ability to understand, appreciate, and enjoy quality literature.
    4. Acquire familiarity with some of the most respected literature and authors of the late-nineteenth century through the present.
    5. Generate an understanding of relevant literary criticism from the periods/works of literature studied.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.

    PO#3 Apply appropriate concepts and terminology to different types and major periods of literature.

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.

    PO#5 Evaluate information from various forms, genres, and time periods to comment upon the universal and individual human experiences.

  • ENGL 2310 - US Literature I


    This course surveys major American authors from the colonial age through 1870.  As many authors as possible are covered to provide a solid background for understanding the American cultural heritage.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    Complete an advanced writing course with C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2310 US Literature I, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to think critically about works of American literature from the colonial period to 1870.
    2. Exhibit the ability to read assigned texts closely.
    3. Develop interpretational analyses of assigned texts.
    4. Clearly articulate the findings of critical interpretational analyses.
    5. Recognize the major movements and periods of American literature from the colonial period to 1870.
    6. Discuss the basic and more abstract elements of different genres of literature of this period using appropriate literary terminology.
    7. Identify recurring cultural and literary themes as they appear in selected works of this period of American literature.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture and history.

  • ENGL 2320 - US Literature II


    This course concludes the survey of American Literature begun in ENGL 2310 and covers authors from 1870 to the present.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    English Advanced Writing course with a “C” or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2320 US Literature II, the student will:

    1. Connect the literature before 1870 to the literature after 1870.
    2. Define realism, naturalism, modernism and post-modernism.
    3. Identify the major authors of each period.
    4. Articulate the influences of world events on the literature of the time.
    5. Sketch the major literary upheavals that occurred in the twentieth century.
    6. Explain the differences between the poetry and prose fiction of the period.
    7. Interpret the complex meanings in the literature of the period.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture and history.

  • ENGL 2370 - Western American Literature


    This course examines the form and content of literature dealing with the American West, its reflection of the motivation and spirit of frontiersmen as well as the contemporary westerner, the influence of the land and landscape on the inhabitants and authors, and the history around which the literature revolves.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2370 Western American Literature, the student will:

    1. Compare a representative variety of the vast body of literature written about the American West.
    2.  Examine the historical forces influencing the development of the American West.
    3. Contrast the differences between formulaic and serious western fiction.
    4. Analyze the influences that the land and landscape have on the people of the American West in terms of narrative character development.
    5. Obtain an understanding of what constitutes Western American Literature as both regional and universal.
    6. Critique methods and content of the writing.
    7. Engage in exploratory writing-to-learn activities.
    8. Produce formal writing-to-show-knowledge assignments.
    9. Critique methods and content of the writing about the American West.
    10. Compare the motivations of Western writers.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    1. PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.
    2. PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.
    3. PO#3 Apply appropriate concepts and terminology to different types and major periods of literature.
    4. PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.
    5. PO#5 Evaluate information from various forms, genres, and time periods to comment upon the universal and individual human experiences. 


  • ENGL 2395 - English Capstone


    The capstone course is a one credit guided study, one-on-one with an instructor selected by the student.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Consent of instructor. Student must be in the fourth semester of the English AA program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2395 English Capstone, the student will:

    1. Write a well-developed college-level document tailored to a specific writing situation.
    2. Critique a variety of written materials with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.
    3. Evaluate information from various forms, genre, and time periods to comment upon the universal experience.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ENGL 2395 English Capstone, the student will:

    1. Write a well-developed college-level document tailored to a specific writing situation.
    2. Critique a variety of written materials with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.
    3. Evaluate information from various forms, genre, and time periods to comment upon the universal experience.
    4. Apply appropriate concepts an terminology to different types and major periods of literature
    5. Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.


  • ENGL 2420 - Introduction to Short Story/Novel


    This course provides exposure to both short and long fiction with an emphasis on the elements that create strong examples of both. It is an introductory-level prose fiction class.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course fulfills the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010  English I with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2420 Introduction to Short Story/Novel, the student will:

    1. Differentiate between long and short prose fiction.
    2. Explain both text and subtext in appropriate literary terms.
    3. Elucidate significant themes in prose fiction.
    4. Demonstrate connections between fiction and human existence.
    5. Write about literature and story and their place in human culture.
    6. Articulate how literature provides understanding of the past.
    7. Compare authors’ use of literary devices.
    8. Incorporate research to extend knowledge about a piece of literature and its author.
    9. Engage in exploratory writing-to-learn activities.
    10. Produce formal writing-to-show-knowledge assignments.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#1 Write well-developed college-level documents tailored to a specific writing situation.

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.

  • ENGL 2480 - Introduction to Drama & Poetry


    This course provides an overview of major English and American poetry and an exploration of the conventions and themes of theatre from ancient Greek forms up to and including those of the modern era.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities / Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course fulfills the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a grade of “C” or better, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2480 Introduction to Drama and Poetry, the student will:

    1. Identify major poetic forms.
    2. Recognize major dramatic styles.
    3. Read a variety of poetry & plays from a variety of historical time periods.
    4. Interpret a variety of plays & poems from a variety of historical time periods.
    5. Analyze poems using conventional poetic elements.
    6. Analyze plays using conventional drama elements.
    7. Dramatize a scene from a play or poem.
    8. Observe poetry performances or plays.
    9. Evaluate poetry performances or plays.


    Program Outcomes
    English AA

    PO#2 Critique a variety of written material with the concepts and terminology appropriate to the audience and genre.

    PO#3 Apply appropriate concepts and terminology to different types and major periods of literature.

    PO#4 Analyze various forms of literature and the role literature plays in life, culture, and history.

  • ENGL 2492 - Literary Topics:


    This course provides students the opportunity to explore a specific type of literature through extensive reading, discussion, writing, and research.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of an English Advanced Writing course with a “C” or better, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENGL 2492 Literary Topics:, the student will:

    1. explore questions of human existence in terms of the specific literature assigned.
    2. explore how the literature relates to questions of qualitative meaning and values in human society.
    3. apply the appropriate terminology and basic concepts of the specific genre and type of literature.
    4. critically analyze the literary type.
    5. explain historical traditions in relation to the literary works studied.


  • LIT 0000 - Literature Option


    ENGL 2150 World Literature II Masterpieces of Modern Literature
    ENGL 2310 US Literature I
    ENGL 2320 US Literature II
    ENGL 2050 Creative Writing Fiction
    ENGL 2060 Creative Writing Non-Fiction
    ENGL 2080 Creative Writing Poetry
    ENGL 2370 Western American Literature
    ENGL 2420 Intro to Short Story and Novel
    ENGL 2480 Intro to Poetry and Drama
    ENGL 2492 Literary Topics:

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

  • Entrepreneurship (ENTR)

  • ENTR 1500 - Introduction to Entrepreneurship


    This course is designed for the entrepreneurial person interested in starting a business. Emphasis will be on the development of a business plan including the finance, accounting, management, and marketing requirements.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ENTR 1500 Introduction to Entrepreneurship, the student will:

    1. List major components of a business plan.
    2. Explain the need for a business plan. 
    3. Develop a business model.
    4. Create vision and mission statements.
    5. Analyze the market, including a profile of the customer base and the competition.
    6. Develop a business financial model.
    7. Describe how to manage the financial resources.
    8. Develop skills to research specific industry opportunities.
    9. List sources of funding and raising capital.
    10. Design a business plan outline for a specific business which includes a marketing plan and an advertising campaign.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ENTR 1500 Introduction to Entrepreneurship, the student will:

    PO#2 Examine the management functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling and how they relate to business operations.

    PO#3 Analyze the ways an information system affects an organization’s competitive advantage.

    PO#4 Describe basic ethical practices in business

    PO#6 Communicate using written, oral, and visual communications skills.

  • Equine Studies (EQST)

  • EQST 0000 - Any course from EQST dept


    Choose any course from EQST department.

  • EQST 1210 - Introduction to Farrier Science


    This course is an introduction to the theory and skills of equine hoof care, forge work, and basic horsemanship skills. Students will demonstrate their knowledge of equine anatomy, blacksmithing, horse handling, as well as trimming.  Safe horse handling, and forge safety will be emphasized.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Combined Lecture/Lab

    Comments: $675 course fee

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ANSC 1400 Equine Anatomy and Locomotion



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of  EQST 1210 Introduction to Farrier Science , the student will:

    1. Correlate the anatomy of the horse’s lower limb and hoof to basic joint congruency.
    2. Demonstrate proper use of farrier tools and equipment.
    3. Manipulate the horse’s leg into position safely.
    4. Demonstrate the steps involved in trimming a horse’s foot.
    5. Construct a basic horse shoe.
    6. Apply knowledge of equine behavior in handling horses.


  • EQST 1470 - Equine Internship


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice.  Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

  • EQST 1520 - Horse Production


    This course is designed to give the student an in-depth look into equine evolution, anatomy, physiology, care and management. Some of the topics to be discussed are history and evolution, anatomy, diseases and vaccinations, parasite control, emergency care, lameness and reproduction.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • EQST 1536 - Senior Horse Care


    This course is designed to give the student in-depth information regarding the management and nutritional needs of “senior” horses. Topics will include preventative medicine, every day management and the unique nutritional needs of aged equines.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • EQST 1605 - Equine Facilities Management


    This course examines three primary areas of Equine Stable Management to provide a strong knowledge base and critical skill-building opportunities for students interested in entering equine-centered careers. Specific focus areas include general business tools and practices, equine knowledge and care, and equine facilities management. Students receive hands-on learning opportunities in addition to classroom instruction. This course will culminate with a final project emphasizing a holistic approach to managing an equine stable of the students’ design.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • EQST 1835 - Practical Farrier Science


    This course provides in-depth training in the skills and techniques of horseshoeing.  Students will conduct a comprehensive study of trimming and shoeing to achieve and maintain limb and foot balance as well as explore topics in specialty, remedial and therapeutic shoes. Students will learn to build shoes for specific purposes. Completion of this course and the preceding courses is intended to prepare students as entry level farriers; and students are encouraged to complete the American Farrier Association’s (AFA) Farrier Classification examination.

    Credits: 10

    Comments: $2,000 course fee

    Prerequisites:

    EQST 1210 Introduction to Farrier Science



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • Family and Consumer Sciences (FCSC)

  • FCSC 0000 - Any course from the FCSC department


    Choose any course from the FCSC department.

  • FCSC 1141 - Principles of Nutrition


    This introductory course provides students with a basic understanding of the human body’s nutritional needs and how foods from various groups meet these needs.  The course explores basic human physiology, nutritional needs at various stages of life, and nutritional issues or disorders.

    Credits: 3

  • FCSC 1470 - Internship in Family and Consumer Science


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice. Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Comments: Instructor consent required

  • FCSC 2122 - Child Development Lab


    This course serves as a bridge between theory and application through experience in the observation of child growth and development from 0-7 years of age.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of FCSC 2122/EDEC 2122 Child Development Lab,  the student will:

    1. Examine the domains of development birth – 7 years.
    2. Observe different age levels in a natural learning environment.
    3. Outline differences in ages and rates of growth.


    Cross-listed: EDEC 2122 Child Development Lab
  • FCSC 2470 - Internship in Family & Consumer Science


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice. Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Comments: Instructor consent required.

  • Finance (FIN)

  • FIN 0000 - Any course from the FIN department


    Choose any course from the FIN department

  • FIN 1000 - Personal Finance


    This course is an overview of personal and family financial planning with an emphasis on financial recordkeeping, planning your spending, tax planning, consumer credit, making buying decisions, purchasing insurance, selecting investments, and retirement and estate planning. This course defines factors influencing decisions on acquiring and using financial resources and budgeting to achieve goals. This course provides an overview of credit, taxation, savings, insurance, investments and retirement planning. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • FIN 2100 - Managerial Finance


    This course is designed to provide the students with a basic knowledge of finance. It provides the principles and tools needed to make important decisions in finance, namely capital budgeting and financing decisions. The major topics include time value of money, stock and bond valuation, investment decision criteria, Capital Asset Pricing Model, and cost of capital. This class provides a broad overview of the field of finance.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ACCT 1020, STAT 2050 or equivalent Level IV math



  • Food Science (FDSC)

  • FDSC 0000 - Any course from the FDSC department


    Choose any course from the FDSC department.

  • FDSC 1410 - Food & Your Well Being


    This course provides an overview of the food industry and explores the nature and properties of foods, food processing procedures, packaging and distribution.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



  • FDSC 1470 - Internship in Food Science


    The internship course provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice. Students will be placed in a working learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Comments: Instructor consent rewuired.

  • FDSC 2040 - Principles of Meat Animal Evaluation


    Students in this class will learn to evaluate livestock and carcasses for economically important factors.  Learning to evaluate beef, sheep, and swine, both live and their carcasses, is important for student interested in animal science, as it helps them understand the relationships between meat animal growth/development and selection/breeding on carcass value and eating quality of the finished product.

    Credits: 3

  • FDSC 2470 - Internship in Food Science


    The internship provides students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice. Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Comments: Instructor consent required.

  • Food Service & Hospitality Management (FSHM)

  • FSHM 1500 - Introduction to Hospitality Management


    This introductory course provides hospitality students with an understanding of the industry. Students are introduced to the terms and vocabulary in standard use. Organizations, which represent the major components, are studied and operational characteristics are introduced. Students are exposed to current issues facing the industry, future challenges, career opportunities in the field.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 1540 - Managing Customer Service


    This course provides students with the basic concepts and current trends in the customer service industry. Special areas of emphasis include problem solving, development of a customer service strategy, creating
    customer service systems, coping with challenging customers, customer retention, and measuring satisfaction.

     

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 1971 - Hospitality Practicum I


    This course is the first of four hands-on practicum courses that allows students to apply skills and knowledge in a real-world environment.  Students follow set criteria and guidelines in a progressive learning structure to master general practices in the hospitality industry including workplace behavior, marketing, banquet logistics, and small business procedures.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 1972 - Hospitality Practicum II


    This course is the second of four hands-on practicum courses that allows students to apply skills and knowledge in a real-world environment.  Students follow set criteria and guidelines in a progressive learning structure to master general practices in the hospitality industry including workplace behavior, marketing, banquet logistics, and small business procedures.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    FSHM 1971 - Hospitality Practicum I  or instructor constent



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2510 - Hospitality Marketing


    This course addresses the need to better understand hospitality consumers in an increasingly competitive marketplace.  Students study how to verify the needs and wants of consumers, tailor the product-service mix to satisfy those needs and wants, and promote the mix to maximize income.  Key marketing strategies are addressed, as well as the interrelationships between marketing, sales, advertising and their significance on consumers.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2520 - Security & Loss Prevention Mgmt


    This course reviews issues surrounding the need for individualized security programs.  Students examine a variety of security and safety equipment, procedures, guest protection and internal security for asset protection.  Students are introduced to OSHA regulations that apply to lodging properties.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2540 - Bar & Beverage Control


    This course provides students the ability to function as the operator/management of the beverage area of the hospitality industry business.  Procurement, preparation, and service to final accountability of sales and commodities are covered.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2550 - Employment Law


    This course provides the most thorough and current information on hospitality law available. Legal subjects are simplified by the use of non-technical terms and illustrations of case examples. Students learn how to use law as a management tool and how to develop management strategies to prevent expensive legal problems.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2600 - Dining Room Management


    This course provides students with the principles and intricacies of managing dining room functions specific to the hospitality industry.  Students learn about properly setting tables, scheduling, service styles, training, organizing, planning, booking functions as well as other tasks relative to the Hospitality Industry.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2610 - Banquet Management


    This course introduces students to the principles and intricacies of banquet management as it applies specifically to the hospitality industry.  Students study banquet and catered functions, banquet event order, how to book a function and how to manage a function from inception to completion.

     

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    FSHM 2600 Dining Room Management



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2700 - Food & Beverage Services


    This course introduces students to sustainability and green thinking. Students evaluate the environmental impact across the food service life cycle, analyze management of pre- and post-consumer food waste, conduct a waste audit, evaluate staff training for waste management, examine energy and water use, and illustrate tracking, reporting, and marketing sustainability efforts.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Complete FSHM 1500 Introduction to Hospitality Management



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2900 - Hospitality Cornerstone


    This course is designed to help students become self-reliant learners who use critical thinking to achieve academic and career success. The cornerstone helps student see the goals of hospitality education and how they fit into the college experience. Students are given the chance to explore moral and ethical values of a diverse society such as 21st century America. Students learn how they and others form values, how to express those values, and how to analyze arguments. The subject of the course is a contemporary look at the issues that the hospitality industry faces and requires students to think about those issues from different points of view.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2971 - Hospitality Practicum III


    This course is the third of four hands-on practicum courses that allows students to apply skills and knowledge in a real-world environment.  Students follow set criteria and guidelines in a progressive learning structure to master general practices in the hospitality industry including workplace behavior, marketing, banquet logistics, and small business procedures.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    FSHM 1971 Hospitality Practicum I and FSHM 1972 Hospitality Practicum II or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • FSHM 2972 - Hospitality Practicum IV


    This course is the fourth of four hands-on practicum classes which allows students to practice the skills and knowledge taught in the classroom in a real-world environment.  Students follow set criteria and guidelines in a progressive learning structure to master general practices in the hospitality industry.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    FSHM 2971-Hospitality Practicum III with a grade of “C” or better



  • French (FREN)

  • FREN 1010 - First Year French I


    This course primarily emphasizes listening and speaking skills, although reading and writing skills are developed. The students begin to develop the ability to understand spoken and written French. The students begin to develop the skills to communicate in basic situations.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of FREN 1010 First Year French I, the student will:

    1. Interface with people.
    2. Describe oneself.
    3. Communicate likes and dislikes.
    4. Communicate daily routines.
    5. Develop communication skills needed in restaurants.
    6. Discover field of study.
    7. Explain pastimes.
    8. Validate travel plans.
    9. Express shopping plans.
    10. Demonstrate some cultural knowledge in oral and written presentations.
    11. Imitate the use of culturally appropriate vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and non-verbal behaviors of the target culture.


  • FREN 1020 - First Year French II


    This course further emphasize listening and speaking skills, while developing reading and writing skills. This course completes the first year sequence of study of the basic structures of French.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Prerequisites:
    FREN 1010 First Year Spanish I with a final grade of “C” or better or adequate score on the CLEP exam or instructor consent based on previous language experience.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of FREN 1020 First Year French II, the student will:

    1. Describe celebrations and personal relationships.
    2. Explain medical conditions.
    3. Discuss technology and electronics.
    4. Describe a house.
    5. Discuss the environment and nature.
    6. Request directions.
    7. Discuss health, well-being, and nutrition.
    8. Describe jobs and future plans.
    9. Recognize differences and similarities in the perspectives of the target culture and their own.
    10. Evaluate cultural stereotypes encountered in oral and written texts.


  • Geography (GEOG)

  • GEOG 1050 - Intro to the Environment & Natural Resources


    This course examines important environmental issues across regional and global scales, emphasizing human interactions with the environment, and including perspectives of environmental effects on human life, human effects on environment, and approaches to effective environmental management.  Students use foundational ecological principles to evaluate complex environmental challenges and potential individual and societal actions toward environmental sustainability.  This course serves both the beginning geography major and the non-major seeking to learn about natural resource systems on a global scale. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of GEOG 1050 Introduction to the Environment and Natural Resources, the student will:

    1. Explain the scientific and global and regional societal values that underlie important environmental issues.
    2. Describe components of our natural resources, services those resources provide to humans, and environmental consequences of their misuse.
    3. Describe the basic principles of conservation.
    4. Explain how various land uses, from ranching to energy development, impact the environment and how such activities can be carried out in a sustainable fashion.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of general ecological principles and global change issues.
    6. Critically evaluate information sources ranging from popular media to scientific journal articles.
    7. Evaluate complex environmental challenges and potential individual and societal actions toward environmental sustainability
    8. Demonstrate effective written and oral communication skills.
    9. Describe the process of scientific inquiry, including hypothesis testing, synthesis, and reporting.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of GEOG 1050 Introduction to the Environment and Natural Resources, the student will:

    Engineering Technology AAS

    PO#4 Communicate scientific and mathematical information effectively, with content specialists.

    PO#5 Apply the fundamental principles of geology, environmental science, and engineering as they relate to environmental concerns.

  • Geography/Recreation (G&R)

  • G&R 1030 - Introduction to World Regional Geography


    This course introduces the student to the world’s major geographic realms. These realms of the human world possess a special combination of cultural, environmental, historical, economic and organizational qualities. These properties are imprinted on the landscape, giving each region its own identity.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences/Global Diversity
  • Geology (GEOL)

  • GEOL 0000 - Any course from the GEOL department


    Choose any course from the GEOL department.

  • GEOL 1038 - Cave Geology and Exploration


     

    This course provides students with practical experience exploring and mapping carbonate cave systems.  Topics will also include the origin and development of karst landforms, karst caverns, and speleothems, identification of carbonate rock types and associated fossils, and an overview of the scientific research that has been conducted on these caves.  Participants will gain knowledge and experience in techniques used to navigate and map complex cave systems as well as rope systems used to safely and effortlessly descend into and ascend out of a vertical cave system.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    instructor consent required



  • GEOL 1070 - The Earth: Its Physical Environment


    This course discusses selected topics from geology, astronomy and meteorology illustrating fundamental concepts, processes, products and the interrelationships among them. Emphasizes nature of science and relationship between selected topics and society. Primarily for elementary education majors (who should also enroll in EDCI 1450 concurrently), this course may be used as a laboratory earth science course for other non-science majors and general studies students. 

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Co-requisites:
    EDCI 1450 – Earth Science for Elementary Education

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of GEOL 1070 The Earth: Its Physical Environment, the student will:

    1. Compare the basic celestial motions of the planets, sun, and moon.
    2. Examine how the nature of light and gravity is applied to the study of celestial bodies.
    3. Outline the differences between and among Terrestrial and Jovian planets.
    4. Examine the various techniques used to measure the distances to celestial objects.
    5. Compare the evolution of stars of various masses and their ultimate fates.
    6. Characterize the theory of plate tectonics and its supporting evidence.
    7. Explain the origin and diversity of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, and associated economic deposits.            
    8. Distinguish laboratory specimens of common igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rock types.
    9. Examine the techniques of relative and absolute geologic dating.
    10. Characterize the nature of earthquakes and their global distribution.
    11. Examine the nature of ground and surface water and environmental remediation techniques.
    12. Examine the paleoclimatology of the past two million years and the techniques used to reconstruct this history.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of GEOL 1070 The Earth: Its Physical Environment, the student will:

    Elementary Education AS

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

  • GEOL 1100 - Physical Geology


    This introductory course focuses on the key elements of physical geology.  Specific topics include the theory of plate tectonics, mineralogy, igneous rocks and volcanism, weathering, soils, and sedimentary rocks, metamorphism and metamorphic rocks, structural geology, seismology, mass movements, surface and ground water hydrology, glaciology and climate change.  The laboratory component reinforces lecture topics by providing hands-on experience with mineral and rock identification and map reading skills.  Opportunities for geologic field studies are also provided.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of GEOL 1100 Physical Geology the student will:

    1. Critique the theory of plate tectonics and its supporting evidences.
    2. Explain the nature, origin, and diversity of minerals.
    3. Identify laboratory specimens of common minerals, igneous rocks, sedimentary rocks, and metamorphic rocks.
    4. Explain the origin and diversity of igneous rocks, their plate tectonic context, and associated economic deposits.            
    5. Explain the origin and diversity of volcanic landforms and their plate tectonics environments.
    6. Employ topographic and geologic maps for geomorphic and structural geology analyses.
    7. Explain the origin and diversity of sedimentary rocks and their associated economic deposits.
    8. Explain the processes of metamorphism, associated metamorphic rock types, and associated economic deposits.
    9. Characterize the major types of geologic structures, their origins, and plate tectonics occurrences.
    10. Explain the nature of earthquakes, their global distribution, and the technologies and techniques employed in their study.
    11. Justify the modern view of Earth’s large scale internal structure.              
    12. Explain the nature and origin of mass movements.         
    13. Explain the nature of ground and surface water and environmental remediation techniques.
    14. Summarize the nature of glaciers and their associated landforms.
    15. Critique the anthropogenic global warming hypothesis.                
    16. Apply the scientific method to geologic problems.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of GEOL 1100 Physical Geology, the student will…

    Engineering Technology AAS and Certificate

    Apply the fundamental principles of geology, environmental science, and engineering as they relate to environmental concerns.

  • GEOL 1470 - Environmental Geology


    This course provides a geologic perspective of mankind’s interaction with Earth. Topics include a detailed assessment of the major environmental health and safety hazards associated with natural geologic processes and materials, mankind’s exploitation of soil, water, energy and mineral resources, and hazardous and sanitary waste disposal. Solutions to these major environmental health and safety hazards will be explored. Laboratory sessions will build skills in the identification and description of geologic materials, map reading and interpretation. Project-based soil and water data collection techniques using industry standards for field and laboratory will be explored. State and Federal regulations regarding environmental issues, mitigation and processes will be investigated.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    GEOL 1100 Physical Geology with a C or better AND MATH 0930 Inter. Algebra or math placement IV

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of GEOL 1470 Environmental Geology, the student will:

    1. analyze human population dynamics to illustrate their impact on natural resource supply and demand
    2. explain the types, behaviors, hazards, and impacts associated with mass wasting
    3. calculate probabilities of natural disaster events using geologic data
    4. outline methods required to explore and exploit various metallic and non-metallic mineral resources, natural gas, petroleum, coal, uranium, and renewable energy resources
    5. predict the environmental impacts on water, soil, and air quality that result from the development of metallic and non-metallic mineral resources, natural gas, petroleum, coal, uranium, renewable energy resources, and other human activity
    6. rank the level of environmental severity and the economic costs of the impacts on water, soil, and air quality associated with the development of the various renewable and non-renewable energy resources
    7. recognize difference between natural and anthropogenic environmental hazards and impacts
    8. identify State & Federal environmental regulations governing soil, water, and air quality
    9. validate the identity of common rock, mineral and soil specimens by determining their physical properties
    10. correlate geologic and topographic maps to the underlying geologic structure and surface topography
    11. demonstrate industry standard sampling techniques with sample chain of custody record keeping
    12. identify ASTM testing standards


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of GEOL 1470 Environmental Geology, the student will:

    Engineering Technology AAS

    PO#5 Apply the fundamental principles of geology, environmental science, and engineering as they relate to environmental concerns.

    PO#6 Perform environmental sampling in accordance with industry standards.

    PO#10 Implement a data collection project.

    PO#11 Evaluate the integrity of field data.

    Engineering Technology Certificate

    PO#1 Apply the fundamental principles of geology, environmental science, and engineering as they relate to environmental concerns.

    PO#2 Perform environmental sampling in accordance with industry standards.

    PO#4 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering technology tools to solve problems.

    PO#5 Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility by analyzing issues in profession.

  • German (GERM)

  • GERM 1010 - First Year German I


    This course primarily emphasizes listening and speaking skills, although reading and writing skills are developed. The students begin to develop the ability to understand spoken and written German. The students begin to develop the skill to communicate in basic situations.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of GERM 1010 First Year German, the student will:

    1. Interface with people.
    2. Describe oneself and others.
    3. Communicate personal information.
    4. Communicate routine.
    5. Develop communication skills needed in restaurants.
    6. Discover academic subject.
    7. Explain pastimes.
    8. Validate travel plans.
    9. Express shopping plans.
    10. Demonstrate some cultural knowledge in oral and written presentations.
    11. Imitate the use of culturally appropriate vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and non-verbal behaviors of the target culture.


  • GERM 1020 - First Year German II


    This course further emphasizes listening and speaking skills, while developing reading and writing skills. This course completes the first year sequence of study of the basic structures of German.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Prerequisites:
    GERM 1010 First Year German I with a final grade of “C” or better or adequate score on the CLEP exam or instructor consent based on previous language experience.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of GERM 1020 First Year German II, the student will:

    1. Describe celebrations.
    2. Explain medical conditions.
    3. Discuss technology.
    4. Describe a house.
    5. Discuss the environment.
    6. Request directions.
    7. Discuss nutrition.
    8. Describe future plans.
    9. Recognize differences and similarities in the perspectives of the target culture and their own.
    10. Evaluate cultural stereotypes encountered in oral and written texts.


  • Health Education (HLED)

  • HLED 0000 - any course from HLED dept


    any course from HLED dept

  • HLED 1006 - Personal & Community Health


    This course is designed to introduce students to a broad spectrum of personal and community health issues within the United States and across diverse world cultures.  Topics include the universal human experience regarding mental health, dietary practices, physical wellness, prevention strategies, and disease risk reduction and control. Comparisons and interconnectedness among societies and cultures will be explored as it relates to the use of fine arts, traditions and cultural practices for personal and community health.  This course incorporates essential knowledge and skills necessary to adopt and practice a sound and healthy lifestyle.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLED 1006 Personal and Community Health, the student will:

    1. Identify the dimensions of health across diverse cultures.
    2. Apply positive stress management tools to personal health.
    3. Relate personal health information to current health events and consider the universality among differing societies and how it has changed over time.
    4. Establish personal behavior change goals.
    5. Cultivate a relationship with an identified community health resource.
    6. Investigate health resources in other communities, across diverse human societies.
    7. Identify aspects of personal health and the sociocultural universals.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of HLED 1006 Personal and Community Health, the student will:

    Exercise Science AS

    PO#6 Design individual programs for diverse populations utilizing appropriate principles for safe and effective exercise prescription

  • HLED 1270 - Personal Wellness


    This course provides an introduction to wellness concepts. Students will have the opportunity to build a foundation of knowledge that will help them actively pursue a wellness lifestyle. The combination of this lecture course and an activity course provides a balance between the development of wellness concepts and physical activity. Students gain an understanding of the impact physical inactivity has on health. This course provides the information and experience that will enable students to make informed decisions about their personal health as it relates to quality of life and longevity.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLED 1270  Personal Wellness , the student will:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of current health issues and the importance of physical activity in a wellness lifestyle.
    2. demonstrate knowledge of health-related fitness components.
    3. assess health-related fitness components: cardiorespiratory endurance, muscular strength and endurance, flexibility, and body composition.
    4. demonstrate competency in developing a personal health-related fitness program.
    5. demonstrate a basic understanding of nutrition and healthy weight management.
    6. explore the dimensions of wellness and theory of behavior change.


  • HLED 1300 - Stress Management


    This course is designed to provide a knowledge base and the exercises necessary to learn the skills needed for stress management. It will provide a foundation for strategic implementation of controls for mental and environmental stressors and the effect these stressors have on performance.

     

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    none



  • HLED 2020 - Health Promotion


    Fundamental health promotion principles for living a healthy life are examined in this course.  Concepts include holistic health; philosophy of health promotion, protection and disease prevention; national public health issues and initiatives; self-leadership and self-management; principles of change; action plan process; life and health coaching.  Best practices are emphasized.  The focus is on personal wellness, with applications to other individuals, families, groups, and communities.  This course addresses ethical, cultural, rural, and inter-profession factors.  Theory acquisition and application activities are provided.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLED 2020 Health Promotion, the student will:

    1. Articulate personal and professional health promotion values.
    2. Describe holistic health self-leadership and self-management concepts.
    3. Design, implement, and evaluate personal healthy action plans.
    4. Demonstrate inter-professional collaboration with rural health professionals.


  • Health Technology (HLTK)

  • HLTK 0000 - any course from HLTK dept


    any course from HLTK dept

  • HLTK 1000 - Calculations for Health Care


    This course is a comprehensive review of basic arithmetic, an introduction to the metric and apothecary systems, and computation of medication dosages.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1000 Calculations for Healthcare, the student will:

    • Utilize the principles of basic arithmetic
    • Identify the value of an unknown in a proportion
    • Convert from U.S. customary units to metric and metric to U.S. customary units.
    • Calculate drug dosage and solution amounts using the metric and apothecary systems
    • Calculate I.V. flow rates


  • HLTK 1560 - Introduction to Health Professions


    This course introduces health profession fundamentals. United States health care systems and health profession career pathways are explored. Competencies and standards for providing client/patient-centered care include leadership, professional characteristics, roles, responsibilities and wellness; ethical and legal issues; effective communication and interprofessional collaboration; medical terminology and math; safety and quality improvement measures; health informatics, the scientific process and evidence-based practice. A health profession portfolio is developed.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1560 Introduction to Health Professions, the student will be able to:

    1. explore client/patient-centered health care systems.
    2. examine health profession career pathways.
    3. analyze ethical and legal issues.
    4. communicate with inter-professional team members.
    5. illustrate evidence based practices.
    6. determine quality improvement strategies.
    7. use health informatics.


  • HLTK 1670 - Emergency Medical Responder


    This course provides fundamentals and training for the pre-hospital emergency care provider.  Upon successful completion of the course, students will receive Wyoming State certification from the Department of Health Emergency Medical Services as a First Responder. The purpose of this course is to prepare students with the knowledge and skills necessary to provide emergency medical care on scene of illness or injury.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    none



  • HLTK 1690 - Emergency Medical Technician Basic


    This course contains comprehensive medical training and prepares students for a career as an Emergency Medical Technician.  Students develop a working knowledge of emergency medical services and acquire skills to provide care for the sick and injured in the pre-hospital environment.  This course follows the Wyoming Office of Emergency Medical Services guidelines for certification as an Emergency Medical Technician.  The course is aligned to the current National Emergency Medical Services Education Standards.

    Credits: 5

    Instructional Method Clinical

    Prerequisites:
    Current Healthcare Provider level CPR card

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1690 Emergency Medical Technician Basic, the student will:

    • Describe the roles of EMS in the health care system.
    • Demonstrate the professional attributes expected of EMTs.
    • Perform the roles and responsibilities of an EMT with regard to personal safety and wellness, as well as the safety of others.
    • Perform the duties of an EMT with regard for medical-legal and ethical issues, including functioning under medical direction and within the scope of practice.
    • Apply principles of anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, life-span development, and therapeutic communications to the assessment and management of patients.
    • Identify the need for and perform immediately life-saving interventions to manage a patient’s airway, breathing, and circulation.
    • Manage patients of all ages with a variety of complaints, medical conditions, and traumatic injuries.
    • Apply principles of emergency medical services operations, including considerations in ambulance and air medical transportation, multiple casualty incidents, gaining access to and extricating patients, hazardous materials incidents, and responding to situations involving weapons of mass destruction.
    • Achieve Wyoming EMT certification (exam).


  • HLTK 1820 - Applied Pharmacology/Pathophysiology


    This is a semester course designed to give massage therapy students a foundation in pharmacology and pathophysiology and to apply that information to the discipline of massage therapy.  This course is required for the AAS degree in Massage Therapy.

    Credits: 3

  • HLTK 2960 - Field Studies


    This course provides cross-cultural experiences while witnessing traditional ways of life in a foreign country. Students are introduced to local flora, fauna, religious practices, education, healing rituals, architecture, technology, art, music, and dance. Upon completion of this course, students develop an understanding of other cultures and their place in modern society.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course requires travel to a foreign country. This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2460 / HLTK 2960 / SOC 2460 Field Studies, the student will:

    1. apply the study of local flora and fauna as it relates to the student’s discipline.
    2. analyze differences in religious practices in a foreign country.
    3. compare cultural differences when working and traveling in a foreign country.
    4. examine the indigenous educational practices found in a foreign country.
    5. distinguish local healing and medicinal practices in a foreign country from the student’s home country.
    6. outline similarities and differences between cultures.
    7. discuss local architecture and land features in a foreign country.
    8. assess how innovations in technology impact culture in a foreign country.
    9. interpret the various functions of art, music, or dance within a novel culture.


    Cross-listed: PSYC 2460 & SOC 2460 Field Studies
  • HLTK 2971 - Massage Therapy Internship


     

    This course is intended to provide practical work experiences for students seeking careers in the field of massage therapy.  Students will work as paid or non-paid employees in a local business or institution with supervision by a representative of the business.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Certificate of Completion in Masage Therapy



  • Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning (HVAC)

  • HVAC 1520 - HVAC Apprenticeship I


    This course is the first in a series of four classes required for the State Supervised Apprenticeship program.  This course provides students with an understanding of heating ventilation and air conditioning, specifically construction and safety.  These principles are the foundation of all National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) courses.  Topics include safety, math, hand tools, power tools, construction drawings, rigging, communication skills, employability skills, and materials handling.  This course emphasizes safe work procedures and will provide students a foundation for more technical areas of study.

    Credits: 6

  • HVAC 1540 - HVAC Apprenticeship II


    This course is the second in a series of four classes required for the State Supervised Apprenticeship program.  This course provides students with an understanding of basic Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning.  These principles are the foundation of all higher level HVAC courses.  Topics include commercial air systems, vents, flues, introduction to hydronics, air quality equipment, refrigerant handling, alternating current, basic electronics, intro to control circuit troubleshooting, equipment troubleshooting, heat pumps, installation and maintenance, and duct systems.  This course emphasizes safe work procedures and will provide students a foundation for more technical areas of study.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    HVAC 1520 - HVAC Apprenticeship I



  • HVAC 1560 - HVAC Apprenticeship III


    This course is the third in a series of four classes, required for the State Supervised Apprenticeship program.  This course provides students with an understanding of basic Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.  These principals are the foundation for all higher level HVAC courses.  Topics include refrigerants and oils, compressors, metering devices commercial systems and trouble shooting of components including electrical systems.  This course emphasizes safe work procedures and will provide a foundation for more technical areas of study.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    HVAC 1540 - HVAC Apprenticeship II



  • HVAC 1580 - HVAC Apprenticeship IV


    This course is the fourth in a series of four classes, required for the State Supervised Apprenticeship program.  This course provides students with an understanding of basic Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.  These principals are the foundation for all higher level HVAC courses.  Topics include construction drawings, air balancing, air quality, energy conservation, start up and shut down, alternative heating and cooling systems and supervisory skills.  This course emphasizes safe work procedures and provides students a foundation for more technical areas of study.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    HVAC 1560 - HVAC Apprenticeship III



  • History (HIST)

  • HIST 1110 - Western Civilization I


    This course surveys Western Civilization from its origins to the first phase of the Early Modern Period.  Major topics of coverage will include Classical Greece and Rome, Early, High and Late Medieval Europe, and the Renaissance and Reformation during the initial phase of the Early Modern Period.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Humanities / Social & Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 1110 Western Civilization, the student will have:

    1. Analyzed fundamental political characteristics and events of ancient civilizations, particularly those of Classical Greece and Rome;
    2. Examined fundamental socio-economic characteristics of ancient civilizations, particularly those of Classical Greece and Rome;
    3. Investigated the fundamental cultural characteristics and conditions of the ancient civilizations, particularly those of Classical Greece and Rome;
    4. Analyzed fundamental political characteristics and events of the Early, High, and Late Middle Ages;
    5. Examined fundamental socio-economic characteristics of the Early, High, and Late Middle Ages;
    6. Investigated the fundamental cultural characteristics and conditions of the Early, High, and Late Middle Ages;
    7. Analyzed fundamental political characteristics and events of the Renaissance and Reformation during the initial phase of the Early Modern Period;
    8. Examined fundamental socio-economic characteristics of the Renaissance and Reformation during the initial phase of the Early Modern Period;
    9. Investigated the fundamental cultural characteristics and conditions of the Renaissance and Reformation during the initial phase of the Early Modern Period.


    Program Outcomes
    History AA

    PO#1 Acquire basic factual historical knowledge

    PO#2 Reconstruct accurate historical sequences

    PO#3 Analyze basic historical phenomena.

    PO#4 Evaluate various historical perspectives

    PO#5 Critique historical conflicts.

    PO#6 Discriminate between viewpoints and sources

  • HIST 1120 - Western Civilization II


    This course surveys Western Civilization from the Early Modern Period though the Modern Period.  Major Early Modern Period topics of coverage will include European Overseas Expansion through the French Revolution.  Major 19th century Modern Period topics will include the Industrial Revolution through Imperialism.  Major 20thcentury Modern Period topics of coverage will include World War I through the Fall of the Soviet Union.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Humanities / Social & Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 1120 Western Civilization II, the student will have:

    1. Analyzed fundamental political characteristics and events of the Early Modern Period, including those of European Overseas Expansion, state centralization, the Scientific Revolution, the Enlightenment, and the French Revolution;
    2. Examined fundamental socio-economic characteristics and conditions of the Early Modern Period, including those of European Overseas Expansion, state centralization, the Scientific Revolution, the Enlightenment, and the French Revolution;
    3. Investigated fundamental cultural characteristics and conditions of the Early Modern Period, including those of European Overseas Expansion, state centralization, the Scientific Revolution, the Enlightenment, and the French Revolution;
    4. Analyzed fundamental political characteristics and events of the 19th century Modern Era, including those of the Industrial Revolution, Romanticism, liberalism, conservatism, socialism, Marxism, Darwinism, nationalism, and imperialism;
    5. Examined fundamental socio-economic characteristics and conditions of the 19th century Modern Era, including those of the Industrial Revolution, Romanticism, liberalism, conservatism, socialism, Marxism, Darwinism, nationalism, and imperialism;
    6. Investigated fundamental cultural characteristics and conditions of the 19th century Modern Era, including those of the Industrial Revolution, Romanticism, liberalism, conservatism, socialism, Marxism, Darwinism, nationalism, and imperialism;
    7. Considered the emerging role of science and technology in reshaping the emotional, intellectual and material landscape of the Modern Era;
    8. Analyzed fundamental political characteristics and events of the 20th century Modern Era, including World Wars I and II, the Russian Revolution, totalitarianism, the Cold War, decolonization, and the fall of the Soviet Union;
    9. Examined fundamental socio-economic characteristics and conditions of the 20th century Modern Era, including World Wars I and II, the Russian Revolution, totalitarianism, the Cold War, decolonization, and the fall of the Soviet Union;
    10. Investigated fundamental cultural characteristics and conditions of the 20th century Modern Era, including World Wars I and II, the Russian Revolution, totalitarianism, the Cold War, decolonization, consequences of imperialism, and the fall of the Soviet Union;
    11. Considered the profound, ongoing impact of science and technology on the emotional, intellectual and material landscape of the 20th century to the present.


    Program Outcomes
    History AA

    PO#1 Acquire basic factual historical knowledge

    PO#2 Reconstruct accurate historical sequences

    PO#3 Analyze basic historical phenomena.

    PO#4 Evaluate various historical perspectives

    PO#5 Critique historical conflicts.

    PO#6 Discriminate between viewpoints and sources.

  • HIST 1211 - US to 1865


    This course examines the historical development of the United States from the earliest explorations through the Civil War. The course identifies the impact that migration has had in the formation of the society of the United States. The course investigates the events and individuals that have impacted the history of the United States during this time period. It summarizes how the social, political, economic, religious, and cultural forces influence history and international affairs. It explores the major principles of the US and Wyoming Constitutions. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: WY & US Constitutions
    Comments: This course fulfills the same requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 1211 U.S. to 1865, the student will:

    1. Examine the historical development of the United States through the Civil War.
    2. Identify the impact of migration in the United States.
    3. Discuss the formation of society in the United States.
    4. Investigate the events and individuals during this time period in the history of the United States.
    5. Outline how social, political, economic, religious and cultural forces influence history.
    6. Summarize how social, political, economic, religious and cultural forces influence international affairs.
    7. Explore the major principles of the US and Wyoming Constitutions.


  • HIST 1221 - US from 1865


    This course examines the historical development of the United States from the earliest explorations through the Civil War. The course identifies the impact that migration has had in the formation of the society of the United States. The course investigates the events and individuals that have impacted the history of the United States during this time period. It summarizes how the social, political, economic, religious, and cultural forces influence history and international affairs. It explores the major principles of the US and Wyoming Constitutions. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: US and Wyoming Constitutions
    Comments: This course fulfills the same requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 1221 U.S. from 1865, the student will:

    1. Illustrate an understanding of the legacy of Reconstruction.
    2. Outline the economic changes of the late 19th Century and their impact on American society.
    3. Identify the dilemma posed by America’s rise to world power status.
    4. Illustrate familiarity with the political unrest that accompanied industrialization leading up to the Progressive movement.
    5. Appraise the significance of the World Wars in American history.
    6. Relate awareness of the impact of the Great Depression particularly on the growth of the federal government.
    7. Outline the causes of the Cold War.
    8. Distinguish the Baby Boom era and the movement from national consensus to conflict.
    9. Relate familiarity with the range of social issues which created discord in the 1960s.
    10. Examine the historical development of the United States.
    11. Analyze the US and WY Constitutions


  • HIST 1251 - History of Wyoming


    This course is a survey course which encourages an understanding of Wyoming history and Wyoming’s relationship within the west, as well as to the rest of the nation. The class will begin with a study of the first people in Wyoming and then move on through to the 20th Century. This broad survey will include a discussion of the various ethnic groups who influenced Wyoming’s history, as well as discussion of Wyoming’s unique environment, economy, culture, social structure and self- image. An important component of the class will be a discussion of the Wyoming and The U.S. constitutions and how those documents have influenced Wyoming history.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: US and Wyoming Constitutions
    Comments: This course fulfills the same requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 1251, History of Wyoming, the student will:

    1. Explain the relationship between state constitutions and the U.S. Constitution as well as demonstrate an understanding of the unique components of the Wyoming Constitution
    2. Analyze the role played by the federal government in Wyoming’s economy and politics
    3. Discuss the role played by various ethnic groups in the state’s history
    4. Explain the impact of Wyoming’s historic boom and bust economy
    5. Express how Wyoming’s self-image, culture, economy and society developed within Wyoming as well as from outside forces.


    Program Outcomes
    History AA

    PO#1 Acquire basic factual historical knowledge

    PO#2 Reconstruct accurate historical sequences

    PO#3 Analyze basic historical phenomena.

    PO#4 Evaluate various historical perspectives

    PO#5 Critique historical conflicts.

    PO#6 Discriminate between viewpoints and sources.

  • HIST 1425 - History of Rock Music


    This course examines the historical, musical, and socioeconomic development of rock music from its origins to today. Major stylistic trends, performers, producers, and songwriters are studied. Emphasis is on the development of tools for critical thinking and active listening. No prior musical experience is assumed.

     

     

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course also satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MUSC 1425 History of Rock Music, the student will:

    1. examine the historical, musical, and socioeconomic development of rock music.
    2. identify rock music’s precursory styles that contributed to its origins.
    3. describe the musical characteristics of various rock styles from the late 1950s to the present.
    4. associate major artists with their respective styles and movements.
    5. identify major rock styles, notable performers, and historically important recordings.
    6. explain the connections between various musical trends in rock music with concurrent social, political, and economic factors.


    Program Outcomes
    Music AFA

    PO#2 Summarize musical styles, genres, traditions, and major figures from various cultures and historical periods.

    Cross-listed: MUSC 1425 History of Rock Music

  • HIST 2020 - American military History


    This course surveys military experiences of U.S. from colonial period to the present. In addition to specific wars, this course examines military doctrines and political, social and economic forces that shaped conduct of war in American history. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    ENGL 1010 English I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 2020 American Military History, the student will:

    1. Investigate U.S. military experiences.
    2. Analyze the evolution and development of U.S. military strategy.
    3. Explore military doctrines.
    4. Evaluate political, social, and economic forces that shape U.S. military history.
    5. Examine the changes in military organization.
    6. Assess the major technological advance in U.S. weapons, communications, and intelligence gathering capabilities.
    7. Appraise conventional and special military operations.
    8. Explain intelligence gathering, clandestine, and covert actions.
    9. Assess U.S. military power as a peacekeeping entity.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of HIST 2020 American Military History, the student will:

    #1  Acquire basic factual historical knowledge

    #2  Reconstruct Accurate Historical Sequences
    #5  Critique historical conflicts

  • HIST 2290 - History of North American Indians


    This course covers Native American history from European arrival through the 20th century.  The course considers Indian political, social, legal and economic continuity and change.  It also considers ways in which Indian people have experienced and responded to times of dramatic change.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree. This course meets A&S Core Diversity in the US requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HIST 2290 History of North American Indians, the student will:

    1. Explain the impact of European arrival on the American continent and the impact of Native American culture and traditions on arriving Europeans.
    2. Identify the key events, treaties and legal decisions of the 19th century that set the foundation for Indian reservations and mainstream policies.
    3. Discuss the meaning and implications of Indian self-determination and sovereignty.
    4. Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of racial stereotyping.
    5. Discuss the sovereignty issues facing Native Americans in the late 20th and early 21st centuries.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of HIST 2290 History of North American Indians, the student will:

    PO#1 Acquire basic factual historical knowledge

    PO#2 Reconstruct accurate historical sequences

    PO#3 Analyze basic historical phenomena

    PO#4 Evaluate various historical perspectives

    PO#5 Critique historical perspectives

  • Home Economics (HOEC)

  • HOEC 1146 - Nutrition for Health Care


    Intended as a basic course in nutrition for students in health care fields having some knowledge for human biology and chemistry, this course deals with six classes of nutrients, their structure, function and metabolism in the body as well as the recommended dietary intakes and common food sources. Public health and consumer aspects of nutrition will be discussed. This may not be used as a Natural Science elective.

    Credits: 2

  • Horticulture (HORT)

  • HORT 0000 - Any course from the HORT department


    Choose any course from the HORT department.

  • HORT 1005 - Plant Sciences


    This course introduces students to plant anatomy, physiology and taxonomy as it applies to various plant science disciplines including horticulture and agronomy. Students are introduced to principles of crop production in greenhouse and field environments, while exploring the application of plant sciences to various agricultural industries. Topics in specialty crops and pest management are explored.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • HORT 1200 - Herbaceous Perennials


    This course introduces students to herbaceous perennials, including the identification, propagation, selection and garden culture of important horticultural varieties. Students learn to recognize basic plant structure and identify plants using scientific nomenclature.  Students also learn how environmental requirements affect cultivation practices

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None
     



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • HORT 1210 - Woody Ornamentals


    This course introduces students to woody ornamentals, including shrubs and trees used for landscaping and other horticultural practices. The identification, propagation, selection and cultivation of important horticultural varieties are examined. Students learn to recognize basic plant structure and use this information to identify both dormant and actively growing plant materials by scientific name

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • HORT 1470 - Internship in Horticulture


    The intership course provides students in any
    general or transfer discipline a means to
    integrate classroom theory with workplace
    practice.  Students will be placed in a
    working/learning environment that provides for
    structured learning, workplace experience, and
    mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent



  • HORT 2000 - Landscape Management


    The course will integrates horticultural principles with practical procedures for establishing and maintaining a landscapes. This course is designed for students with some background in plant science and a desire to manage either privately or commerical landscapes in a northern climate.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    AECL 1000  Agroecology or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • HORT 2010 - Greenhouse Management


    This course examines the production techniques and facilities management of commercial greenhouses.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • HORT 2025 - Horticulture Science


    This course is designed to give students an overall view of the horticulture industry. Topics include plant propagation, greenhouse and nursery operations, retail and wholesale production methods, the use of plants in landscaping and post-harvest handling and marketing.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    AECL 1000 Agro-Ecology, BIOL 1010 General Biology I, or HORT 1005 Plant Sciences with a grade of C or better

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HORT 2025 Horticultural Science, the student will:

    1. Discuss the economic contribution of horticultural production in the agricultural industry.
    2. Compare the effects of the 5 major hormone classes on plant growth and development.
    3. Characterize environmental factors that influence plant growth and development.
    4. Identify nutrient deficiencies in plant material.
    5. Propagate plant material via asexual methods.
    6. Develop a niche marketing plan for horticultural products.
    7. Compare the root/soil interface in native and manufactured soils.
    8. Discuss the photosynthetic process on plant productivity.
    9. Examine post-harvest handling methods and techniques.


  • HORT 2030 - Landscape Design


    This course covers the steps and methodology of landscape design. Topics include: landscape inventories, site planning, hardscaping, circulation systems and the design and drawing process.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • HORT 2040 - Turfgrass Management


    This course examines the cultivation and management of turfgrass for lawn care, the golf industry, sports field management, sod production and grounds management. Practices in turfgrass propagation, fertilization, establishment, and maintenance are explored, as well as applications of irrigation principles, soil fertility management and pest management.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HORT 2040 Turfgrass Management, the student will:

    1. Distinguish between quality and use of turf varieties.
    2. Outline steps in establishing turf for lawns, sports fields, golf courses and sod production.
    3. Describe appropriate procedures in maintaining turf.
    4. Calculate fertilizer applications dependent on turf grass requirements.
    5. Compare irrigation technologies as they relate to water use efficiency and turf management strategies.
    6. Identify weeds and diseases that impact turf quality.
    7. Categorize soil by type and quality.


  • HORT 2070 - Introduction to Temperate-Zone Pomology


    This course provides students with an overview of fruit and nut crop production in temperate zones.  Emphasis is placed on scientific and common names, plant adaptation, basic morphology, major cultivars, and markets.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    AECL 1000 - Agroecology or instructor approval



  • HORT 2300 - Vegetable Crop Production


    This course introduces students to the concepts, processes, and skills needed to plan, start, cultivate, maintain and harvest a variety of vegetable crops. Students will gain understanding and experience in many approaches to sustainable agriculture related to vegetable production. They will evaluate techniques to preserve soil fertility and reduce water use. Students will also explore the challenges and opportunities in participating in the international, national and local vegetable markets.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: none
    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HORT 2300 Vegetable Crop Production, the student will:

    1. Compare the cultivation requirements for different vegetable varieties.
    2. Evaluate the effects of different cultivation practices on soil fertility, water use, pollution, animal diversity, diseases and pests, and vegetable productivity.
    3. Examine market trends to predict economic value of different vegetable crops.
    4. Discuss food safety as it relates to farming and the distribution of vegetables.
    5. Predict how microclimates, regional climates, and seasonal changes will affect current and future crop production strategies.
    6. Determine the importance of pollinators, both native and introduced, to vegetable reproduction and fruit production.
    7. Distinguish between patented and heritage seed sources.
    8. Investigate the development, use and impact of genetically engineered crops.


  • HORT 2470 - Internship in Horticulture


    This internship course provides a means for students in any general or transfer discipline a means to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice.  Students will be placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

  • Human Development (HMDV)

  • HMDV 1010 - Gateway to Student Success


    This course is designed to increase students’ success in college by assisting them in obtaining skills necessary to reach their education objectives.  Topics include study skills, personal learning style, goal setting, test taking, academic and student services available on campus, time management techniques, career and educational planning, financial planning and money management, relationship development and effective communication, physical and mental health, and self-adjustment concerns.

    Credits: 2

  • HMDV 1025 - Introduction to Online Learning


    This course is designed for students new to online learning or NWCCD’s learning management system.  Topics include: assessing one’s ability to succeed in the online learning environment; ensuring adequate knowledge of and access to technology necessary for successful online learning; and demonstrating effective use of learning management system tools such as logging into a course, navigating an online course, communicating with instructors and other students, locating and submitting assignments, completing quizzes, and checking grades.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HMDV 1025 Introduction to Online Learning, the student will:

    1. Communicate with other students and the instructor.
    2. Navigate the learning management system effectively.
    3. Apply  reasoning skills to develop opinions based on a self-assessment survey.
    4. Optimize their computer system to ensure complete functionality in the online learning environment.
    5. Explain the uses and benefits of online communication and collaboration tools.
    6. Identify potential sources for proctored test taking.
    7. Recognize acts of plagiarism based on a variety of research writing scenarios.


  • HMDV 1050 - Study Skills


    This course is designed to provide students with study skills information and assist them with college-level work. Students learn and practice techniques in note taking, testing preparation, organizational and other related skills.

    Credits: 1

  • HMDV 1100 - Speed Reading


    This course is designed to give students the opportunity to increase their pace of reading without sacrificing understanding.  The course is designed for students who have good comprehension and vocabulary skills.

    Credits: 1

    Comments: S/U grading

  • HMDV 1450 - Leadership Through Group Dynamics


    This course provides a basic understanding of leadership and group dynamics theory and assists the student in developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and an awareness of one’s own ability and style of leadership. The course provides the opportunity to develop essential leadership skills through study and observation of the application of these skills. The course encourages students to develop their leadership potentials and to engage in productive leadership behavior.

    Credits: 3

  • HMDV 1520 - Job Seeking Skills


    This course will give students the necessary knowledge to secure employment. Students will become acquainted with filling out applications, preparing a cover letter, creating a professional portfolio, creating a resume, locating a job, writing a letter of thanks and participating in an interview.

    Credits: 1

  • Humanities (HUMN)

  • HUMN 1080 - Introduction to Women’s Studies


    This course examines the impact of the social construction of gender in societies worldwide.  The course covers numerous topics from various feminist perspectives, including concepts of privilege and inequality, how gender is learned, women’s sexuality, work, religion, health, family, violence against women, and activist movements.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Studies / Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree. This is a Writing Intensive course.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or enrollment in, ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HUMN 1080 Introduction to Women’s Studies, the student will:

    1. Develop a greater understanding of the differences and similarities that exist among women of variant ethnicities, socioeconomic classes, and alternate lifestyles.
    2. Develop a greater understanding of how biology and culture influence behavior.
    3. Develop a familiarity with the major tenets of the women’s studies discipline.
    4. Critique texts foundational to the field.
    5. Analyze our gendered world through study of popular culture, language, advertisement, and public spaces.
    6. Differentiate between social expectations of men and women.
    7. Examine the idea of privilege as it relates to gender.
    8. Examine contemporary women’s activism worldwide.
    9. Evaluate major societal institutions (religion, sexuality, health, family, and work) as they relate to women.


    Cross-listed: WMST 1080, ENGL 1080, SOC 1080
  • Industrial Maintenance (INDM)

    Information Management (IMGT)

  • IMGT 2400 - Introduction to Information Management


    This course introduces business students to the fundamentals of managing information systems and covers the role of information systems in managing organizations to make them more competitive and efficient.  Specifically the course looks at the organizational and technical foundations of information systems and building and managing systems. This course is a sophomore level class intended for all business and computer students and helps the student understand the effective and competitive use of information technology. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: Prior to Spring 2008, IMGT 2400 was listed as BMIS 2000 - Computer Information Systems

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of IMGT 2400 Introduction to Information Management, the student will:

    1. Define an information system and the components of management information systems
    2. Evaluate the Systems Development Life Cycle, i.e. the process of initiating, planning, analyzing, designing, testing, developing, and installing information systems.
    3. Discuss the impact of information technology on decision making along with identifying the different decision support and artificial intelligence tools and the applications of these tools
    4. Identify the manager’s role in protecting people and information along with the risk associated with information and information technology
    5. Contrast the models for e-commerce, e-business, and e-government with regards to business strategies, marketing approaches, financial issues, and security concerns
    6. Define the key characteristics of relational databases, business intelligence, databases, data warehouses, data marts, and analytical tools as they apply to organizational roles and business processes
    7. Explain how a competitive advantage is built through business intelligence and the use of CRM, SCM, ECE, and ERP systems
    8. Discuss the differences among the various types of IT infrastructure along with the need for integrated enterprise systems and explain the effective use of backup, recovery, and disaster recovery plans
    9. Analyze spreadsheet data using appropriate analysis tools such as filtering, conditional formatting, and graphs


  • Instructional Technology (ITEC)

  • ITEC 2360 - Educational Technology Theory & Applications


    This course is an introduction to the theories and hands-on applications of appropriate and effective uses of technology for teaching and learning. Course experiences include hardware/software selection and use, distance education, adaptive technology, integrated applications, and multimedia applied to all areas of education.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    EDFD 2020 - Foundations of Education, and completion of or concurrent enrollment in EDFD 2100 - Educational Psychology



    Minimum Student Competencies

    Upon completion of ITEC 2360 Educational Technology Theory and Applications, the student will:

    1. Explore a variety of educational technologies and their impact on teaching and learning.
    2. Explore state and national educational technology standards.
    3. Design teaching strategies appropriately utilizing technology.
    4. Develop student learning activities meaningfully integrating technology into learning.
    5. Apply technology learning theory to practical learning environments.
    6. Construct a professional webpage.
    7. Construct an e-portfolio.
    8. Integrate educational technologies to enhance the presentation of information.
    9. Construct educational software, Internet and library resources
    10. Evaluate the appropriateness of digital media used for communication and learning
    11. Identify ethical, legal, and societal issues that pertain to educational technologies in the K-12 environment.
    12. Engage in professional conversations regarding the use of educational technology.


  • Internet Education (INET)

  • INET 1550 - Introduction to the Internet


    Introduction to the Internet serves as a foundation and framework for learning how businesses and individuals make effective use of the Internet and Internet resources including newsgroups, lists, research, e-commerce, and FTP. The course will include on-line exploration and electronic communication.

    Credits: 1.5

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 1550 Introduction to the Internet, the student will:

    1. define and understand specific Internet and Web terminology.
    2. identify options to connect to the Internet.
    3. use proper network etiquette.
    4. demonstrate an awareness of legal, ethical and security issues associated with working and doing business on the Internet.
    5. participate in typical web activities such as lists, newsgroups, chat, e-mail, blogs, and online conferencing.
    6. effectively use, evaluate, and cite electronic information research resources and personalized information technology.
    7. implement security measures using the operating system and browser features; use antivirus procedures to protect computers and information.
    8. evaluate Web sites to determine the value and accuracy of information obtained download files, save files, and print files from the Internet.
    9. design, create, and launch a simple web page.
    10. explain the history and development of the Internet and the Web.
    11. discuss the major issues and concerns involved with electronic commerce from both the consumer and the business viewpoints.


  • INET 1580 - Web Page Authoring


    This course covers the fundamental concept and practices of creating web content. Students begin by developing a basic web page and move on to developing a basic website. Topics include: organizing content; working with page layout; writing well-formed, valid HTML, working with cascading style sheets (CSS); linking to external websites and files on the Web. This course involves hands-on web page creation, giving students sufficient knowledge and confidence to design, develop and maintain quality web sites. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 1580 Web Page Authoring, the student will:

    1. define basic web page terminology.
    2. construct a variety of web pages using HTML5 and CSS.
    3. construct pages using web page authoring software.
    4. construct responsive pages.
    5. differentiate between the structure and style of a web page.
    6. customize pages using only CSS.
    7. apply proper HTML structure to content.
    8. analyze pages for content, styling, and web compliance.
    9. use an IDE to build a web page.
    10. interpret results of web page validation tools.
    11. select appropriate photo formats for use in web pages.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#1 Use markup languages to present information in web pages.

  • INET 1610 - Dynamic Web Pages


    This course examines and demonstrates essential elements in creating interactive and non-interactive Web animation. The emphasis of this course is on modern day principles and practices used to create animation. Students are required to make effective animations that are browser agnostic and explore and utilize third party libraries and services to build or enhance their own animations.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    INET 2000 Web Programming II with a grade of C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 1610 Dynamic Web Pages, the student will:

    1. contrast the effectiveness of different web animation techniques.
    2. appraise situational uses for animation and media on the web.
    3. identify animation in the fields of business, education, entertainment, advertising, and art.
    4. demonstrate appropriate uses of sound, text, and animation on the web.
    5. construct animated components using best practices.
    6. utilize third party libraries and services in animations.
    7. develop self-contained widgets/components for use on a web site.
    8. design solutions that are responsive.
    9. differentiate between mobile and desktop input and output mechanisms.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#2 Use web technologies to build interactive components on a web page.
    PO#4 Use multiple web technologies to build dynamic web applications connected to data repositories.

  • INET 1650 - Web Programming I


    This course covers JavaScript programming language.  Students learn about such topics as statements, comments, variables, conditions, loops, functions, and arrays.  The course focuses on client-side JavaScript and the manipulation of the web page DOM and canvas.  Students learn to write web applications that process and report data based on user input.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    COSC 1010 Introduction To Computer Science I with a C or better. INET 1580 Web Page Authoring or good understanding of HTML/CSS recommended.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 1650 Web Programming I , the student will:

    1. describe the DOM.
    2. create web applications to solve real and simulated problems.
    3. apply proper programming techniques.
    4. analyze debugging messages.
    5. demonstrate a systematic method of problem solving.
    6. utilize basic data structures, conditionals, arrays and other elements when creating web applications.
    7. organize JavaScript code that facilitates maintenance.
    8. develop functions to optimize code reuse.
    9. author comments in code to clearly document web applications.
    10. use industry tools to design, develop and maintain web applications.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#1 Use markup languages to present information in web pages.

    PO#2 Use web technologies to build interactive components on a web page.

    PO#6 Apply programming knowledge in the creation and maintenance of programs and scripts.

  • INET 1800 - Web Game Programming


    This foundation level course teaches the essential elements in computer game programming.  The class utilizes an interpreted computer language, or scripting language, as a web development tool for web-based game creation.  The students program computer games that incorporate graphics, sound, and user interactivity for deployment on the web.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    INET 1610 - Dynamic Web Graphics: Flash or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of the course, the student will:

    1. Use scripted programming or interpreted computer language programming.
    2. Demonstrate simulated physics with computer programming.
    3. Create a program that demonstrates the basics of artificial intelligence.
    4. Program collision detection.
    5. Program, using the following tools: event handlers, operators, booleans, conditional statements, and loops, logical operators, functions, arrays, objects, and classes.
    6. Program using trigonometry in games.
    7. Create working programs that demonstrate sound in games.
    8. Create a working example of parallax scrolling.
    9. Create a game program that functions in real time.
    10. Debug and troubleshoot game programs.
    11. Analyze and evaluate graphics and sound optimization for web delivery.
    12. Use server-side scripting to create high-score boards.


  • INET 1820 - Scripting Languages I


    This course introduces the fundamental concepts of programming from a scripting language perspective to students with little or no programming experience.  Students write small programs to accomplish useful tasks in a variety of popular scripting languages.  In addition, students develop confidence working in both Windows and Unix-like based systems.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 1820 Scripting Languages , the student will:

    1. explain statements and expressions.
    2. apply variables to store information.
    3. apply flow control statements to complete tasks.
    4. analyze debugging statements.
    5. evaluate expressions that use arithmetic and logical operators.
    6. differentiate scripting language files by their extension or syntax.
    7. execute scripts using applicable interpreter.
    8. apply loops to complete repetitive tasks.
    9. contrast discrepancies between Windows and Unix-like that impact various aspects of scripting languages.
    10. create headless programs that run in the background.
    11. apply good programming practices when creating programs.
    12. organize output for support and maintenance.
    13. create programs that interact with users.
    14. implement programs that interface with databases or file systems.


  • INET 2000 - Web Programming II


    This course covers advanced JavaScript application development topics, including AJAX calls, web services, game loops, event driven programming, local storage, and remote storage containers.  This course also reviews leading JavaScript UI libraries, a key component of professional front-end development.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    T 1650 Web Programming I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 2000 Web Programming II , the student will:

    1. design systems that use asynchronous methods.
    2. Implement solutions that utilize various storage techniques.
    3. construct solutions using existing web services.
    4. analyze debug statements in advanced web applications.
    5. demonstrate good source control practices.
    6. develop smooth animations in web applications.
    7. weigh advantages of various JavaScript libraries.
    8. apply advanced object-oriented programming techniques.
    9. devise ways to troubleshoot web applications.
    10. author installation and usage documentation.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#1 Use markup languages to present information in web pages.

    PO#2 Use web technologies to build interactive components on a web page.

    PO#4 Use multiple web technologies to build dynamic web applications connected to data repositories.

    PO#6 Apply programming knowledge in the creation and maintenance of programs and scripts.

  • INET 2010 - Data Driven Web Sites


    This course provides a general introduction to the basic framework of a database-driven web site using the programming language PHP.  Students integrate HTML, CSS, JavaScript and a database storage container to build a dynamic web site that takes user input.  The course also covers the MVC framework and requires students to build an application that utilizes an MicroMVC framework.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    INET Web Programming I and INET 1820 Scripting Languages I with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 2010 Data Driven Web Sites, the student will:

    1. describe the basic framework of a data-driven Web site.
    2. analyze how databases are used to support web sites.
    3. create a complex data driven web site that collects data, filters, and displays data dynamically.
    4. author project presentation.
    5. demonstrate use of sessions.
    6. examine code for common security vulnerabilities.
    7. use appropriate object-oriented techniques.
    8. use various debugging approaches for multi-layered web application.
    9. implement security best practices.
    10. assemble PHP libraries to build a web application.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#4 Use multiple web technologies to build dynamic web applications connected to data repositories.

  • INET 2650 - Content Management Systems


    This course examines the basics of a websites created using content management systems, an extremely flexible and scalable technology used for making websites that need database functionality and constant content updates. Students learn, through hands-on projects, how to install, configure, and manage a content management systems (CMS). In addition, students program various components using HTML, CSS, JavaScript and PHP to customize and extend a CMS to meet specific needs or business requirements for a particular project.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    INET 2000 Web Programming I and INET 2010 Data Driven Websites, with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 2650 Content Management Systems, the student will:

    1. configure a web server, MySQL server and PHP to host a CMS.
    2. create user accounts with appropriate permissions and roles.
    3. Install basic CMS security components.
    4. create menus, articles and special pages using the CMS administrative tools.
    5. create customized page layouts.
    6. integrate new functionality through approved CMS hooks.
    7. compare webhosting and domain name services for a web site.
    8. differentiate between GPL, LGPL, and BSD licenses.
    9. observe copyright laws and restrictions.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#3 Demonstrate a working knowledge of how to create, modify, query and maintain databases.

    PO#5 Use fundamental skills to manage a site hosted on a content management system.

  • INET 2895 - Web Design Capstone Seminar


    This course allows students to synthesize the skills and knowledge from all coursework in Web Development, and to highlight and demonstrate those skills.  Students participate in an individual or group class project requiring research, design, construction, and maintenance of a complete web application or CMS based web site. Students are encouraged to work with a client from initial interview through presentation of final project.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    INET 2000 Web Programming II and INET 2010 Data Driven Web Sites, with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of INET 2895 Web Design Capstone Seminar, the student will:

    1. develop a specification document.
    2. produce a feature rich web application or CMS backed web site.
    3. use programming best practices in the development of the project.
    4. author appropriate comments in code.
    5. incorporate 3rd party components such as JavaScript libraries or PHP libraries.
    6. integrate web services.
    7. implement advanced JavaScript concepts such as asynchronous calls.
    8. construct a solution that includes a database.
    9. present the final site to faculty, client or community.
    10. author project summary.


    Program Outcomes
    Web Development AAS

    PO#1 Use markup languages to present information in web pages.

    PO#4 Use multiple web technologies to build dynamic web applications connected to data repositories.

    PO#6 Apply programming knowledge in the creation and maintenance of programs and scripts.

  • Italian (ITAL)

    Kinesiology (KIN)

  • KIN 1020 - Fundamentals Of Taping & Wrapping Athletic Injuries


    This course is designed to study and practice supportive wrapping and taping techniques. Emphasis on proper techniques and appropriate injury situations requiring added support. Ideal for students interested in careers in: medicine, coaching, athletic training, physical therapy, massage therapy, chiropractic, and other sports medicine and allied health related fields.

    Credits: 1

    Comments: Previously under the course number of PEPR 1053

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • KIN 2395 - Excercise Science Capstone


    This course examines contemporary issues and topics in the field of exercise science that impact and influence the profession. Topics include, but are not limited to, fitness and exercise trends, body image, strength and conditioning, scope of practice, health care, policies and business ethics, expansion of the exercise and fitness industry and related careers, educational, social, and health status implications.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Instructor consent.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • Land Surveying (LS)

  • LS 2020 - GPS, Geodesy & Lease Squares


    This course covers all aspects of GPS needed to understand and use GPS as a land surveyor including the basics of GPS technology, common hardware, surveying methods, survey design, planning and observing, real-time kinematics and DGPS.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    LS 2400 Basic Geodesy for Today’s Land Surveyo



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 2110 - Real Property Law


    This course covers all major areas of real property law, including the nature of real property, types of ownership,  real estate contracts, title and insurance, financing, landlord and tenant, land use, environmental law and regulation. An understanding of real property law is fundamental to understanding boundary law.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 2400 - Basic Geodesy for Today’s GPS Land Surveyor


    This course discusses the history of geodesy from its infancy, including different measurement techniques, coordinate systems, ellipsoids and datums. It provides information about geodetic and Cartesian coordinates and their relationship to one another. This course also provides the understanding of the difference between grid and ground coordinates and the different geodetic and Cartesian coordinate systems available today.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 3100 - Real Property Descriptions


    This course introduces students to the analysis of already recorded land descriptions used for title ownership and identification, plus the writing of new descriptions which properly reflect the record and legal requirements.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 3110 - Boundary Evidence


    This course is a practical and working guide to understanding survey evidence and the laws of boundary location for efficient, accurate boundary determination.  This material aids in the elimination of errors in location of land boundaries.  The surveyor’s liability and statutes of limitations are explored in depth.  Also included are discussions of the surveyor’s role in court.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070 Engineering Surveying I



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 3120 - Boundary Principles


    This course in basic boundary law addresses the fundamental principles of real property as applied to land surveying and related professions.  Discussion and applications center on practical situations and concepts commonly encountered while conducting boundary surveys and the determination of the extent of ownership rights.  Students explore the scope of the surveyor’s judiciary role in real property ownership.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070 Engineering Surveying I



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 3130 - Public Land Surveys


    This course covers the basic fundamentals of the Public Land Survey System (PLSS), dependent and independent resurveys, survey plats, “bona fide rights,” riparian boundaries, non-rectangular entities, corner evidence and the role of the modern day surveyor.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070 Engineering Survey



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • LS 3200 - Route Surveying


    This course covers the principles of route location and design. The theories of circular, parabolic, and spiral curves, highway and railway geometric design, area and volumes of earthwork, and mass diagrams are discussed.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070 Engineering Surveying I, or instructor consent



  • LS 3210 - Advanced Surveying


    This course covers advanced topics in surveying computations and procedures including traverse error analysis, topographic surveying, mapping, astronomical observations, coordinate geometry applications, introduction to geodesy, state plan coordinates, and concepts of least square analysis of survey adjustments.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENTK 2070 Engineering Surveying I, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • Machine Tool Technology (MCHT)

  • MCHT 0000 - Any course from the MCHT department


    Choose any course from the MCHT department.

  • MCHT 1500 - Introduction to Machining


     

    This course is a one semester course designed to help the learner become interested in and familiar with basic machine tool practices needed to produce metal parts to specifications. Area of concentration is on shop safety, print reading and machining on a lathe.

    Credits: 4

  • MCHT 1600 - Machine Tool Skills Lab


    This course is a one semester (repeatable) course designed to allow students the opportunity to develop machining skills through practical experience and repeated performances to become more proficient in the machine tool trade.  The students develop competencies they wish to achieve in the machine tool area with help from the instructor.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lab

    Co-requisites:
    Concurrent enrollment in MCHT 1610 Machine Tool Technology I, MCHT 1620 Machine Tool Technology II, MCHT 2710  Machine Tool Technology III, MCHT 1700 Introduction to CNC Programming and Operation, or MCHT 2700 CNC Turning and Machining Centers

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MCHT 1600 Machine Tool Skills Lab , the student will:

    1. Practice safe work habits.
    2. Model a neat and orderly work area.
    3. Interpret detailed drawings used in a machine shop.
    4. Safely use hand tools commonly used in the machine shop.
    5. Operate all lab equipment safely.
    6. Practice traits that are pertinent to job performance: attitude, initiative, job knowledge, quality and safety.


    Program Outcomes
    Machine Tool Technology

    PO#1 Perform safety skills in an industrial setting.

    PO#2 Interpret information from a blue print.

    PO#3 Produce parts from a blue print on a manual machine.

  • MCHT 1610 - Machine Tool Tech I


    This course is a one semester course designed to introduce the learner to the machining field and the career opportunities and personal traits needed to be successful in the trade.  Emphasis is placed on general shop safety, measuring tools, layout tools, hand tools and bench-work fundamentals.  The course covers safety, repair, maintenance, setup and basic operational procedures on the pedestal grinder, drill press and the metal lathe.  The vertical mill and its operations are introduced.

    Credits: 6

    Co-requisites:

    MCHT 1600 Machine Tool Skills Lab



  • MCHT 1620 - Machine Tool Tech II


    This course is a continuation of MCHT 1610 Machine Tool Technology I.  Emphasis is placed on personal traits needed to be successful in the trade, shop safety, print reading, layout work, accurate measuring and inspection.  Areas of concentration are safety, repair, and maintenance.  Set-up and advanced operational procedures are covered on the metal lathe, vertical mill, horizontal mill, and drilling machines.  New cutting tools and procedures to efficiently remove metal are introduced. 

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    MCHT 1500 Introduction to Machining or MCHT 1610 Machine Tool Technology I, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    MCHT 1600 Machine Tool Skills Lab



  • MCHT 1630 - Tools, Instruments & Machines


    This course is a one semester course designed to teach the learner proper care and use of basic tools, measuring instruments and safety procedures.  Precision measuring and basic operational procedures on drill presses, power saws, and the correct use of hand tools are covered.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MCHT 1630 Tools, Instruments & Machines, the student will:

    Model a neat and orderly work area.

    Identify commonly used measuring instruments.

    Demonstrate the ability to calibrate precision measuring tools.

    Select proper tools to do semi-precision layout. 

    Demonstrate the proper use of hand tools.

    Demonstrate the proper use of precision measuring tools.

    Identify the parts and names of precision measuring tools.

    Explain the terms: tolerance, allowance, limits of size, fit.

    Interpret the effects of temperature changes of metal with the direct relationship to measurement.

    Program Outcomes
    Machine Tool Technology

    PO#1 Perform safety skills in an industrial setting.

    PO#2 Interpret information from a blue print.

  • MCHT 1700 - CNC Program & Operations


     

    This course is a one semester course that covers operations on Computer Numerical Control (CNC) Machining Centers and CNC Turning Centers using manual and computer-generated programs to machine products.  Specifics areas of study include simple and practical programming techniques using CAM software, CNC cutting tools, and mass production procedures.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MCHT 1610 - Machine Tool Technology I or MCHT 1500 - Introduction to Machining



    Co-requisites:

    MCHT 1600 - Machine Tool Skills Lab



  • MCHT 1800 - Interpret Prints & Drawings


    This course is a one semester course designed to teach the learner accurate print reading and interpretation of drawings, tolerances, and symbols used in the machining field. The basic principles of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing are introduced.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • MCHT 1900 - Introduction to Gunsmithing


    This course introduces students basic work on firearms.  The course reviews the safe handling of firearms and introduces the details of the cleaning and care of firearms.  The course covers the use, care and construction of hand tools used in gunsmithing, as well as the use and care of precision measurement tools common to gunsmithing.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    Familiarity with firearms, firearms terminology and the essential rules of firearm safety or instructor consent.



  • MCHT 2520 - Solidworks


    This course emphasizes 3D model development, manipulation and visualization.  It introduces the application of feature based parametric modeling methods.  Students utilize SolidWorks drafting software to learn basic part and assembly modeling techniques and presentation of drawings, including section, detail, and exploded views.  Students will apply machining knowledge to create prints for projects they will manufacture in the shop.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MCHT 1800 Interpret Prints & Drawings OR ENTK 1500 Engineering Graphics or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • MCHT 2700 - CNC Turning & Machining Centers


    This course is a one semester course designed for the learner to utilize CAD to make drawings, generate computer programs using CAM software and to program and operate CNC vertical machining and turning centers to produce parts to specification.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MCHT 1700 Introduction to CNC Programming & Operations with a C or better, or instructor consent



  • MCHT 2710 - Machine Tool Tech III


    This course is an upper level technical course designed to give learners advanced knowledge and practical experiences required to be employed in the machining field.  Areas covered include the application of cutting tools, cutting fluids, types of cutting tool, precision measuring and inspection, basic metallurgy and surface grinding procedures.  Advanced setup and machining operations are studied and practiced on lathes, mills, and grinders.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    MCHT 1620 - Machine Tool Technology II



  • MCHT 2720 - Machine Tool Tech IV


    This course is a continuation of Machine Tool Tech III. Advanced precision machining and operator efficiency procedures are practiced on lathes, horizontal and vertical mills, and surface grinders. A variety of practical jobs will be machined to meet industry standards.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    MCHT 2710 - Machine Tool Technology III



  • MCHT 2800 - Computer Aided Machining


    This course is designed to introduce the learner to utilize CAD to make drawings, and create toolpaths in order to generate programs using CAM software.  These programs are used to operate Computer Numerical Control (CNC) Turning and Machining Centers.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in MCHT 2700 CNC Turning & Machining Centers and MCHT 2520 Solidworks, or instructor consent.



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • MCHT 2820 - Manufacturing Methods


    This course is designed to familiarize students with current manufacturing processes needed to convert raw materials into quality products.  Specific areas of study include product research and development, production planning, and computer automation.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    MCHT 2700 CNC Turning and Machining Centers and MCHT 2710 Machine Tool Technology III, or instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    MCHT 1600 Machine Tool Skills Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MCHT 2820 Manufacturing Methods, the student will:

    1. Practice safe work habits.
    2. Model a neat and orderly work area.
    3. Practice traits that are pertinent to job performance.
    4. Utilize CAD to assist in the creation, modification and analysis of design.
    5. Write programs utilizing G & M Code to produce NC files.
    6. Conduct research to develop machining techniques needed to economically manufacture a product.
    7. Design jigs and fixtures commonly used in production work.
    8. Operate CNC machining and turning centers safely.


    Program Outcomes
    Machine Tool Technology

    PO#1 Perform safety skills in an industrial setting.

    PO#2 Interpret information from a blue print.

    PO#3 Produce parts from a blue print on a manual machine.

    PO#4 Perform programming and setup procedures on a CNC (computer numerical control) machine.

    PO#5 Design and manufacture parts using CAD/CAM software.

  • MCHT 2900 - Computer Aided Machining II


    This course is designed to introduce the learner to multi-axis machining.  Students use CAM software to create toolpaths in order to generate programs for multi-axis programming.  These programs are used to operate Computer Numerical Control (CNC) Machining Centers.

    Credits: 5

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of MCHT 2800 Computer Aided Machining with a ‘C’ or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MCHT 2900 Computer Aided Machining II , the student will:

    1. Create 4 & 5 axis toolpaths for Machining centers using Computer Aided Machining software.
    2. Set up the Machining centers.
    3. Create parts using generated code.
    4. Evaluate part dimensions to see if they meet desired tolerances.
    5. Interpret computer generated code to produce accurate parts.
    6. Operate Machining centers in a safe manner.
    7. Post process code using CAM software.
    8. Apply skills essential to succeed with-in the field of computer aided machining.
    9. Apply knowledge using CAM software in a manufacturing environment.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of MCHT 2900 Computer Aided Machining II, the student will:

    1. Perform safety skills in an industrial setting.
    2. Interpret information from a blue print.
    3. Perform programming and setup procedures on a computer numerical controlled machine.
    4. Design and manufacturing parts using CAD/CAM (computer aided drafting/computer aided machining software.


  • Management (MGT)

  • MGT 0000 - Any course from the MGT department


    Choose any course from the MGT department.

  • MGT 1200 - Human Resources Management


    This course examines effective practices that help organizations gain a competitive advantage through effective use of human resources.  Students examine laws governing employment; methods for recruiting, selecting, and retraining employees; current trends in training and personnel development; best practices in performance evaluation; labor relations; and the partnership between line supervisors / managers and human resource departments.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MGT 2100 - Managment and Organization with a grade of “C” or better



  • MGT 2100 - Management and Organization


    This course introduces the basic principles of organizing and managing a business with emphasis on the primary purposes and responsibilities of management, types of organizational structure, personnel relationships and the functions of management.

    Credits: 3

  • Marketing (MKT)

  • MKT 0000 - Any course from the MKT department


    Choose any course from the MKT department.

  • MKT 1000 - Sales


    This course will guide students to explore and analyze successful sales and sales management behaviors. Students will develop competency in professional selling approaches, conversations and presentations, and sales management techniques. Course topics include creating value in the buyer-seller relationships, prospecting, sales call planning, communicating the message, negotiating for win-win solutions, closing the sale, as well as how to motivate, compensate, and train sales people.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MKT 1000 Sales, the student will:

    1) Analyze the personal selling process, the dynamic nature of strategic sales management and the resultant effects on an organization and its customers.

    2) Apply the basic framework of different sales organization types, as well as diverse staffing and sales training strategies.

    3) Identify the role of leadership in motivating a sales force.

    4) Analyze the pros and cons of various sales compensation and expense systems.

    5) Outline the fundamental role of sales planning including forecasting, budgeting and sales territory management.

    6) Describe how to evaluate individual and organization sales performance including the analysis of sales volume, cost and profitability.

    7) Apply negotiation skills.

    8)  Apply marketing principles in a business environment

    9) Evaluate the ethical, legal, and regulatory parameters for business enterprises.

    10) Compare the different styles of sales practices.

  • MKT 2100 - Marketing


    The principles, methods, and problems of the distribution of consumer goods and services are discussed, with emphasis placed on the importance of marketing in the U. S. economics system. Retailing and wholesaling of both consumer and industrial goods are studied from a managerial point of view incorporating contemporary marketing policies and practices.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ECON 1020 - Microeconomics or instructor consent.



  • Massage Therapy (HLTK)

  • HLTK 1720 - Massage Therapy Techniques I


    This course is the first of a two-semester hands-on technique series that provides the foundation skills for Massage Therapy (MT). It comprehensively covers techniques and sequencing for Swedish massage (SWM) (a basic approach to massage) and introduces neuromuscular massage (a more technical approach).  The foundations of Swedish massage modality are taught with an emphasis on technique and development of palpation skills.  Other modalities covered are, energy work, chair massage, and hot stone.

    Credits: 5

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Co-requisites:
    HLTK 1730Communication, Ethics & Business Application and HLTK 1740 Ergonomics

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1720 Massage Therapy Techniques I, the student will:

    1. Perform systematic, complete, effective and safe Swedish Massage sequencing and techniques for head, neck, anterior and posterior extremities and torso.
    2. Demonstrate basic MT protocols regarding documentation (of client history and of therapy), approach, speed, flow, lubricants (type and amount) and ergonomics.
    3. Utilize appropriate client preparation and draping procedures, linen care and hygiene practices when performing MT.
    4. Create an appropriate MT environment considering elements such as lighting, music, cleanliness, ambient temperature and superficial warming.
    5. Describe appropriate MT modalities for the most common pathologies (headaches, simple postural distortions, back pain, varicose veins, cancers) and explain the effects of those modalities.
    6. Explain the difference between Swedish and Neuromuscular MT.
    7. Explain and use beginning Neuromuscular Massage terminology and principles such as trigger points and connective tissue relationships.
    8. Perform elementary Neuromuscular-based postural/distortion assessments.
    9. Possess skills necessary for beginning the comprehensive study of Neuromuscular MT techniques.


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO#1 Identify contradictions to Massage Therapy.

  • HLTK 1730 - Communication, Ethics & Business Application


    This course focuses on theory and standards important to the practice of massage therapy. It presents the history of massage therapy around the world.  The course provides thorough instruction in therapist-client communication, ethics and legal issues of practice and culminates with the completion of a comprehensive business plan.

     

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1730 Communication, Ethics & Business Application, the student will:

    1. Describe the important historical contributions to the field
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of ethical and professional considerations between therapist and client.
    3. Demonstrate effective communication
    4. Create a business plan


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO#4 Design a comprehensive business plan

  • HLTK 1740 - Ergonomics


    This course focuses on the theory and application of ergonomics. Students gain the knowledge and skills necessary to assess and modify working conditions to protect the massage therapist from somatic dysfunction, incorrect body alignment, posture and movement.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1740 Ergonomics, the student will:

    1. Define ergonomics and its role in the field of massage therapy and the office.
    2. Explain biomechanical fundamentals and how improper repetitive motion can lead to chronic injury/pain.
    3. Demonstrate neutral body alignment.
    4. Perform an ergonomic assessment on a client.


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO# 3 Demonstrate effective use of techniques of a modality in the clinical setting.

    PO#6 Correlate Body Structure and Function to maintain health.

  • HLTK 1750 - Massage Therapy Techniques II


    This course, the second of a two-semester hands-on technique series, offers comprehensive coverage of Neuromuscular Massage Therapy. In addition to systematic assessments, protocols and sequencing for all parts of the body, the course will cover breathing dynamics, detailed postural assessment, introductory kinesiology, sports massage techniques, lymphatic drainage methods, and integration of different modalities in client-centered Massage Therapy setting.

    Credits: 5

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    HLTK 1720 Massage Therapy I and HLTK 1730 Communication, Ethics and Business Application

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1750 Massage Therapy Techniques II, the student will:

    1. Perform appropriate, systematic, complete, effective and safe Neuromuscular Massage sequencing, protocols (approach, speed, flow and lubrication) and techniques for the head, anterior posterior neck, anterior and posterior extremities; anterior torso, and posterior torso.
    2. Explain and use all Neuromuscular Massage terminology and principles.
    3. Perform complete postural/distortion assessments demonstrating detailed knowledge of anatomy/anatomical planes.
    4. Demonstrate appropriate sports massage techniques, including pre- and post-event modalities.
    5. Describe and utilize elementary kinesiology principles, explaining how the body moves in space and the manner in which these principles relate to the practice of MT.
    6. Integrate Swedish and neuromuscular Massage techniques along with other modalities into a flowing effective therapy session for each individual client’s needs.


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO#2 Integrate protocols of a given modality as needed during treatment

  • HLTK 1760 - Relaxation Techniques


    This course covers three types of relaxation methods (breathing, visualization and movement) and how they can be integrated. It includes practicing these stress-management techniques as well as learning to instruct others in them.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of (HLTK 1760 Relaxation Techniques) , the student will:

    1. Describe, practice and teach the relaxation response.
    2. Relax clients during MT.
    3. Explain the anatomy and mechanics of breath.
    4. Describe, practice and teach three breathing techniques for relaxation.
    5. Describe, practice and guide others through scripted relaxing visualizations and through methods of creating individualized visualizations.
    6. Guide MT clients through the use of visualization techniques to describe body symptoms, therapy modalities and effects.
    7. Describe, practice and teach movement as a relaxation method, including range of motion exercises for injuries, several styles of stretching (Tai Chi and yoga) as well as traditional exercise programs.
    8. Identify the indications and contraindications for different breathing, visualization and movement relaxation.
    9. Present clients with an integrated approach to stress-management.


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO# 1 Identify contradictions

    PO# 2 Integrate protocols of a given modality as needed during treatment

  • HLTK 1780 - Supplemental Modalities


    This course exposes students to various supplemental therapies available in the field of massage therapy, and covers the fundamentals of these modalities. It is also designed to appeal to professional massage therapists in the community who may need to maintain their certification status.  Examples of current modalities are T’ai Chi, aromatherapy, reflexology, canine massage, and infant/pregnancy massage.  Enrollment priority is given to students in the certificate program.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1780 Supplemental Modalities, the student will:

    1. Identify a modality utilized by/for the massage therapist.
    2. Examine how the modality affects the mind and body.
    3. Analyze its use and popularity in our culture and other cultures.
    4. Discuss any pertinent facts and findings related to Meditation, Aromatherapy, Yoga, Tai chi, Qigong, Mindfulness, and other different modalities.
    5. Implement skills learned through the modality.
    6. Explore the effects on body systems of therapeutic modalities researched, learned, and practiced.


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO#2 Integrate protocols of a given modality as needed during treatment.

  • HLTK 1785 - Supplemental Modalities II


    This course will expose students to a particular modality of therapy available in the field of bodywork. One modality will be emphasized for the semester. It will cover the fundamentals, applications, and contraindications of the modality. This course will also be available to certified massage professionals that would like to learn a new skill or need additional training to maintain their certification status. Enrollment priority will be given to students in the program.  Each semester will focus on one modality, with subsequent semesters offering a new modality.  Examples are: advanced neuromuscular technique, Asian bodywork and Reiki.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1785 Supplemental Modalities II, the student will:

    1. Explain the principles of the modality.
    2. Describe possible indication/contradictions of the modality.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of subjective, objective, assessment, plan (SOAP) documentation
    4. Demonstrate the integration of the modality with other practices.


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO#5 Assess workforce readiness through self-appraisal
     

  • HLTK 1970 - Massage Therapy Clinical


    This practicum provides exposure and experience in applying Massage Therapy (MT) principles, protocols and techniques in a professional MT setting.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    HLTK 1720 Massage Therapy Techniques I, HLTK 1730 Communication, Ethics & Business Application, and HLTK 1740 Ergonomics

    Co-requisites:
    HLTK 1750 Massage Therapy Techniques II

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 1970 Massage Therapy Clinical, the student will:

    1. Students will be required to maintain a journal of activities during clinical portion of the program.
    2. Students will be required to log and document a minimum of 6.5 hours per week in client service.
    3. Students will be expected to see a minimum of three (3) clients per week, during the clinical Experience.
    4. Students will need to see at least one new client per week in the clinical setting.
    5. With the supervising therapist, students will assess sessions and document areas of strength and  areas of concern


    Program Outcomes
    Massage Therapy

    PO#2 Integrate protocols of a given modality as needed during treatment

    PO#3 Demonstrate effective use of techniques of a modality in the clinical setting

  • HLTK 2970 - Supplemental Modalities II Clinical


    This course implements the principles and techniques of the specific modality learned in HLTK 1785 in a clinical setting.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of HLTK 2970 Supplemental Modalities II Clinical, the student will:

    1. Integrate the principles, protocols and techniques learned.
    2. Apply the knowledge and techniques in a clinical setting.
    3. Prepare appropriate client documentation.


  • Mathematics (MATH)

  • MATH 0000 - Any course from the MATH department


    Choose any course from the MATH department.

  • MATH 0000 - Basic Math or Math Reasoning


    Basic Math or Math Reasoning general education requirement

    Credits: 3 cr minimum

    Prerequisites:
    appropriate placement

  • MATH 0001 - Math Requirement for AAS Degree


    If a Program of Study does not specify a math requirement, the mathematical skills requirement may be fulfilled by taking one of the courses listed below, or any higher level math course, or by passing the Math Placement Assessment with Algebra score 66-100 or College Algebra 0-64.

    • BADM 1005 - Business Mathematics, 3 credits
    • MATH 1000 - Problem Solving, 3 credits
    • MATH 1400 - Pre-Calculus Algebra, 4 credits
    • MATH 1500 - Applied Math, 3 credits

    Minimum number of credits to meet requirement = 3

  • MATH 0900 - Pre-Algebra


    This course reviews fundamental math and algebra concepts in preparation for MATH 1500 Applied Math, BADM 1005 Business Math, MATH 1000 Problem Solving, and MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: This course does not satisfy the mathematics requirement at NWCCD or UW.

    Prerequisites:
    Math Placement Level I

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 0900 Pre-Algebra, the student will:

    1. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of the basic sets of numbers in the real number system.
    2. manipulate positive integers, fractions, and decimals by addition, subtraction, multiplication and division
    3. perform conversions between fractions, decimals, and percents.
    4. apply the order of operations to simplify expressions including symbols of grouping and exponents.
    5. solve problems using applications of percents, ratios, proportions, and geometric formulas.
    6. solve linear equations with rational coefficients in one variable.
    7. graph linear equations in two variables in the Cartesian Coordinate System.
    8. graph inequalities in two variables in the Cartesian Coordinate System.
    9. solve first degree equations and inequalities.
    10. solve application problems.
    11. solve systems of equations with up to two unknowns.
    12. manipulate polynomials by adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing polynomials.


  • MATH 0920 - Elementary Algebra


    This course develops basic concepts and methods of algebra for college students with insufficient high school preparation for college-level math courses.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0900 Pre-Algebra with a grade of “C” or better OR Pre-Algebra placement score 45-100 or Algebra placement score 0-39

  • MATH 0930 - Intermediate Algebra


    This course covers inequalities, factoring, fractional expressions, functions, graphs, systems of linear equations, exponents, radicals, quadratics and rational equations in preparation for MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: This course does not meet the math requirement at NWCCD or UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0900 Pre-Algebra with a grade of “C” or better OR Math placement level 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra, the student will:

    1. define a function with “real world” examples.
    2. graph linear equations and data points.
    3. solve simple linear equations and inequalities.
    4. solve systems of linear equations.
    5. manipulate polynomial expressions by adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing polynomials.
    6. manipulate rational expressions and solve rational equations.
    7. manipulate expressions and solve equations which involve radicals and rational exponents.
    8. solve quadratic equations.
    9. graph quadratic equations.
    10. factor expressions.
    11. assess the appropriate unit to be placed on the numerical solution to an application problem using unit analysis.
    12. graph linear inequalities.


  • MATH 1000 - Problem Solving


    This course focuses on methods, processes, and strategies used to solve mathematical problems in a wide variety of contexts.  It demonstrates the uses and structure of mathematics while developing diverse ways to approach both mathematical and non-mathematical problems.  There is an emphasis placed on George Polya’s four step procedure for problem-solving.  Specific topics to be covered are number sequences and patterns, geometry and unit measurements, consumer math, counting principles, and probability.  Other optional areas that may be covered could include algebraic modeling, numeration systems, set theory, or descriptive statistics. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0900 Pre-Algebra with a grade of “C” or Math placement level 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1000 Problem Solving, the student will:

    1. Solve problems using George Polya’s four step procedure.
    2. Solve problems involving number sequences.
    3. Solve problems involving number patterns.
    4. Solve problems with algebra in areas of finance.
    5. Solve problems involving exponential growth, proportions, and variation.
    6. Solve problems using various counting methods.
    7. Solve problems using probability theory.
    8. Solve problems in the areas of geometry and measurement.
    9. Examine data using various descriptive statistical methods.


    Program Outcomes
     



  • MATH 1100 - Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I: Numbers & Operations


    This course prepares prospective elementary school teachers to be competent in teaching the major concepts and practical skills related to the rational number system with the four arithmetic operations.  Special emphasis is placed on teaching in the context of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) Standards.  Activities involving math manipulatives will be performed in order to reinforce content.  Students will also observe math lessons being taught in elementary school classrooms.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra with a grade of C or better, or Math placement level 4

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1100 Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I:  Numbers & Operations, the student will:

    1. Apply Polya’s four-step problem solving process.
    2. Apply appropriate problem solving strategies.
    3. Analyze patterns within sequences and represent them symbolically and graphically.
    4. Recognize and use the language of logic as it relates to mathematical definitions.
    5. Apply the concepts of set theory using set notation, set operations, and Euler & Venn diagrams.
    6. Demonstrate the structure of place value in the Hindu-Arabic base ten number system and extend to other non-base ten number systems.
    7. Show appreciation of the historical development of number and number systems including contributions from diverse cultures.
    8. Define operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division using the language of set theory.
    9. Apply the properties of operations on a given domain with the idea that a small set of rules governs all of arithmetic.
    10. Demonstrate multiple models and methods for number operations and applications within the sets of whole numbers, integers, and rational numbers.
    11. Utilize mental mathematics and computational estimation to demonstrate number sense.
    12. Extend the definition of divides to properties of divisibility.
    13. Apply standard and alternative algorithms to multi-digit computation.
    14. Define and apply the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic.
    15. Explore multiple models and strategies to find least common multiple and greatest common factor.
    16. Represent rational numbers in a variety of forms: repeating and terminating decimals, fractions and percentages.
    17. Express mathematical ideas precisely, both verbally and in writing.
    18. Utilize manipulatives to represent abstract concepts for use in the elementary classroom within the context of NCTM Standards.
    19. Critique published articles that deal with mathematics pedagogy.
    20. Observe mathematics lessons presented in an elementary classroom.


    Program Outcomes
    Elementary Education

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varied instructional methods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

  • MATH 1105 - Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers II: Data Analysis, Probability, & Algebra


    This course is a continuation of MATH 1100 Mathematics for Elementary School Teacher I:  Number & Operations and is for prospective elementary school teachers.  Its primary focus is on the process of solving various problems through the use of algebra, the Fundamental Counting Principle, probability, and data analysis, and to prepare students to be competent in teaching these major concepts.  Emphasis continues to be placed on the development of problem solving skills and teaching in the context of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) Standards.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1100 Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers: Number and Operations with “C” or better or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1105 Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers II: Data Analysis, Probability & Algebra, the student will:

    1. Analyze patterns, relations, and functions using all four representations of narrative, tabular, graphical, and symbolic (in closed and recursive forms).
    2. Demonstrate multiple models and methods for number operations and applications within the set of real numbers.
    3. Develop skills in using algebraic notation to represent calculations, express identities, write equations, and solve problems.
    4. Apply the Fundamental Counting Principle, permutations, and combinations in the context of probability problems.
    5. Predict the probability of an event using theoretical and experimental probabilities.
    6. Organize data visually in a variety of ways.
    7. Analyze data appropriately using mean, median, mode, range, standard deviation, upper and lower quartiles, or outliers.
    8. Express mathematical ideas precisely, both verbally and in writing.
    9. Utilize manipulatives to reinforce the content of the course within the context of the NCTM Standards.
    10. Critique published articles that deal with mathematics pedagogy.


    Program Outcomes
    Elementary Education AS

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varied instructional methods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

  • MATH 1400 - Pre-Calculus Algebra


    This course covers the fundamental operations of algebra, graphs, equations, inequalities, systems of equations, matrices, exponents, logarithms, and an introduction to the theory of equations.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra with a grade of “C” or better OR Math Level IV Placement

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra, the student will:

    1. Solve first-degree equations for all real and complex roots.
    2. Solve second-degree equations for all real and complex roots utilizing the quadratic formula, completing the square, and factoring.
    3. Solve higher-degree equations for all real and complex roots utilizing technology and synthetic division.
    4. Solve first-degree, second degree, and higher degree inequalities for all solutions utilizing technology.
    5. Graph linear functions on the Cartesian Coordinate System using techniques to find intercepts and symmetry.
    6. Graph non-linear functions and relations on the Cartesian Coordinate System using techniques to find intercepts, local extremum, asymptotes, and symmetry.
    7. Solve real world problems including growth, decay, and other business/science applications utilizing logarithmic and exponential functions.
    8. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
    9. Evaluate the composition of two functions.
    10. Calculate the inverse of a function.
    11. Solve square and non-square systems of equations involving two or more variables using graphing, substitution, elimination, and matrix methods.
    12. Solve application problems involving one or several variables including motion, mixing, work, growth, decay, and optimization.
    13. Utilize the basic functions and capabilities of a graphing calculator.


  • MATH 1400L - Pre-Calculus Algebra Lab


    This course is a support lab for students in Pre-Calculus algebra and covers fundamental topics such as factoring, fractional expressions and equations, quadratic functions, and radical functions. 

    Credits: 0

    Prerequisites:

    Algebra placement score 40-65 within the last year and a High School GPA of 3.0 or higher OR an ACT score in math of 21 or higher within the last 2 years and a High School GPA of 3.0 or higher.



    Co-requisites:

    Math 1400 – Pre-Calculus Algebra



  • MATH 1405 - Pre-Calculus Trigonometry


    This course provides an introduction to the basic trigonometric functions and applications of these functions in the solution of equations, right triangles, oblique triangles, vectors, complex numbers, conics, and graphs.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra with a “C” or better OR Math Level V Placement

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1405 Trigonometry , the student will:

    1. Solve word problems involving circles and rotational motion.
    2. Solve right triangle problems applying trigonometric principles.
    3. Synthesize the best model for periodic behavior that includes shifts, reflections, or non-rigid transformations of algebraic or trigonometric graphs.
    4. Prove trigonometric identities are true using reciprocal, Pythagorean, quotient, double angle, co-function, sum/difference, power-reducing, sum-to-product, product-to-sum, and half-angle identities.
    5. Solve trigonometric equations.
    6. Solve for missing information on oblique triangles using the law of sines and law of cosines.
    7. Solve problems applying vector mechanics.
    8. Write the trigonometric form of a complex number.
    9. Solve problems by graphing appropriate conic, polar, or parametric models.
    10. Synthesize concepts related to the four basic conics: circles, ellipses, parabolas, and hyperbolas by graphing, writing, and identifying equations.


  • MATH 1450 - Pre-Calculus Algebra and Trigonometry


    This course provides an introduction to the fundamental operations of algebra, graphs, equations, inequalities, systems of equations, matrices, exponents, logarithms, an introduction to the theory of equations, the basic trigonometric functions and applications of these functions in the solution of equations, right triangles, oblique triangles, vectors, complex numbers, conics, and graphs.

    Credits: 6

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra with a “C” or better OR Math Level IV Placement

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1450 Pre-Calculus Algebra and Trigonometry, the student will:

    1. Solve first-degree equations for all real and complex roots.
    2. Solve second-degree equations for all real and complex roots utilizing the quadratic formula, completing the square, and factoring.
    3. Solve higher-degree equations for all real and complex roots utilizing technology and synthetic division.
    4. Solve first-degree, second degree, and higher degree inequalities for all solutions utilizing technology.
    5. Graph linear functions on the Cartesian Coordinate System using techniques to find intercepts and symmetry.
    6. Graph non-linear functions and relations on the Cartesian Coordinate System using techniques to find intercepts, local extremum, asymptotes, and symmetry.
    7. Solve real world problems including growth, decay, and other business/science applications utilizing logarithmic and exponential functions.
    8. Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
    9. Evaluate the composition of two functions.
    10. Calculate the inverse of a function.
    11. Solve square and non-square systems of equations involving two or more variables using graphing, substitution, elimination, and matrix methods.
    12. Solve application problems involving one or several variables including motion, mixing, work, growth, decay, and optimization.
    13. Utilize the basic functions and capabilities of a graphing calculator.
    14. Solve word problems involving circles and rotational motion.
    15. Solve right triangle problems applying trigonometric principles.
    16. Synthesize the best model for periodic behavior that includes shifts, reflections, or non-rigid transformations of algebraic or trigonometric graphs.
    17. Prove trigonometric identities are true using reciprocal, Pythagorean, quotient, double angle, co-function, sum/difference, power-reducing, sum-to-product, product-to-sum, and half-angle identities.
    18. Solve trigonometric equations.
    19. Solve for missing information on oblique triangles using the law of sines and law of cosines.
    20. Solve problems applying vector mechanics.
    21. Write the trigonometric form of a complex number.
    22. Solve problems by graphing appropriate conic, polar, or parametric models.
    23. Synthesize concepts related to the four basic conics: circles, ellipses, parabolas, and hyperbolas by graphing, writing, and identifying equations.


  • MATH 1500 - Applied Math


    This course uses a problem solving approach where students will acquire a working knowledge of algebra and geometry skills for application in technical fields.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Basic Math - in designated AAS programs only
    Comments: This course is not accepted at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0900 Pre-Algebra with a grade of “C” or better OR Math placement level 3

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 1500 Applied Math, the student will:

    1. manipulate integers, fractions, decimals, and percent.
    2. apply the concepts of accuracy, precision, significant digits, and tolerances in regards to measurement numbers.
    3. perform conversions from one system of units to another.
    4. graph linear equations.
    5. solve linear equations.
    6. solve application problems using appropriate algebraic, geometric and trigonometric algorithms.
    7. perform cost analysis.
    8. examine data using various descriptive statistical methods.
    9. apply proportional reasoning to solve problems.


  • MATH 2120 - Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers III: Geometry & Measurement


    This course is a continuation of MATH 1105 Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers II:  Data Analysis, Probability & Algebra and is for prospective elementary school teachers.  Its primary emphasis is on the development of spatial reasoning skills as they relate to the real world.  Explorations focus on the investigations of two- and three-dimensional shapes, including their properties, measurements, constructions, and transformations with the intent of preparing students to be competent in teaching these major concepts.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    General Education Requirement: Math Reasoning
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1105 Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers II: Data Analysis, Probability and Algebra with a “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2120 Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers III:  Geometry & Measurement, the student will:

    1. Define the basic notations of Euclidean geometry.
    2. Incorporate basic axioms and definitions to prove theorems and properties in Euclidean geometry.
    3. Categorize basic two- and three-dimensional shapes according to their properties and the relationships between them.
    4. Build representations of two- and three-dimensional objects using concrete models, constructions, nets, and drawings.
    5. Identify and justify symmetry, congruence, and similarity among two-dimensional shapes.
    6. Apply theorems and properties in constructions of geometric figures and their components using a compass and straight edge.
    7. Analyze distance, isometries, and properties of two-dimensional figures using coordinate geometry.
    8. Recognize the historical development of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries including contributions from diverse cultures.
    9. Use definitions, properties, and constructions to carry out various transformations (translations, reflections, rotations, dilations, and tessellations) in a plane
    10. Apply appropriate measurement units, techniques, and tools, including standard English and metric systems as well as non-standard systems.
    11. Estimate measurements appropriately.
    12. Convert measurements (linear, area, volume, mass, and temperature) from one unit to another.
    13. Demonstrate knowledge of the historical development of measurement systems including contributions from diverse cultures.
    14. Find linear measures, area, and volume of two-dimensional and three-dimensional figures.
    15. Express mathematical ideas precisely, both verbally and in writing.
    16. Utilize manipulatives that reinforce the content of the course within the context of the NCTM Standards.
    17. Critique published articles that deal with mathematics pedagogy.
    18. Observe mathematics lessons presented in an elementary classroom.
    19. Present a mathematics lesson to the class within the context of the NCTM standards.


    Program Outcomes
    Elementary Education AS

    PO#2 Construct learning experiences based on current best practices, developmental theories, and state and national standards.

    PO#3 Use effective, appropriate, and varied instructional methods to communicate with diverse audiences.

    PO#4 Evaluate instructional methods that connect learning with the students’ diverse experiences and needs.

  • MATH 2200 - Calculus I


    This course covers topics including plane analytic geometry, differentiation, applications of the derivative, differential equations, limits, and the basic integrals and their applications.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Math Reasoning
    Comments: This course may be use for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1405 Pre-Calculus Trigonometry with a grade of “C” or better OR MATH 1450 Pre-Calculus Algebra & Trigonometry with a grade of “C” or better OR Math Placement Level VI.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2200 Calculus I, the student will:

    1. Evaluate limits using a variety of techniques.
    2. Evaluate derivatives using limits.
    3. Evaluate derivatives using differentiation rules.
    4. Solve derivative problems containing related rates.
    5. Solve derivative problems containing optimization.
    6. Solve indefinite integral problems.
    7. Solve definite integral problems.
    8. Solve integrals to find the area under a curve.
    9. Solve integral problems using the washer, disc, and shell methods for finding volumes.
    10. Evaluate derivatives involving exponential and logarithmic equations.
    11. Evaluate integrals involving exponential and logarithmic equations.
    12. Evaluate limits using L’Hopital’s rule.


    Program Outcomes
    Mathematics AS

    PO#2 Apply appropriate mathematical techniques to real-world and theoretical problems.

  • MATH 2205 - Calculus II


    This course is a continuation of Calculus I. This course discusses logarithmic and exponential functions, methods of integration, indeterminate forms and improper integrals, infinite series, vectors in both plane and polar coordinate systems. 

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Math Reasoning
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2200 Calculus I with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2205 Calculus II, the student will:

    1. Solve application problems involving center of mass, work, length, and surface area.
    2. Evaluate limits using L’Hopitals rule.
    3. Evaluate derivatives involving exponential and logarithmic equations.
    4. Evaluate integrals involving exponential and logarithmic equations.
    5. Solve integrals for involving inverse and hyperbolic trig functions.
    6. Solve integrals using techniques of integration by parts, partial fractions, u-substitution, and trigonometric substitution.
    7. Solve both type I and type II improper integrals.
    8. Convert between polar, rectangular, and parametric coordinates.
    9. Graph polar and parametric equations.
    10. Solve integrals involving polar and parametric equations.
    11. Solve derivatives involving polar and parametric equations.
    12. Evaluate the convergence of sequences and series.
    13. Solve problems containing two/three-dimensional vector operations and model physical phenomena with appropriate two/Three-dimensional vector solutions. 


    Program Outcomes
    Mathematics AS

    PO#1 Select the most effective mathematical strategy for real-world and theoretical problems.

    PO#3 Analyze data using appropriate mathematical methods.

  • MATH 2210 - Calculus III


    This course examines three dimensional vectors and parametric equations, solid analytic geometry, moments and moments of inertia. The techniques of partial differentiation and multiple integration are included. It contains material necessary for the engineer or scientist to understand concepts and applications which involve more than two variables.   

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2205 - Calculus II with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2210 Calculus III, the student will:

    1. Solve problems containing two/three-dimensional vector operations and model physical phenomena with appropriate two/Three-dimensional vector solutions. 
    2. Solve applications involving vector-valued functions.
    3. Solve partial derivatives and limits.
    4. Interpret applications involving partial derivatives, including maximums and minimums. 
    5. Apply the applications of partial derivatives including tangent planes, linear approximations, gradient vectors, normal lines, and Lagrange multipliers.
    6. Integrate two-dimensional and three-dimensional integrals using functional coordinates.
    7. Integrate two-dimensional and three-dimensional integrals using cylindrical coordinates.
    8. Integrate three-dimensional integrals using spherical coordinates.
    9. Integrate line integrals
    10. Interpret line integrals in the context of a vector field.
    11. Apply the many theorems involving line integrals including Green’s Theorem.
    12. Solve Surface integrals using Stokes’ Theorem and the Divergence Theorem.


  • MATH 2250 - Elementary Linear Algebra


    This course covers the study of linear algebra, including the solution of linear equations, using matrices, determinants and their properties, vectors, vector spaces, inner product spaces, eigenvalues and eigenvectors.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MATH 2200 - Calculus I with a grade of “C” or better.



  • MATH 2310 - Applied Differential Equations I


    This course covers the formation of differential equations, methods of solution, the existence and nature of solutions, transformations and numerical approximations.   

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2205 Calculus II with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2310 Applied Differential Equations I, the student will:

    1. Classify differential equations based on order and linearity. 
    2. Determine the stability of equilibrium solutions.
    3. Model physical systems using differential equations.
    4. Solve linear differential equations using the appropriate analytic method.
    5. Solve differential equations using numerical methods.
    6. Evaluate the particular solutions of differential equations using initial conditions.
    7. Apply integral transforms to solve differential equations.
    8. Analyze differential equations using computer software when applicable.


    Program Outcomes
    Mathematics AS

    PO#1 Select the most effective mathematical strategy for real-world and theoretical problems.

    PO#2 Apply mathematical techniques.

    PO#3 Analyze data using appropriate mathematical methods.

    PO#4 Incorporate technology into mathematical applications.

    PO#5 Evaluate mathematical situations to make logical inferences and conclusions.

    PO#6 Express mathematical ideas precisely both verbally and in writing.

  • MATH 2350 - Business Calculus I


    This course covers topics including plane analytic geometry, differentiation, applications of the derivative, differential equations, limits, and the basic integrals and their applications.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Math Reasoning
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra with a grade of “C” or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2350 Business Calculus I, the student will:

    1. Evaluate limits using a variety of techniques.
    2. Evaluate derivatives using limits.
    3. Evaluate derivatives using differentiation rules.
    4. Solve derivative problems containing related rates.
    5. Solve derivative problems containing optimization and other business applications.
    6. Solve indefinite integral problems involving business applications.
    7. Solve definite integral problems involving business applications.
    8. Solve integrals to find the area under a curve.
    9. Contrast minimum and maximum values for discrete valued problems.
    10. Interpret calculus concepts in terms of business applications.
    11. Use the derivative to evaluate and solve marginal and marginal average cost, revenue, and profit problems.
    12. Use the derivative to solve elasticity of demand problems
    13. Apply L’Hopitals rule to evaluate limits of quotients.


    Program Outcomes
    Business AS

    PO#1Examine financial statements and operating results to make informed business decisions.

  • MATH 2355 - Business Finite Mathematics


    This course covers business problems using several different mathematical models. These application problems include multiple methods of financial calculations, linear equations, programming problems, probability, statistics, and game theory. Either a graphing calculator or a computer will be used to solve several of the application activities. 

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra with a grade of “C” or better or Math Placement Level V

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2355 Business Finite Math, the student will:

    1. Solve problems involving profit, cost, and revenue functions.
    2. Solve application problems in finance including annuities and mortgages.
    3. Solve systems of linear equations using elimination and substitution.
    4. Solve systems of linear equations using matrix methods.
    5. Solve linear programming problems by optimizing systems of inequalities using a geometric approach.
    6. Solve maximization and minimization problems using simplex methods.
    7. Solve problems in probability and statistics.
    8. Solve problems involving Markov Chains.
    9. Determine the line of best fit for a set of data points.
    10. Analyze quadratic functions to solve business problems.


    Program Outcomes
    Business AS

    PO#1 Examine financial statements and operating results to make informed business decisions.

  • MATH 2800 - Math Seminar


    This course introduces mathematics majors to modern mathematical reasoning and discourse, emphasizing the distinctive ways in which logic and language are used and the motivations behind them. Several topics are explored, illustrating mathematics as a living, dynamic subject with its own culture and conventions. Offered S/U only.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Approval by math department faculty or division chair

    Co-requisites:
    Enrollment in the math program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MATH 2800 Math Seminar, the student will:

    1. Express mathematical statements using symbols.
    2. Construct truth tables.
    3. Evaluate logic statements using implication and quantifiers.
    4. Prove the validity of mathematical theorems using contradiction and induction processes.
    5. Model mathematical relationships using graphs.
    6. Apply set theory to solve mathematical problems.


    Program Outcomes
    Mathematics AS

    1. Select the most effective mathematical strategy for real-world and theoretical problems.
    2. Apply mathematical techniques.
    3. Analyze data using appropriate mathematical methods.
    4. Incorporate technology into mathematical applications.
    5. Evaluate mathematical situations to make logical inferences and conclusions.
    6. Express mathematical ideas precisely both verbally and in writing. 


  • Medical Assisting (MEDA)

  • MEDA 0000 - any course from MEDA dept


    any course from MEDA dept

  • MEDA 1505 - Introduction to Medical Assisting


    This course gives the beginning medical assistant student a foundation in practice within a medical office. Students are introduced to the foundational concepts of professionalism and professional practice, law and ethics in health care, medical office administrative procedures, medical terminology, and medical office finances.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Admission to the Medical Assistant Program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MEDA 1505 Introduction to Medical Assisting, the student will:

    1. identify the different levels of training required for each member of the health care team.
    2. implement correct use of medical terminology.
    3. develop an understanding of legal and regulatory guidelines within medical practice settings.
    4. relate professional characteristics for the medical assistant.
    5. develop effective communication techniques.
    6. apply understanding of human/patient behavior.
    7. describe risk management, quality assurance and safety strategies.
    8. recognize factors affecting medical ethics in the practice environment.
    9. define the correct procedure for medical reception and patient navigation.
    10. examine the correct procedures with medical business communications.
    11. summarize effective facilities management.
    12. demonstrate proficiency with medical office procedures.
    13. identify the correct processes when scheduling patients.
    14. assemble the patient’s medical record.
    15. demonstrate competency with electronic documentation systems.
    16. describe the impact on patient care when medical assistants understand the essentials of medical insurance.
    17. outline the correct processes for managing practice finances, including coding and insurance plans.


  • MEDA 1570 - Medical Assisting Office Practicum


    This course is designed to give the beginning medical assistant student a foundation in practice within a medical office. Students complete 180 hours of practicum in a medical office setting and experience the administrative concepts of customer service, medical reception, medical business practices, establishing medical records, scheduling appointments, practice finances, and office etiquette.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Clinical

    Prerequisites:
    Admission to the Medical Assistant Program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MEDA 1570 Medical Assisting Office Practicum, the student will:

    1. implement correct use of medical terminology.
    2. develop an understanding of legal and ethical issues involved within medical practice settings.
    3. demonstrate professional characteristics for the medical assistant.
    4. demonstrate effective communication techniques.
    5. examine effective facilities management.
    6. demonstrate proficiency with medical office equipment and procedures.
    7. assemble the patient’s medical record.
    8. employ competency with electronic documentation systems.
    9. describe the impact on patient care when medical assistants understand the essentials of medical insurance.
    10. review the correct procedure for diagnostic coding.


  • MEDA 1600 - Medical Assisting Procedures


    This course gives the medical assistant student an advancing foundation of practice theory within a medical office. Students are introduced to the clinical concepts of patient intake and discharge, preparation for the physical exam, collecting and processing specimens, medication administration, and assisting the provider with medical/surgical procedures.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Medical Assistant Program

    MEDA 1505 Introduction to Medical Assisting & MEDA 1570 Medical Assisting Office Practicum



    Co-requisites:

    MEDA 1970 Medical Assisting Clinical Practicum



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MEDA 1600 Medical Assisting Procedures, the student will:

    1. apply knowledge of basic anatomy and physiology.
    2. translate correct use of medical terminology.
    3. develop an understanding of legal and ethical issues involved within medical practice settings.
    4. demonstrate professional characteristics for the medical assistant.
    5. implement effective communication techniques.
    6. provide education to patients about good nutrition.
    7. describe the principles of infection control and asepsis.
    8. recognize normal and abnormal patient data.
    9. identify the correct procedures for  collecting and processing specimens.
    10. explain the correct procedure for performing or assisting the provider with diagnostic testing.
    11. demonstrate appropriate techniques for patient intake and documentation of care.
    12. demonstrate competency with electronic documentation systems.
    13. describe the correct procedure in the preparation of  the examination room.
    14. outline the main responsibilities of the medical assistant in preparing the patient for a physical examination.
    15. evaluate safety and competency when preparing and administering medications.
    16. implement effective emergency management responses and basic first aid when indicated.
    17. summarize patient education needs during the discharge process. 


  • MEDA 1970 - Medical Assisting Clinical Practicum


    This course gives the medical assistant student an applied understanding of practice within a medical office. Students complete 180 hours of practicum in a medical office setting and experience the clinical concepts of patient intake and discharge, preparation for the physical exam, collecting and processing specimens, medication administration, and assisting the provider with medical/surgical procedures.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Medical Assistant Program

    MEDA 1505 Introduction to Medical Assisting & MEDA 1570 Medical Assisting Office Practicum



    Co-requisites:

    MEDA 1600 Medical Assisting Procedures



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MEDA 1970 Medical Assisting Clinical Practicum, the student will:

    1. employ professional characteristics for the medical assistant.
    2. develop effective communication techniques.
    3. demonstrate proficiency with medical office clinical procedures.
    4. assemble the patient’s medical record.
    5. describe the correct procedures for  collecting and processing specimens.
    6. apply the correct procedure for performing or assisting the provider with diagnostic testing.
    7. illustrate appropriate techniques for patient intake and documentation of care.
    8. arrange the correct procedure in the preparation of  the examination room.
    9. outline the main responsibilities of the medical assistant in preparing the patient for a physical examination.
    10. demonstrate safety and competency when preparing and administering medications.
    11. implement effective emergency management responses and basic first aid when indicated.
    12. summarize patient education needs during the discharge process. 


  • Microsoft (MSFT)

  • MSFT 1510 - Windows Client Operating System


    This course provides students with the skills necessary to install, configure, maintain, and troubleshoot Windows operating systems. This course covers all the necessary material to enable students to take TestOut Windows Client Pro Certification, Microsoft 70-697: Configuring Windows Devices and the Microsoft 70-698: Installing and Configuring Windows 10 exams.  These certifications can be used as credit for the Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows 10 certification and Microsoft Certified Profession (MCP).

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1510 Windows Client Operating System, the student will:

    1. demonstrate interface navigation proficiency.
    2. discuss user accounts and active directory user identity and authorization services.
    3. describe hardware configuration and management tools.
    4. apply troubleshooting methodology to hardware configuration problems.
    5. recognize IPv4 and IPv6 network protocols.
    6. demonstrate wired and wireless networking configuration and management proficiency.
    7. display Windows firewall configuration proficiency.
    8. demonstrate desktop based application configuration and management proficiency.
    9. demonstrate cloud based application configuration and management proficiency.
    10. discuss system authentication, rights and account policies.
    11. exhibit resource access management proficiency.
    12. describe installation, upgrade and migration processes.
    13. show understanding of virtualization concepts.
    14. explain options to centrally deploy Windows within an enterprise.
    15. describe mobile computing management capabilities.
    16. provide details about system monitoring and remote access support tools.
    17. outline processes for systems protection.


  • MSFT 1520 - Windows Server Networking


    This course provides students with the skills necessary to support the installation, storage, and compute features and functionality available in Windows Server. It covers general installation tasks and considerations and. This course covers all the necessary material to enable the student to take a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Certification Exam.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lectur/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    MSFT 1510 Windows Client Operating System with a C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking, the student will:

    1. outline server installation from planning through resource optimization in host and compute environments
    2. explain storage and data deduplication solutions
    3. discuss virtual machine settings (Hyper-V), networking and storage.
    4. describe Windows container deployment and management
    5. summarize high availability, disaster recovery options and failover clustering
    6. interpret requirements for Storage Spaces Direct
    7. illustrate Network Load Balancing (NLB)
    8. explain how to maintain server installations
    9. illustrate server monitoring for performance management


  • MSFT 1530 - Managing a Microsoft Windows Environment


    This course provides students with the skills necessary to administer and manage Windows Server operating system. Additionally the course builds skills related to identity management functionality. This course covers all the necessary material to enable the student to take a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Certification Exam.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1530 Managing a Microsoft Windows Environment, the student will:

    1. discuss the installation and configuration of Domain Name System (DNS)
    2. summarize the installation, configuration and maintenance of DHCP
    3. explain IP address management (IPAM)
    4. show network connectivity and remote access solutions
    5. describe core and distributed network solutions
    6. design advanced network infrastructure
    7. exhibit installation, configuration and maintenance of Active Directory Domain Services
    8. illustrate service authentication and account policies
    9. show group policy configuration options
    10. summarize Active Directory certificate services
    11. describe identity federation and access solutions


  • MSFT 1570 - Secure User Endpoint and Server Systems


    This course introduces students to the process of designing safeguards for secure server based platforms and endpoint devices. Students learn how to assemble the design team, assess and quantify risks, and recommend countermeasures and remedial activities for securing server based and endpoint technology in a networked environment. Student develop their analytical skills, their ability to define a problem, and develop a plan of action. The course gives students the foundational knowledge needed to prepare for the Microsoft 98-367 exam - Security Fundamentals.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of MSFT 2605 Windows Client Operating System, MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking, and COSC 2020 Linux Fundamentals or CSEC 1500 Computer Network Security +, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1570 Secure User Endpoint and Server Systems, the student will:

    1. identify key members of a security design team.
    2. evaluate common assets and value to a typical business and industry.
    3. describe risks and threats common to a typical business and industry.
    4. estimate potential loss, frequency of loss and the cost of the risk.
    5. outline countermeasures and remedial activities for common assets in relation to points of access.
    6. recognize a framework for security that includes prevention, detection, isolation, and recovery.
    7. devise a strategy for securing endpoint devices to include but not limited to desktops, laptops, smart devices and the operating systems contained therein.
    8. assemble a strategy for security server platforms to include Windows and Linux operating systems, cloud and virtualized environments.
    9. model secure network administration and support procedures.
    10. indicate an action plan for security countermeasure implementation.
    11. formulate an action plan for effective monitoring and remediation of newly identified risk.
    12. express policies that outline goals, assigns responsibility, documents procedures that support and maintain the security plan.
    13. review an incident response plan.


  • MSFT 1650 - Technology Lab


    This course is designed to provide hands-on lab assignments to give students an opportunity to take the concepts they learn in program courses, put them into practice and build a range of demonstrable skills expected by employers. The course may be taken no more than two times.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of MSFT 1745 A+ Computer Maintenance and MSFT 1510 Windows Client Operating System and concurrent enrollment or successful completion of MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking and COSC 2020 Linux Fundamentals. A student repeating the class must have successful completion of CSCO 2000 Cisco: CCNA 1 and CSCO 2020 Cisco CCNA 2.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1650 Technology Lab , the student will:

    1. practice safe work habits.
    2. interpret installation, upgrade and repair instructions.
    3. assemble component parts to build, upgrade or repair computer hardware.
    4. identify correct installation and configuration of desktop and server operating systems.
    5. demonstrate correct cabling construction techniques.
    6. show correct wired and wireless network development.
    7. implement configuration options for security best practices.
    8. practice an effective troubleshooting methodology.
    9. demonstrate customer service delivery.
    10. practice traits that are pertinent to job performance: attitude, initiative, job knowledge, quality and safety.


  • MSFT 1745 - A+ Computer Maintenance


    This course provides students with the fundamental skills necessary to support installation and repair of PC hardware and peripherals, mobile device hardware, networking and connectivity issues. Additional focus is placed on the operating systems in the marketplace including Windows 7 and 10, iOS, Android, Apple OS X and Linux. The course also addresses security, the fundamentals of cloud computing and operational procedures. The course covers all the necessary material to enable students to take the TestOut PC Pro certification and CompTIA A+ 900 series certification exams.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Comments: Previous course number was CMAP 1745

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1745 A+ Computer Maintenance, the student will:

    1. identify protection and safety practices.
    2. discuss basic hardware internal and external components and operating system basics.
    3. identify PC technician practices for successful customer service, troubleshooting process and incident management.
    4. identify system components such as case form factors and power supply types including system cooling.
    5. discuss system processor basics, installation process and troubleshooting techniques.
    6. describe memory options and troubleshooting techniques.
    7. explain the system boot process and the effects BIOS/UEFI settings.
    8. describe expansion card purpose and installation.
    9. summarize audio and video card installation and troubleshooting methodology.
    10. explain the peripheral device and connectivity options, as well as device driver management to add capability to a system.
    11. outline the storage options and file system types.
    12. discuss printers, printer maintenance and troubleshooting and printing management.
    13. identify the fundamental principles of network protocols, hardware, wired and wireless networks, and basic network diagnostic tools.
    14. demonstrate supporting mobile devices such as notebooks, tablets and smartphones including security concerns and troubleshooting problems.
    15. identify installation/upgrade procedures, diagnostic tools and procedures, and troubleshooting techniques for operating systems.
    16. manage folders and file systems to include NTFS and offline file management.
    17. identify the principles of security to include best practices, physical, system and network security fundamentals.


  • MSFT 1800 - Networking Fundamentals


    This course covers networking technologies, installation and configuration, media and topologies, management, and security. The course is intended to provide an entry-level technician a high-level understanding of the complete infrastructure needed to support LANs, WLANs and WANs.  This course provides students a thorough foundation in vendor agnostic network technologies. The course prepares students to take the CompTIA Network + certification.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 1800 Networking Fundamentals , the student will:

    1. identify the various topology types.
    2. outline the OSI Model and message flow.
    3. recognize common TCP/IP protocols.
    4. apply binary and hexadecimal number systems to convert IP addresses.
    5. evaluate network media, cable construction and wiring distribution best practices to meet network design needs.
    6. discuss the role of network devices such as adapters, hubs, switches and routers.
    7. define the various Ethernet standards and the characteristics of their associated implementations.
    8. outline the physical link and media troubleshooting process.
    9. apply IPv4 and IPv6 addressing and subnetting concepts to configure devices to include DCHP and DNS.
    10. summarize IP configuration and communications problems.
    11. outline switch configuration options and purpose to include Virtual LANs (VLANs), trunking and spanning tree protocol.
    12. describe router configuration options and purpose to include OSPF and NAT.
    13. interpret switching and routing problems.
    14. describe the purpose and configuration options of firewalls and security appliances including ACLs, DMZ and proxy servers.
    15. discuss virtualization including virtual networking.
    16. identify other common networked devices such as SAN, NAS, VOIP, cloud and SCADA systems.
    17. describe elements of wireless network design and configuration.
    18. recognize wireless network problems.
    19. discuss WAN technologies and common connection types to include PPP, Internet connectivity options and remote access.
    20. classify WAN communications problems.
    21. outline a comprehensive network design process and opportunities to optimize a network.
    22. identify commonly required policies for security and risk management.
    23. outline elements of risk and mitigation strategies for a secure and hardened network infrastructure.
    24. identify the elements of managed network and their purpose.


  • MSFT 2645 - Selected Topics in Network Administration


    This course provides students an opportunity to explore current technology topics such the adoption of cloud technologies, increasing data center virtualization as well as further their understanding of structured cabling systems and external communication infrastructure systems.  Additionally, students study the elements of planning and executing a small-to medium-sized technology/IT project. This course is designed to prepare students to support new technologies predominate in today’s information technology center and provide a fundamental understanding of project management. 

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking with a C or better or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 2645 Selected Topics in Network Administration, the student will:

    1. discuss the benefits and concerns related to cloud technologies such as Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS), and Software as a Service (SaaS).
    2. identify criteria for cloud deployment model selection.
    3. apply best practices for cloud adoption and migration including security risk mitigation.
    4. discuss the benefits of server, network and desktop virtualization.
    5. outline the VMware vSphere installation and configuration process.
    6. demonstrate virtualized server and desktop configuration for various operating systems.
    7. reconstruct the virtualized environment management using VMware vCenter Server.
    8. identify the elements of a structured cabling system.
    9. evaluate criteria for selecting an appropriate WAN connectivity solution to meet business needs.
    10. apply infrastructure testing, problem isolation and resolution processes to resolve connectivity issues.
    11. model the key elements of a technology/IT project planning.
    12. list the phases of project management.
    13. compose project artifacts to communicate status.
    14. describe an effective issues management process.


  • MSFT 2770 - Windows Server - Advanced Series


    This course provides students with the skills necessary to implement, manage and maintain a Microsoft Windows server and network environment. MSFT 2770 Windows Server Advanced Services is one in a series of classes designed to prepare students for the Microsoft Certified System Administrator (MSCA) certificate.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    MSFT 1530 Managing a Microsoft Windows Environment with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 2770 Windows Server Advanced Services, the student will:

    1. describe complex active directory infrastructure.
    2. distinguish advanced storage and optimization techniques.
    3. generalize an business continuity and disaster recovery process.
    4. recognize high availability Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name Service (DNS) network services
    5. indicate high availability Hyper-V configuration and failover.
    6. compare high availability network service options.
    7. illustrate active directory certificate services.
    8. explain Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) role.
    9. summarize Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) solution.


  • MSFT 2895 - Cyber Security & Networking Capstone


    This course gives a capstone design experience for students interested in cyber security and networking. It exposes students to open-ended problems in cyber security and networking and requires synthesis and integration of system design and implementation methods, techniques, and tools.

    Successful completion of this course will help prepare students for the complexities of solving real-world problems in cyber security and/or computer systems & networking. Working on the projects will enable the students to exercise and reinforce the fundamental principles that they have learned in prior courses in this area, e.g., computer systems, networking, and cyber security. 

    The course activities also reinforce, via evaluated project reports and presentations, written and oral communication skills.

    Credits: 1-3

    Instructional Method Lecture and project

    Prerequisites:
    MSFT 1510 Windows Client Op System and MSFT 1745 A+ Computer Maint, MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking plus completion or concurrent enrollment in sophomore required program courses, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 2895 Cyber Security & Networking Capstone, the student will:

    1. use and apply current cyber security and/or computer systems and networking concepts and practices.
    2. design a solution to a significant open-ended problem in cyber security and/or computer systems and networking;
    3. design, implement, debug, and test a networked computer system that address the selected problem using the skills learned in previous courses;
    4. choose appropriate theories and techniques to address the problem;
    5. judge performance/complexity tradeoffs among alternative theories and/or methodologies in this context;
    6. document and present (using written, oral and visual means) the design process and the results of a proposed solution to the selected problem;
    7. create and implement effective project plans
    8. select an appropriate evaluation methodology to confirm that the solution meets the design goals;
    9. evaluate and critically assess the proposed solution(s)
    10. recognize the qualities necessary to succeed in a professional environment.


    Program Outcomes
    Computer Networking Administration

    PO#1 Demonstrate set-up and basic maintenance of network systems including network operating systems, clients, and servers.

    Cyber Security

    Implement security measures for operating systems and files systems.

    Implement network device security in the form of access lists, firewalls, VPNs, and Intrusion Detection Systems.

  • MSFT 2970 - Networking Internship


    This course provides practical work experience for students seeking careers in all networking fields.  Students work as paid or non-paid employees in a local business or other institution with supervision by a representative of those concerns.

    Credits: 1-3

    Instructional Method Lecture, Internship

    Comments: Previous course number was CMAP 2970

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of MSFT 1510 Windows Client Operating System and MSFT 1745 A+ Computer Maintenance and completed or enrolled in MSFT 1520 Windows Server Networking, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MSFT 2970 Networking Internship, the student will:

    1. illustrate the networking architecture within the business.
    2. assess the information security atmosphere within the business.
    3. summarize a variety of troubleshooting scenarios and outcomes.
    4. describe application of classroom knowledge in a real-life work setting.
    5. demonstrate appropriate customer service skills. 
    6. develop an employment portfolio of experience.


  • Mining Technology (MINE)

  • MINE 1500 - Introduction to Mining


    This course is an introduction to the fundamental concepts of surface mining. Students are exposed to terminology, methods, practices, and case studies in surface mining. Course study will include examination of the coal industry as it relates to the international, national and regional coal markets along with study of the economic impact the coal industry has on our economy. Students will become familiar with fundamental concepts of reserves and resources and the factors that affect them. This course examines the life-cycle of a surface mine, including prospecting, geology, exploration, development, unit operations, extraction, and reclamation. Students examine new trends in surface mining.

    Credits: 3

  • MINE 1550 - Supervisor First Aid Training


    This course is a Federal Mandatory Requirement for mine supervisor employees and mine contractor employees to work on mine sites and may be repeated if previous certification has lapsed.  This course is designed to meet the requirements of 30 CFR Part 75, 77, 56, and 57, and requires a minimum of eight or ten hours (10 hours for Part 75 & 77; 8 hours for Part 56 & 57) of class participation and instruction.  Upon successful completion of this course, the student will receive the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) 5000-23 Certificate of Training.

    Credits: .5

    Comments: Class is held one full day.

  • MINE 1555 - Supervisor First Aid Refresher


    This course is a Federal Mandatory Requirement for mine supervisor employees and mine contractor employees to work on mine sites and may be repeated if previous certification has lapsed. This course is designed to meet the requirements of 30 CFR Part 75, 77, 56, and 57, and requires a minimum of eight or ten hours (10 hours for Part 75 & 77; 8 hours for Part 56 & 57) of class participation and instruction. Upon successful completion of this course, the student will receive the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) 5000-23 Certificate of Training.

    Credits: .33

    Comments: S/U grading

    Prerequisites:

    Initial First Aid Certification



  • MINE 1570 - WY Mine Foreman Test Preparation


    This course is designed to assist qualified candidates prepare for the WY Mine Foreman Exam required by WS 30-2-309.  This certification allows supervisors to meet the criteria of WY Mining Rules and Federal Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA) requirements of 30 CFR Part 75, 77, 56, and 57 for supervisors to be certified.

    Credits: 1

    Comments: Class is held two full days.

  • MINE 1650 - Mine Health, Safety & Law


    This course examines state and federal laws, as they pertain to mining health and safety, and provides an overview of effective health and safety management systems.  It also demonstrates how to build a health and safety culture at a mine.  Pertinent sections of the Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and the Miner Act of 2006 are covered, including:  30 CFR part 77, “Mandatory Safety Standards, Surface Coal Mines and Surface Work Areas of Underground Mines” for surface coal mining; 30 CFR Part 56, “Safety and Health Standards - Surface Metal and Nonmetal Mines” for non-coal surface mining; 30 CFR Parts 46 & 48, “Training and Retraining of Miners.”  Implementation of laws and the implication of these laws on the surface mining industry are explored in this course.  Students review case studies to identify specific causes and effects of health and safety incidents and develop preventive and corrective solutions to meet standards set by state and federal laws.

    Credits: 3

  • MINE 1725 - Mining Economics


    This course is an introduction to basic economic and financial principles used in mining.  Using case studies from surface mining business models, students evaluate financial goals, recommend and implement continuous improvement strategies, and evaluate project effectiveness using fixed and variable costs.  Students compare preventive and reactive cost control methods for business operations affecting equipment maintenance and production down time.  This course explore sustainable business strategies as applicable to the surface mining industry.

    Credits: 3

  • MINE 1760 - Mine Electrical Safety


    This course introduces students to electrical concepts and systems as they are used in surface mining operations.  Students examine electrical safety codes and compliance requirements.  Emphasis is placed on recognizing the value of human life and the importance of safeguarding against electrical hazards through regulatory compliance and continuous training.

    Credits: 3

  • MINE 1775 - Mine Equipment and Maintenance


    This course introduces students to equipment used in surface mining and the maintenance of this equipment. Students examine the purpose, operation, mechanics and maintenance of equipment used in the plant, the field, and the shop. Emphasis is placed on safety processes including lock out/tag out (LOTO), diesel, hydraulics, welding, cutting, conveyor and fire safety. Students participate in hands-on maintenance activities in a simulated maintenance environment and create maintenance management documents to plan, prevent, schedule, budget and predict maintenance for mining equipment.

    Credits: 4

  • MINE 1855 - Surface Annual Refresher


    This course is designed to meet the Federal Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA) requirements for 30 CFR Part 48, Subpart B, for employees who continue to work at mine sites or 30 CFR Part 46 for employees who continue to work in the construction materials industry.  Topics of study will comply wit the appropriate current federal regulations.

    Credits: .5

    Comments: Class is held one full day and has S/U grading.

    Prerequisites:

    Certification of completion of Surface New Miner or current Surface Annual Refresher certification. “Current” means a certificate as mentioned above with a date not more than 12 months previous.



  • MINE 1870 - Underground New Miner


    This course is designed to meet the Federal Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA) requirements of 30 CFR Part 48, Subpart B, for employees with no previous work experience at mine sites.  Topics of study will comply with the appropriate current federal regulations.

    Credits: 2

    Comments: S/U grading

  • MINE 1875 - Underground Annual Refresher


    This course is designed to meet the Federal Mine & Safety Administration (MSHA) requirements of 30 CFR Part 49, Subpart B, for employees who continue to work at underground mine sites.

    Credits: .5

    Comments: Class is held one full day and has S/U grading

    Prerequisites:

    Certification of completion of Underground New Miner or current Underground Annual Refresher certification. “Current” means a certificate as mentioned above with a date not more than 12 months previous.



  • MINE 1880 - Principles of Technology


    This course in physics for career/technical students covers mechanical properties of solids, force and acceleration, static equilibrium, simple machines, hydraulic and pneumatic principles and heat transfers in a noncalculus approach.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    MATH 1500 - Applied Math, ENTK 1500 - Engineering Graphics or instructor consent



  • MINE 2500 - Environmental Compliance and Mine Reclamation


    This course examines the environmental compliance laws at State and Federal levels as they pertain to surface mining in western states, and it provides an overview of effective surface mine reclamation techniques used at mine sites.  Pertinent sections of the Federal Surface Mine Control and Reclamation Act (SMCRA) of 1977 and the Wyoming Environmental Quality Act (WEQA) of 1973 are covered.  Students review case studies to identify specific causes and effects of environmental compliance and land reclamation incidents, and to develop preventive and corrective solutions to meet standards set by State and Federal laws.

    Credits: 3

  • MINE 2550 - Coal Mine Electrical Qualification Test Prep


    This course is designed to prepare coal mine electrician candidates for the Federal Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA) electrical qualification exam and meets the requirements of 30 CFR Part 75 and/or Part 77.

    Credits: 1.5

    Comments: Class is held two full days.

    Prerequisites:

    One year electrical work experience at a qualifying mine.



  • MINE 2555 - Coal Mine Electrical Re-qualification


    This course is designed to meet the Federal Mine Safety & Health Administration (MSHA) requirements of 30 CFR Part 75 and/or Part 77 for Certified coal mine electricians.

    Credits: .5

    Comments: Class is held one full day.

    Prerequisites:

    Current MSHA Electrical Certification



  • MINE 2800 - Mine Management and Systems


    This course is an introduction to mine management strategies, operational systems and production systems used in surface mining. Students explore surface mining systems using basic concepts for project and process planning and evaluation. By studying methods of mining, customer needs, production, and people management, this course provides a broad overview of the management techniques and systems used in modern surface mining.

    Credits: 3

  • MINE 2850 - Leadership Seminar


    This course presents resources and techniques of effective leadership in personnel and processes to practicing or aspiring leaders and supervisors. Guest speakers present industry models and case studies, and share best practices in their leadership roles and overall responsibilities within industry. Students differentiate between roles of manager, supervisor and field worker, and evaluate personal and professional growth of those whom they supervise. Strategies for the optimization of human and financial resources and compliance with laws, policies and procedures are also addressed.

    Credits: 1

  • Molecular Biology (MOLB)

  • MOLB 0000 - Any course from the MOLB department


    Choose any course from the MOLB department.

  • MOLB 2210 - General Microbiology


    This course is an introduction to microorganisms, including bacteria, fungi, protists, and viruses. The course focuses on characterizing the cellular, physiological and molecular differences of these microorganisms. The relationship of microorganisms to each other, the environment, humans, and diseases are addressed. Laboratory techniques using aseptic technique to isolate and identify microorganisms are emphasized. This course is recommended for biology majors and students preparing for health-related fields.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    BIOL 1010 Gen. Biology I and CHEM 1000 Intro Chemistry or CHEM 1020 Gen. Chemistry I, with a C or better, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MOLB 2210 General Microbiology , the student will:

    1. Summarize the characteristics of the different taxa of microorganisms.
    2. Demonstrate proper microscope technique including the use of oil immersion, staining procedures, and slide preparation.
    3. Display appropriate laboratory skills such as aseptic technique and handling of live bacterial cultures.
    4. Distinguish bacterial cultures using differential and selective media.
    5. Describe host defense mechanisms including the innate and adaptive immune responses.
    6. Recommend means of microbial control based on various environmental factors.
    7. Apply the scientific method in the investigation and classification of microbial interactions with their environment.
    8. Discriminate between Gram-positive and Gram-negative cell walls.
    9. Outline the mechanisms of genetic transmission among cells.
    10. Compare the types of microbial metabolisms.
    11. Categorize antibiotics by their mode of action.
    12. Distinguish between lytic and lysogenic cycles of viruses.
    13. Summarize current technological practices in the study and use of microorganisms.
    14. Describe mechanisms of genetic and immune-assays to identify pathogenic agents such as ELISA and PCR.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of MOLB 2210 General Microbiology, the student will:

    Biology AS

    PO#1 Apply fundamental concepts in the biological sciences.

    PO#3 Apply the scientific method to research biologically-relevant questions.

    PO#4 Communicate scientific knowledge by using a variety of modalities.

    PO#5 Demonstrate safe and effective research techniques.

    PO#6 Apply critical thinking to make logical inferences and conclusions within biology.

  • Music (MUSC)

  • MUSC 2500 - Music Portfolio


    This course covers the practical matters for the emerging musician including the development of a professional portfolio, resume, and other promotional materials.  Areas of specialization within music are investigated.  Educational and professional opportunities are explored.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of MUSC 2500 Music Portfolio, the student will:

    1. create a professional resume and curriculum vitae.
    2. propose and execute a capstone project that will be presented as a lecture-demonstration or lecture-performance.
    3. design a personal professional website for promotional purposes.
    4. examine various areas of specialization within the field of music.
    5. evaluate professional and educational opportunities within the student’s area of interest.
    6. devise a strategy for further educational and/or professional development.


  • Page: 1 | 2

    Nursing (NRST, NURS)

  • NRST 0000 - any course from NRST dept


    any course from NRST dept

  • NRST 1510 - Certified Nursing Assistant


    This course prepares students in basic nursing, personal care skills, knowledge of body systems and mental health, social service needs, basic restorative services, residents’ rights, introduction to long-term care and basic life support (BLS) for Healthcare providers.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • NRST 2635 - Nursing Theory III


    This course focuses on the application of the following concepts designed to refine caring behaviors:  competence, clinical judgment, coordination, and commitment.  Students are introduced to advanced nursing care and management skills.  Emphasis is placed on knowledge of managing care for individuals and families in structured health care settings and diverse community settings.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Nursing program required. NRST 1625 - Nursing Theory II and NRST 1725 - Practicum II



    Co-requisites:

    NRST 2635 Nursing Theory III and NRST 2735 Practicum III must be passed in the same semester with a  “C” or better to meet graduation requirements.



  • NRST 2645 - Nursing Theory IV


    This course focuses on the ability of students to take responsibility for quality nursing practice in diverse clinical settings.  Students continue to acquire advanced nursing care and management skills.  Emphasis is placed on management of health care outcomes, modification of plans of care, and self-awareness of behaviors which promote professional accountability.

    Credits: 6

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Nursing program required. NRST 2635 - Nursing Theory III and NRST - 2735 Practicum III



    Co-requisites:

    NRST 2645 Nursing Theory IV and NRST 2745 Practicum IV must be passed in the same semester with a ”C” or better to meet graduation requirements.



  • NRST 2735 - Practicum III


    This course provides students with clinical opportunities to apply advanced nursing practice.  Nursing care and management skills are employed to coordinate client care in acute and community settings.  Management of client care includes recognition of client values.  Interventions focus on achieving positive client outcomes across the health care continuum.

    Credits: 4

    Comments: $250 program fee

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Nursing program required.  NRST 1625 - Nursing Theory II and NRST 1725 - Practicum II



    Co-requisites:

    NRST 2635 - Nursing Theory III and NRST 2735 - Practicum III must be passed in the same semester with a “C” or better to meet graduation requirements.



  • NRST 2745 - Practicum IV


    This course focuses on synthesis of nursing knowledge, skill, and judgment. Competence is demonstrated in advanced nursing care and management skills. Students integrate professional behaviors to communicate caring through excellence in practice. They develop the clinical judgment to function as entry level registered nurses. 

    Credits: 4

    Comments: $250 program fee

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Nursing program required. NRST 2635 Nursing Theory III and NRST 2735 Practicum III



    Co-requisites:

    NRST 2645 Nursing Theory IV and NRST 2745 Practicum IV must be passed in the same semester with a “C” or better to meet graduation requirements.



  • NURS 1000 - Nursing First Year Seminar


    This course is designed to help students learn and improve skills and strategies that are essential to academic success in the nursing program. This course will enable students to understand their learning styles, personal goals and critical thinking abilities. This course will introduce students to a concept-based curriculum and provide orientation requirements for the clinical agencies.  Through activities, application, and reflection, the material covered in this course should support and assist students in their nursing courses.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Acceptance into the Nursing Program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of NURS 1000-Nursing First Year Seminar, the student will:

    1. Establish own academic goals based on self-evaluation and reflection;
    2. Participate actively in own learning;
    3. Collaborate with others to achieve outcomes;
    4. Apply prior and new knowledge to transition into the nursing program.


    Program Outcomes
    Nursing Programs

    PO#2 Incorporate prior knowledge, current research, and clinical experience in decision-making.

    PO#3 Demonstrate leadership skills as part of an inter-professional team to promote desired outcomes.

    PO#4 Use effective communication and advocacy to provide individualized care.

  • NURS 1100 - Professional Nursing Care in Health Promotion


    This course introduces the learner to concepts of health promotion, safety, clinical judgment, leadership, patient centeredness, and professionalism. Health promotion includes learning about self-health and health in children, adults, older adults, and the family experiencing a normal pregnancy. Learners value evidence about healthy lifestyle patterns and risk factors for disease and illness, apply growth and development theory, develop therapeutic relationships, conduct an age-appropriate and culturally-sensitive health assessment, and promote health using the nursing process and standards of professional nursing.

    Credits: 9

    Instructional Method a combination of lecture, lab and clinical

    Prerequisites:
    Acceptance into the Nursing Program and successful completion of NURS 1000 Nursing First Year Seminar

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of NURS 1100-Professional Nursing Care in Health Promotion , the student will:

    1. Adhere to safety standards when providing nursing care.
    2. Explain the role of the nurse in supporting patient safety.
    3. Begin to use the steps of the nursing process to provide care and promote health.
    4. Identify the role of evidence and appropriate sources in guiding decision-making.
    5. Identify the leadership role of the nurse in the healthcare system.
    6. Recognize the role of the nurse in healthcare delivery.
    7. Identify the influence of patient needs, values, and choices when individualizing care.
    8. Recognize effective communication techniques used in establishing therapeutic relationships.
    9. Explore the nurse’s role in advocacy.
    10. Identify the core values of professional nursing.
    11. Identify the legal and ethical basis of nursing practice, including scope of practice.
    12. Utilize concepts of health promotion to educate patients across the lifespan.


    Program Outcomes
    Nursing Programs

    PO#1 Provide safe nursing care within the healthcare system.

    PO#2 Incorporate prior knowledge, current research, and clinical experience in decision-making.

    PO#3 Demonstrate leadership skills as part of an inter-professional team to promote desired outcomes.

    PO#4 Use effective communication and advocacy to provide individualized care.

    PO#5 Practice within the core values, principles, and standards of the nursing profession.

    PO#6 Utilize the nursing process and a broad knowledge base to maximize health.

  • NURS 1200 - Professional Nursing Care in Chronic Illness


    This course introduces the learner to the patient and family with chronic illness using the concepts of health promotion, safety, clinical judgment, leadership, patient centeredness, and professionalism. Learners use caring behaviors, therapeutic communication and advocacy when providing care to patients with chronic illness across the lifespan. Learners identify the roles and values of the members of the inter-professional healthcare team.  The patient and family-lived experience is emphasized.

    Credits: 9

    Instructional Method a combination of lecture, lab and clinical

    Prerequisites:
    Acceptance into the nursing program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of NURS 1200-Professional Nursing Care in Chronic Illness, the student will:

    1. Apply strategies to reduce the risk of harm to patients and providers with consideration for professional standards.
    2. Demonstrate the role of the nurse in supporting patient safety.
    3. Apply the nursing process for plans of care.
    4. Begin to incorporate evidence when planning nursing care.
    5. Develop beginning leadership attributes, such as prioritizing, delegating, and managing resources.
    6. Participate as a member of the inter-professional team.
    7. Provide basic, safe and effective, individualized care.
    8. Use effective communication techniques to establish therapeutic relationships.
    9. Identify the need for advocacy in patient care.
    10. Articulate core values and principles of the nursing profession.
    11. Relate legal and ethical standards to the scope of practice.
    12. Develop evidence-based teaching plans to manage health and promote quality of life.


    Program Outcomes
    Nursing Programs

    PO#1 Provide safe nursing care within the healthcare system.

    PO#2 Incorporate prior knowledge, current research, and clinical experience in decision-making.

    PO#3 Demonstrate leadership skills as part of an inter-professional team to promote desired outcomes.

    PO#4 Use effective communication and advocacy to provide individualized care.

    PO#5 Practice within the core values, principles, and standards of the nursing profession.

    PO#6 Utilize the nursing process and a broad knowledge base to maximize health.

  • NURS 2300 - Professional Nursing Care in Acute Illness


    This course introduces the learner to the patient and family with acute illness using the concepts of health promotion, safety, clinical judgment, leadership, patient centeredness, and professionalism. Learners use caring behaviors, therapeutic communication and advocacy when providing care to patients with acute illness across the lifespan. The learner facilitates the effectiveness of the inter-professional healthcare team.  The patient and family-lived experience is emphasized.

    Credits: 9

    Instructional Method a combination of lecture, lab and clinical

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of NURS 2300-Professional Nursing Care in Acute Illness, the student will:

    1. Identify organizational responsibilities in providing a culture of safety.
    2. Analyze the role of the nurse in promoting safe practice.
    3. Utilize evidence based practice and clinical findings to care for patients.
    4. Contribute as a member of the inter-professional team.
    5. Modify care to meet individual patient needs.
    6. Incorporate effective communication techniques to maintain therapeutic relationships.
    7. Practice basic advocacy when participating in patient care.
    8. Demonstrate adherence to the core values and principles of the nursing profession.
    9. Apply legal and ethical standards to the scope of practice.
    10. Adapt evidence-based teaching plans to manage changes in health status.


    Program Outcomes
    Nursing Programs

    PO#1 Provide safe nursing care within the healthcare system.

    PO#2 Incorporate prior knowledge, current research, and clinical experience in decision-making.

    PO#3 Demonstrate leadership skills as part of an inter-professional team to promote desired outcomes.

    PO#4 Use effective communication and advocacy to provide individualized care.

    PO#5 Practice within the core values, principles, and standards of the nursing profession.

    PO#6 Utilize the nursing process and a broad knowledge base to maximize health.

  • NURS 2400 - Professional Nursing Care in Complex Illness


    This course introduces the learner to the patient and family with complex illness using the concepts of health promotion, safety, clinical judgment, leadership, patient centeredness, and professionalism.  This course is focused on the vulnerable patient, which could include multisystem acute and chronic diseases processes and physiological, mental and socioeconomic factors that put the patient at risk.  The patient and family-lived experience is emphasized.

    Credits: 9

    Instructional Method a combination of lecture, lab and clinical

    Prerequisites:
    Acceptance into the nursing program

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of NURS 2400-Professional Nursing Care in Complex Illness, the student will:

    1. Participate in guiding safety and care management within the healthcare system.
    2. Model the role of the beginning nurse in the provision of safe, quality nursing care.
    3. Prioritize care of multiple patients with increasing independence using evidence and clinical judgment.
    4. Evaluate leadership effectiveness within a variety of healthcare settings.
    5. Coordinate healthcare delivery with the inter-professional team.
    6. Coordinate individualized care for diverse patients.
    7. Adapt communication techniques to strengthen relationships.
    8. Model advocacy in nursing practice.
    9. Exemplify the core values and principles of the nursing profession.
    10. Maintain the legal and ethical standards of professional nursing practice.
    11. Prioritize educational needs and evidence-based strategies to optimize outcomes.


    Program Outcomes
    Nursing Programs

    PO#1 Provide safe nursing care within the healthcare system.

    PO#2 Incorporate prior knowledge, current research, and clinical experience in decision-making.

    PO#3 Demonstrate leadership skills as part of an inter-professional team to promote desired outcomes.

    PO#4 Use effective communication and advocacy to provide individualized care.

    PO#5 Practice within the core values, principles, and standards of the nursing profession.

    PO#6 Utilize the nursing process and a broad knowledge base to maximize health.

  • Outdoor Education Activity (OEAC)

  • OEAC 1500 - Wilderness Horse Packing


    This course introduces students to horse packing, travel, and camping skills necessary for outdoor travel in the wilderness. Students will learn basic planning of menus, equipment, supplies, and packing for the trip. Students will have the opportunity to use and practice the knowledge and skills through weekend trips.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Possess basic horse riding skills; Be able to complete moderate to difficult hiking and carry/lift up to 60 pounds of equipment in a high country setting; AND Provide basic camping equipment and proper clothing for safely and comfortably participating in a wilderness excursion.



  • Outdoor Education Professional (OEPR)

    PE Activities (PEAC)

  • PEAC 0000 - PE Activity Course


    Choose any PEAC activity course.

  • PEAC 1001 - Physical Activity & Your Health


    This course is designed to help students develop and actively pursue individual health and fitness goals in a noncompetitive atmosphere.  Students examine current health issues and the role of physical fitness in a wellness lifestyle. 

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1001 Physical Activity and Your Health, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of current health issues and the importance of physical activity in a wellness lifestyle.
    2. Assess physical fitness components: cardiorespiratory endurance, muscular strength and endurance, flexibility, and body composition.
    3. Demonstrate a basic understanding of nutrition and healthy weight management.
    4. Explore the dimensions of wellness.
    5. Assess and develop a personal wellness portfolio.


  • PEAC 1009 - Recreational Activity


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to participate in a variety of recreational games and activities.  The games and activities may include activities such as volleyball, softball, and soccer.


     

    Credits: 1

    Comments: Prior to Spring 2010, PEAC 1009 was listed as Rec Games

  • PEAC 1011 - Aquatic Conditioning


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through the participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Students learn various aspects of water cross training and water aerobics that will help them to enhance the physical dimension of wellness. Activities related to this course vary from semester to semester.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1011 Aquatic Conditioning , the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. explain the basic principles of water resistance training.
    4. demonstrate proper water safety techniques.


  • PEAC 1034 - Fitness:


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Students learn various aspects of cardiorespiratory endurance as well as muscular strength and endurance that will help them to enhance the physical dimension of wellness. Activities related to this course vary from semester to semester.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1034 Fitness: , the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. demonstrate proper technique for aerobic and anaerobic exercises.


  • PEAC 1040 - Tai Chi


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through the participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Students will learn various aspects of this ancient Chinese form of movement. This discipline improves balance, endurance, and overall physical condition. It is known to improve focus and concentration. The principles taught in this class will help students to enhance the physical dimension of wellness.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1040 Tai Chi, the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. summarize the history and principles of Tai Chi.
    4. demonstrate proficiency in Tai Chi.
    5. explain the benefits of breath, alignment, and balance.


  • PEAC 1041 - Personal Defense:


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through the participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Throughout the semester, students study self-defense through one martial arts style and develop flexibility, balance, and core strength. Activities related to this course vary from semester to semester.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1041 Personal Defense: , the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. utilize and demonstrate the basic self-defense skills for the martial art studied.
    4. perform techniques in the specified style.


  • PEAC 1272 - Cardio/Power Circuit Training


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through the participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Students learn various aspects of cardiorespiratory endurance as well as muscular strength and endurance that will help them to enhance the physical dimension of wellness.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1272 Cardio/Power Circuit Training, the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. monitor heart rate throughout the duration of activity.
    4. identify personal fitness goals.
    5. practice proper technique.
    6. demonstrate proper development of an individual circuit training program.


  • PEAC 1273 - Weight Training


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through the participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Students are introduced to a variety of exercises intended to increase muscular strength and endurance. Activities related to this course vary from semester to semester.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1273 Weight Training: , the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. identify personal fitness goals.
    4. demonstrate correct lifting technique.
    5. apply basic principles of resistance training.
    6. demonstrate proper exercise sequence.
    7. employ various measurements and evaluation procedures to assess weight training progress.
    8. calculate percentages of one repetition maximums as it pertains to strength, hypertrophy, and muscular endurance. 


  • PEAC 1280 - Fly Tying


    This course is designed to provide students with the basic knowledge of fly tying.  Each student’s level will be evaluated and a program to improve each person’s skills will be outlined.  By course end, each student will have a better understanding of tying artificial flies, as well as their own abilities.




    Credits: 1

  • PEAC 1281 - Fly Fishing


    This course is designed to provide students with a basic knowledge of fly fishing.  Lessons will include basic knots, casting techniques, and uses of artificial flies.  Students will have the opportunity to develop and enhance their skills while experiencing fly fishing as an art.  Students will also examine outdoor ethics and licensure requirements.

     

    Credits: 1

  • PEAC 1289 - Fitness Center Conditioning


    This course is for students who have an established workout program or who would like assistance in developing an individualized workout program based on personal goals. Students will be required to get a minimum of 30 hours of exercise throughout the semester.

    Credits: 1

  • PEAC 1294 - Yoga


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to enhance their personal wellness through the participation in moderate to vigorous physical activity. This course is designed to complement and enhance biomechanics by focusing on balance, flexibility, and strength.  The course will give an overview of different styles of Yoga, its history, and purpose.  The postures (asanas), breath and correct body mechanics for each posture will be addressed, along with contraindications and modification for limitations.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Comments: S/U grading

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC 1294 Yoga , the student will:

    1. assess the role of exercise in health related fitness.
    2. improve and/or enhance specific health-related fitness components.
    3. identify personal fitness goals.
    4. explain the history of the style practiced.
    5. determine any contraindications for a particular asana.
    6. demonstrate safe practice.
    7. assess limitations such as range of motion due to fractures and implement modifications.
    8. demonstrate proficiency when doing postures.


  • PEAC 1295 - Introduction to Backpacking


    This course is designed to introduce students to the basic principles of wilderness backpacking.  Students will develop the fundamental knowledge necessary for planning and participating in safe and enjoyable backpacking excursions. Topics for this course includes proper equipment selection and usage; trail selection; menu planning and food preparation; basic backcountry first aid; map, compass and GPS use; and Leave No Trace practices.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Students should be able to walk 5 miles/day while carrying a 40 lb. pack.



  • PEAC 1298 - Snowshoeing


     This course is designed for beginning and intermediate snowshoeing students. The course emphasizes techniques, equipment information, survival strategies, safety, and ethical outdoor recreation practices. It consists of classroom instruction and guided instruction in a variety of snowshoe-able settings. Each field day will consist of a 30 minute guest speaker presentation, practical instruction and snowshoeing practice.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



  • PEAC 1540 - Mountain Biking


    This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamental skills that are necessary to be able to safely and successfully enjoy the sport of mountain biking. Students will become aware of the proper fit of helmets and bikes, gear selection, RPM and frame configuration, single-track techniques of climbing and downhill riding, and environmental concerns.

     

    The students will become knowledgeable about the skills and techniques associated with mountain biking and being able to safely and effectively negotiate the various challenges of off-road trail riding. The class will also address bike care and maintenance.

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    Students should have some experience riding off-terrain and physical ability to ride 5-10 miles on trail.



  • PEAC 1560 - Beginning Orienteering


    This course introduces the various types of orienteering and proper orienteering techniques. It will provide students with hands-on experience in the fundamentals of map and compass utilization. Emphasis will be placed on topographic map interpretation and field navigation techniques. In addition to the standard orienteering compass, students will learn how to navigate by Global Positioning System (GPS).

    Credits: 1

  • THEA 1480 - Beginning Jazz


    This course introduces the basic movements, patterns, and vocabulary of jazz dance technique. Individual artistry will be nurtured as well as the development of an enjoyment and appreciation of the art form. Physical movement is the primary focus of this class. Proper alignment and safe execution of movements is also emphasized. Students learn movements at a rate that is comfortable for all students, yet challenge mind and body daily with new concepts and patterns.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC/THEA 1480  Beginning Jazz, the student will:

    1. improve specific health-related fitness components.
    2. describe elementary principles and techniques used in Jazz.
    3. perform basic movement patterns, qualities of movement and musical analysis as it relates to Jazz.
    4. develop muscular coordination, agility and kinesthetic sense at an elementary level of difficulty.
    5. describe the significance of jazz as a disciplined art form.
    6. reflect on dance performance on stage or video through a written response.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 1480 Beginning Jazz, the student will:

    Theater & Dance AA

    PO#2 Integrate theory and practice through performance

  • Philosophy (PHIL)

  • PHIL 1000 - Introduction to Philosophy


    This course introduces some of the more influential ideas that have shaped the concepts and beliefs of the contemporary Western world, through the study of their historical development and discussion of the ideas themselves.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course fulfills the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHIL 1000 Introduction to Philosophy, the student will:

    1. Identify the major historical personalities of philosophical thought process.
    2. Articulate, verbally and in writing, the definition of key terms used by philosophers.
    3. Discuss key issues/problems philosophers have wrestled with over past centuries.
    4. Analyze current problems that give cause for reflection about human reality
    5. Synthesize the different viewpoints on the issues discussed to create a personal viewpoint on said issues.
    6. Articulate own philosophical point of view in light of a historical perspective.


  • PHIL 2300 - Ethics in Practice


    This is an introductory course in moral theory that teaches systems of ethics as they apply to modern life.  It focuses on contemporary ethical conflicts in various fields and requires students to research conflicts in their chosen fields of study/ future employment. This is a Writing Intensive Course. At least 30% of the grade will be earned through writing assignments that demand critical thinking, writing, and reading skills.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Humanities
    Comments: This course fulfills the Human Culture requirement at UW. This is a writing intensive course.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHIL 2300 Ethics in Practice, the student will:

    1. Define the vocabulary of the study of ethics.
    2. Apply the vocabulary of the study of ethics to current issues
    3. Examine, both orally and in writing, philosophical ethical traditions.
    4. Explain ethical dilemmas.
    5. Express, in writing, a position on an ethical dilemma supported by logic and reasoning.
    6. Integrate ethical standards from multiple sources from the student’s field into a set of ethical standards for said field.
    7. Assess responses to ethical dilemmas found through research within the student’s field of study.
    8. Apply ethical standards from the student’s field to a current event in said field.
    9. Compare responses to ethical dilemmas found within contemporary issues.
    10. Evaluate arguments concerning issues in contemporary ethics.


  • PHOT

    Physics (PHYS)

  • PHYS 0000 - Any course from the PHYS department


    Choose any course from the PHYS department.

  • PHYS 1050 - Concepts of Physics


    This course develops a qualitative understanding of and methods for clear communication about physical principles. The main domains of classical physics, namely mechanics, fluids, thermodynamics, electromagnetism, and optics are covered.  A laboratory experience is also included in this course.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 0930 Intermediate Algebra or MATH 1000 Problem Solving with a grade of “C” or better, or placement into a higher level mathematics course.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHYS 1050 Concepts of Physics, the student will:

    1. Apply physical principles to everyday life problems.
    2. Describe the physics underlying commonly-observed phenomena.
    3. Evaluate explanations of physical processes by comparison to observation.
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of the Laws of Motion, Rotational Motion, Gravity and Projectile Motion.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of the Law of conservation of energy and momentum.
    6. Demonstrate knowledge of the concepts and phenomena in the fields of heat.
    7. Demonstrate knowledge of fluids, fluid pressure, Archimedes Principle and Pascal’s Law.
    8.  Demonstrate knowledge of vibrations, waves, and sound.
    9.  Demonstrate knowledge of the properties of light, light waves, and color.
    10.  Demonstrate knowledge of electricity and magnetism.
    11.  Demonstrate the ability to translate common language descriptions into the language of physics and into physical diagrams.
    12. Demonstrate the ability to collect, evaluate, interpret, and communicate scientific information through the Scientific Method.


    Program Outcomes
    Engineering Technology AAS

    PO#4 Communicate scientific and mathematical information effectively, with content specialists.

    PO#8 Apply relevant techniques, skills, and engineering technology tools to solve problems.

  • PHYS 1110 - General Physics I


    This course applies the tools of trigonometry, algebra, vectors, and differential and integral calculus to the analysis of Newtonian mechanics, wave motion, fluids, and thermodynamics.  This course includes laboratory experience.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    Complete MATH 1405 Pre-Calculus Trigonometry or higher with a C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHYS 1110 General Physics I, the student will:

    1. Apply appropriate mathematical strategies to solve problems in physics to include trigonometry and algebra.
    2. Apply appropriate conceptual physics strategies to solve problems in physics.
    3. Make accurate laboratory measurements of physical phenomenon.
    4. Define the fundamental laws and principles encompassing Newtonian mechanics.
    5. Explain the fundamental laws and principles that apply to fluids to include Pascal, Archimedes, and Bernoulli’s principles.
    6. Describe oscillatory and wave motion.
    7. Explain the fundamental laws and principles that apply to the study of heat and thermodynamics.
    8. Employ the scientific method in physical and numeric problem solving strategies. 
    9. Apply the concepts of readability, sensitivity, accuracy, precision, and uncertainty in a laboratory setting.
    10. Distinguishing between random and systematic errors; error propagation in formula manipulation and in numerical iterations.
    11. Demonstrate proficiency in minimizing or maximizing errors in a laboratory setting.
    12. Identify how physics influences and is influenced by contemporary society.


  • PHYS 1120 - General Physics II


    This course applies the tools of trigonometry, algebra, and vectors to the analysis of electricity, magnetism, and optics.  Laboratory experience is also included..

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1405 Pre-calc Trig or MATH 1450 Pre-calc Algebra & Trig, with C or better, or Math Placement VI, and PHYS 1110 - General Physics I with a grade of “C” or better.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHYS 1120 General Physics II, the student will:

    1. Apply appropriate mathematical strategies to include trigonometry, algebra, and vectors in solving problems involving the concepts of electricity, magnetism, and optics.
    2. Apply appropriate conceptual physics strategies, using the scientific method, to solve problems involving concepts of electricity, magnetism, and optics.
    3. Make accurate laboratory measurements of physical phenomenon.
    4. Apply Coulomb’s Law to calculate electric fields for various electric charge distributions.
    5. Apply the concepts of electric potential and electric field to the study of electrostatics.
    6. Employ Kirchhoff’s Rules to solve problems with direct current electric circuits.
    7. Explain the behavior and uses of various circuit devices in both direct current and alternative current circuits to include resistors, capacitors, diodes, and inductors.
    8. Apply Maxwell’s equations to the study of electromagnetism.
    9. Apply the Law of Biot-Savart to calculate magnetic fields for various electric current distributions.
    10. Utilize the concepts of electricity and magnetism to explain the operation of electric generators, transformers, and motors.
    11. Solve simple thick and thin lens problems.
    12. Solve simple optics problems regarding light transmission through various media to include the phenomenon of polarization, interference, and diffraction.
    13. Summarize the evidence for the wave nature of light.
    14. Identify how physics influences and is influenced by contemporary society.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of PHYS 1120 General Physics II, the student will:

    NA

  • PHYS 1310 - College Physics I


    This course applies the tools of trigonometry, algebra, vectors, and differential and integral calculus to the analysis of Newtonian mechanics, wave motion, fluids, and thermodynamics.  This course includes laboratory experience.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Physical Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2200 - Calculus I with a grade of “C” or better.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHYS 1310 College Physics I, the student will:

    1. Apply appropriate mathematical strategies to solve problems in physics to include trigonometry, algebra, vector, and calculus.
    2. Apply appropriate conceptual physics strategies to solve problems in physics.
    3. Make accurate laboratory measurements of physical phenomenon.
    4. Define the fundamental laws and principles encompassing Newtonian mechanics.
    5. Employ conservation laws related to mechanical energy and momentum to solve problems.
    6. Explain the fundamental laws and principles that apply to fluids to include Pascal, Archimedes, and Bernoulli’s principles.
    7. Describe oscillatory and wave motion.
    8. Explain the fundamental laws and principles that apply to the study of heat and thermodynamics. 
    9. Apply the concepts of readability, sensitivity, accuracy, precision, and uncertainty in a laboratory setting.
    10. Distinguishing between random and systematic errors; error propagation in formula manipulation and in numerical iterations.
    11. Demonstrate proficiency in minimizing or maximizing errors in a laboratory setting.
    12. Identify how physics influences and is influenced by contemporary society.


  • PHYS 1320 - College Physics II


    This course applies the tools of trigonometry, algebra, vectors, and differential and integral calculus to the analysis of electricity, magnetism, and optics.  Laboratory experience is also included

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 2200 Calculus I with a grade of “C” or better.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PHYS 1320 College Physics II, the student will:

    1. Apply appropriate mathematical strategies to include trigonometry, algebra, and vector, differential, and integral calculus in solving problems involving the concepts of electricity, magnetism, and optics.
    2. Apply appropriate conceptual physics strategies, using the scientific method, to solve problems involving concepts of electricity, magnetism, and optics.
    3. Make accurate laboratory measurements of physical phenomenon.
    4. Apply Coulomb’s Law to calculate electric fields for various electric charge distributions.
    5. Apply the concepts of electric potential and electric field to the study of electrostatics.
    6. Employ Kirchhoff’s Rules to solve problems with direct current electric circuits.
    7. Explain the behavior and uses of various circuit devices in both direct current and alternative current circuits to include resistors, capacitors, diodes, and inductors.
    8. Apply Maxwell’s equations to the study of electromagnetism.
    9. Apply the Law of Biot-Savart to calculate magnetic fields for various electric current distributions.
    10. Utilize the concepts of electricity and magnetism to explain the operation of electric generators, transformers, and motors.
    11. Solve simple thick and thin lens problems.
    12. Solve simple optics problems regarding light transmission through various media to include the phenomenon of polarization, interference, and diffraction.
    13. Summarize the evidence for the wave nature of light.
    14. Identify how physics influences and is influenced by contemporary society.


  • Political Science (POLS)

  • POLS 1000 - American & Wyoming Government


    This course introduces students to the ideas and concepts behind the growth and development of the governments of the U.S. and Wyoming and the political processes associated with them.  This course fulfills the statutory requirement for instruction in the provisions and principles of the state and national constitutions.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: US and Wyoming Constitutions
    Comments: This course satisfies the same requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of POLS 1000 American and Wyoming Government, the student will:

    1.  Identify the philosophical origins of the U.S. system of government.

    2.  Differentiate the central characteristics of the legislative, executive and judicial branches of government.

    3.  Distinguish how different political systems divide and share power between national and sub-national units (city, county, state, and sovereign nations), with particular emphasis on the American federal system.

    4.  Describe the historical, social, political and cultural context of the U.S. and Wyoming constitutions and regional Native American sovereign nations.

    5.  Analyze the historical, social, political and cultural evolution of American civil rights    and civil liberties.

    6.  Evaluate the role of public opinion, interest groups, political parties, the media, campaigns and elections in shaping political outcomes.

    7.  Evaluate the relationship between and informed citizenry and the performance of the democratic institutions by which they are governed.

    8.  Identify how central principles, institutions, procedures, and decision-making processes shape public policy in the United States.

    9.  Develop the ability to express factually supported arguments regarding political problems or questions.

  • POLS 1100 - Wyoming Government


    This course deals with important features of the Wyoming Constitution including how it differs from the U.S. Constitution, how the separation of powers operates within the framework, and how citizens can influence governmental outcomes.

     

     

    Credits: 1

    Comments: POLS 1100 Wyoming Government is intended to complete the requirement of the State of Wyoming when the US Constitution requirement is met through AP or transfer.

    Prerequisites:
    A college level United States Government that is broadly similar to POLS 1000 at this institution or AP US Government with a score of 3 or higher.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of POLS 1110 American Government , the student will:

    1. Contrast the major differences between the U.S. and Wyoming Constitutions.
    2. Characterize the effects of the Separation of Powers in Wyoming government.
    3. Illustrate how Wyoming citizens can directly access and affect the political process


  • POLS 2120 - Introduction to Criminal Justice


    This course examines the foundations of the criminal justice system in the United States including the rule of law and causes of crime. It explains law enforcement, courts, and corrections, their goals and processes, and the impact of crime on society.

    Credits: 3

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2120/POLS 2120 Introduction to Criminal Justice, the student will:

    1. Discuss the historical development of the police, courts and corrections in the United States.
    2. Identify the major goals of the criminal justice system and its components.
    3. Describe the working relationships between local, state and federal agencies of the criminal justice system.
    4. Discuss the effects of law in the United States and its enforcement, adjudication and punishment within society.
    5. Identify the major sources of criminal justice data and classification of crimes.
    6. Assess future trends in law enforcement, adjudication and post-conviction processes.
    7. Discuss the ethical and liability issues for the Criminal Justice professional.
    8. Discuss the impact of crime on victims and society.
    9. Investigate the various functions that law enforcement agencies perform.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2120/POLS 2120 Introduction to Criminal Justice, the student will:

    • PLO 1 Examine the components of the criminal justice system.


    Cross-listed: CRMJ 2120 - Introduction to Criminal Justice
  • POLS 2310 - Introduction to International Relations


    This course is a broad study of how individual states, international organizations, governmental and non-governmental entities, economics, and other forces affect the world.  Introduction to International Relations (IR) is a combination of many approaches including the application of theory, economics, history, sociology, and more.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Prerequisites:
    POLS 1000 - American and Wyoming Government, or instructor consent
     

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of POLS 2310 Introduction to International Studies, the student will:

    1. Illustrate familiarity with the major theoretical IR perspectives.
    2. Contrast the various units of analysis approaches.
    3. Summarize the ways in which economics affect foreign relations.
    4. Characterize how historical approaches inform our understanding of IR.
    5. Identify the significance of the phenomenon of Globalization.
    6. Summarize the major factors in global governance.
    7. Illustrate how 20th Century conflicts either did, or did not result in actual warfare.
    8. Characterize the changes that have taken place in the Post 9/11 world.
    9. Contrast traditional Realist approaches to IR with alternative approaches.


  • Professional PE (PEPR)

  • PEPR 1004 - Foundations of Physical Education


    This course is designed for prospective school-based physical education teachers K-12.  This course will also provide students with a contemporary vision/philosophy of the field of physical education.  Lectures and discussions will also address the origin, scope, development, content of programs, and professional training necessary to enter the field.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: Prior to Fall 2008, PEPR 1004 was listed as PEPR 1005 - Introduction to Physical Education

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEPR 1004 Foundations of Physical Education, the student will:

    1. Evaluate methods of teaching related to physical education.
    2. Describe the foundations and philosophies of physical education.
    3. Differentiate the goals, purposes, and outcomes of contemporary physical education curriculum models.
    4. Discuss issues surrounding teacher-coach role conflict and its effect on student learning, curricular decisions and pedagogical skills.
    5. Describe the factors that impact one’s teaching in a heterogeneous environment (race, gender, ethnicity, exceptional needs, etc.).
    6. Analyze the occupational knowledge, skills, and abilities that are needed to become a teacher in physical education.


  • PEPR 1035 - Foundations of Exercise Science


    This course provides students with an overview of the field of exercise science.  Exercise science encompasses a variety of sub-disciplines, each aimed at integrating the unique demands of movement and the basic science associated with the sub-discipline.  Students explore the topics of exercise physiology, sports nutrition, health, biomechanics, sports psychology, and motor/neural control of movement.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    Placement at Reading Level III, Writing Level III



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • PEPR 1040 - Sports First Aid


    This course provides students with a basic understanding of sports injuries. Sport First Aid teaches the skills necessary to recognize common sport injuries and administer the appropriate first aid treatments. The course is designed to meet the Wyoming State Coaches’ certification requirements for sport first aid. Upon successful completion of the course, students will receive a certification in Sport First Aid from the American Sport Education Program and CPR/First Aid from the American Heart Association.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Combined Lecture/Lab

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEPR 1040 Sport First Aid , the student will:

    1. Design an emergency action plan for appropriate response to emergency situations.
    2. Identify specific anatomical landmarks.
    3. Define sport injury terminology.
    4. Develop a sport first aid game plan.
    5. Describe first response injury evaluation.
    6. Demonstrate correct emergency response including CPR and AED.
    7. Describe the signs and symptoms of various sport injuries and common illnesses.
    8. Recognize the signs of sudden illnesses.
    9. Describe the appropriate treatment for various sports injuries and illnesses.
    10. Demonstrate the correct immobilization and transport techniques.
    11. Describe the components of a sport first aid kit.
    12. Describe the principles specific to attaining and maintaining a high level of health and fitness for the athlete.
    13. Administer various assessments including fitness, strength, and motor skills tests.


  • PEPR 1056 - Introduction to Athletic Training


    This course is designed to provide the prospective athletic trainer with the skills and knowledge necessary to implement a risk management and preventative program for athletes and others involved in physical activity. This course will provide the student with an introduction into the profession of athletic training and the proficiencies and competencies necessary for the entry-level certified athletic trainer.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • PEPR 1150 - Introduction to Sports and Exercise Nutrition


    This course introduces students to the basic principles of nutrition as it relates to health and exercise.  Students examine the macro and micronutrients and the role each one play in the body for basic health and optimal performance.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of both ENGL 1010 - English and a course satisfying the Basic Math General Education requirement for the AS degree with a ”C” or better.



  • PEPR 2012 - Physical Education for Elementary Schools


    This course introduces the students to the fundamental principles of elementary school physical education.  Students examine age appropriate activities, ideal programs, intramural and play days, methods of instruction, and evaluation procedures.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    EDFD 2020 - Foundations of Education



  • PEPR 2050 - Care & Prevention of Athletic Injuries


    This course introduces students to the foundations of athletic injury prevention, evaluation, management, and rehabilitation. The course includes practical, hands-on lab activities designed to provide the students with an opportunity to developing taping and wrapping techniques.

    Credits: 2

    Comments: Previously under PEPR 1052 course number

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    KIN 1020 Fundamentals of Taping & Wrapping Athletic Injuries (only for Athletic Training majors)



  • PEPR 2060 - Methods of Training and Conditioning


    This course introduces key principles of resistance training and conditioning based on anatomy, physiology, biomechanics and motor learning. Understanding these key principles is fundamental for students interested in studying exercise science, kinesiology, and other health-related fields. Students apply basic conditioning principles in educational, athletic, and general fitness environments.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PEPR 2135 - Personal Trainer Education I with a grade of “C” or better; CPR/First Aid Certification through the American Heart Association or American Red Cross; or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • PEPR 2069 - History & Philosophy of Sport


    This course addresses historical and philosophical aspects in the development of physical education and sports.  Students will analyze the contributions of the Greeks, Romans, Scandinavians, and Europeans and the impact these contributions had on world sport.  Students will also study influences of early American Sport including Native American Sport.  Students will not only review sport in a historical context, but they will also review the dynamics of the philosophy in a changing culture.




    Credits: 3

  • PEPR 2093 - Sports Officiating


    This course is intended to provide the necessary foundation of knowledge for officiating a variety of sports.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Combined Lecture/Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEPR 2093 Principles of Sports Officiating, the student will:

    1. Develop an officiating philosophy.
    2. Describe various sports officiating techniques and styles.
    3. Describe the role of the sports official.
    4. Discuss the psychological factors related to officiating.
    5. Discuss the basic need and purpose of rules in competitive sports.
    6. Demonstrate decision-making skills.
    7. Practice conflict management techniques.
    8. Examine legal and business responsibilities related to sports officiating.
    9. Participate as a sports official in a simulated sport contest.
    10. Summarize skills, tactics, and strategies utilized in sport.
    11. Describe sport-specific rules.
    12. Describe the role of physical fitness in sports officiating.


  • PEPR 2110 - Scientific Foundations of Athletic Coaching


    This is a course designed to provide students an introduction to the sport science principles of coaching.  Content covered follows objectives of the National Standard of Athletic Coaches and will include coaching philosophy, sport psychology, sport pedagogy, sport physiology, sport management and a realistic perspective of coaching.  This class is a requirement set forth by the Wyoming Professional Teaching Standards Board. 

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEPR 2110 Scientific Foundations of Athletic Coaching, the student will:

    1. Describe effective risk management practices.
    2. Describe the growth, development and learning of student athletes.
    3. Discuss training, conditioning, and nutritional guidelines for student athletes.
    4. Explain the social/psychological aspects of coaching.
    5. Summarize skills, tactics, and strategies utilized in sport.
    6. Describe various approaches to the teaching and administration of sport.
    7. Explain the purpose and value of professional coaching preparation and development.
    8. Discuss coaching ethics and effective communication practices.
    9. Create a personal coaching philosophy.


  • PEPR 2135 - Personal Trainer Education I


    This course is the first of a two part series designed to prepare students to sit for a national exam offered by any personal training organization fully accredited by the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA). The course will introduce students to the principles of exercise physiology and client assessment. Students will learn how to properly screen clients for safe participation in an exercise program, utilize different tools for assessing a client’s fitness level, and identify appropriate assessment techniques for a wide variety of clientele.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Level III placement in Reading, Writing and Math



  • PEPR 2137 - Personal Trainer Education II


    This course is a follow-up to PEPR 2135 - Personal Trainer Education I and bridges the gap between exercise science related coursework and the practical application skills for personal training.  Students learn how to design and implement exercise prescriptions and successful goal attainment for multiple populations.  It is designed to prepare students to take the National Council on Strength and Fitness Personal Trainer Certification exam.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:

    PEPR 2135 - Personal Trainer Education I with a grade of “C” or better



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEPR 2137 Personal Trainer Education II , the student will:

    1. conduct fitness assessments.
    2. design effective exercise programs that incorporate aerobic and anaerobic training techniques.
    3. demonstrate proper exercise technique.
    4. employ proper exercise progression techniques.
    5. practice risk management.
    6. practice fitness counseling.
    7. develop appropriate exercise guidelines for special populations.


  • PEPR 2150 - Theory of Coaching:


    This class is designed for majors in physical education and/or those individuals interested in applying for a coaching position. The course provides students with the theory, fundamentals, skills and rules of the specific sport.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEPR 2150 Theory of Coaching, the student will:

    1. Describe the theory and fundamentals of the chosen sport.
    2. Explain the rules of the chosen sport.
    3. Apply foundational sport management coaching skills.


  • PEPR 2240 - ACE Group Fitness Instructor


     

    This course is designed to give students the knowledge and understanding necessary to prepare for the ACE Group Fitness Instructor Certification Exam and become effective group fitness instructors. This course will also give students an opportunity to participate in hands-on laboratory experiences that will lead to greater skill development in group fitness leadership. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Level III placement in reading, writing and math



  • PEPR 2250 - ACE Health Coach


     

    This course is designed to provide theoretical knowledge and practical skills in preparation for a national certification exam in health coaching. Topics include effective coach-to-client communication techniques; behavioral, nutritional, and physiological sciences (particularly as they relate to the obese client); screening and assessment; guidelines for designing and implementing safe, effective, and purposeful exercise programs; and the legal, professional, and roles of the health coach.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Compass Placement at Reading, Writing, and Math Level III



  • PEPR 2470 - Internship in Fitness


    The internship course provides an opportunity for students to integrate classroom theory with workplace practice.  Students are placed in a working/learning environment that provides for structured learning, workplace experience, and mentoring by a professional.

    Credits: 1-6

  • Psychology (PSYC)

  • PEPR 2220 - Sports & Exercise Psychology


    This course provides students with an introduction to the theoretical and applied aspects of the psychology of sport and exercise.  Students explore both historical and contemporary developments in the field as well as examine human behavior within the context of sport, exercise, and physical activity.  Topics for this course include leadership, coaching, group processes, techniques for performance enhancement, promoting wellness, psychopathology in sport, and contemporary issues in psychology.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology with C or better, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    None



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2230/PEPR 2220 Sports & Exercise Psychology, the student will:

    1. define exercise and sport psychology.
    2. describe how exercise and sport psychology contribute to the understanding of physical activity, exercise, sport, and athletic performance.
    3. compare the different areas of study that are related to sport psychology.
    4. analyze the different psychological factors that influence participation in participation in regular physical activity and exercise.
    5. contrast the primary differences between exercise psychology and sport psychology.
    6. apply psychological theories and research to sport and exercise behavior.
    7. identify skills related to sport and exercise psychology that can be applied as a coach, teacher, athletic training, or leader in health and fitness.
    8. evaluate the practical application of motivational theories as they relate to sports, physical activity, and exercise.
    9. summarize the impact participation in sport, exercise, and physical activity has on the psychological social make-up of an individual.


    Cross-listed: PSYC 2230
  • PSYC 0000 - any course from PSYC dept


    Course from Psychology Department

  • PSYC 1000 - General Psychology


    This course is intended for students who wish to learn the basics of the discipline of psychology.  If offers a contemporary view of the human organism through the study of topics concerned with growth and development, motivation, behavior disorders, emotion and adjustment, learning and thinking, perception, individual differences, and social adjustments.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course also satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 1000 General Psychology, the student will:

    1. apply psychological principles to facilitate positive change in personal, social, or organizational behavior.
    2. analyze the central concepts and major theories of psychology.
    3. identify the contributions of the scientific method and the influence of philosophy on the discipline of psychology.
    4. outline the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.
    5. describe the major contributions of theorists and researchers who have been significant in the development of the discipline of psychology.
    6. differentiate the major methods of research used in psychology.
    7. compare the assumptions, methods, and choice of problems of psychology with those of other disciplines.
    8. generate novel insights about the psychology of humans and nonhumans.
    9. evaluate psychological science as a means of understanding behavior and mental processes.
    10. determine the quality, objectivity, and credibility of scientific evidence in drawing conclusions and in practice.


    Program Outcomes
    Psychology AA

    Apply basic research methods in psychology, including research design, data analysis, and interpretation.

    Examine the applicability of psychological principles and empirical findings to personal, social, and organizational issues.

    Summarize the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, and historical trends in psychology.

  • PSYC 2000 - Research Methods in Psychology


    This course introduces the student to the methods of investigating psychological questions and interpreting statistics commonly found in psychology.  The student will become familiar with a variety of research strategies including observation, experimentation, survey and correlation.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    ENGL 1010 English I and PSYC 1000 General Psychology

     

     

     

     

     

     



    Co-requisites:

    None



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2000 Research Methods in Psychology, the student will:

    1. investigate psychological questions.
    2. interpret statistics in psychology.
    3. produce writing including discipline-based as well as interdisciplinary.
    4. demonstrate familiarity with the various research designs, including experimentation, observation, survey, and correlations.
    5. analyze information using scientific research.
    6. employ a variety of research strategies.
    7. modify writing using multiple strategies.
    8. conduct original psychological research.
    9. demonstrate the ability to write in the American Psychological Association format.


  • PSYC 2040 - Introduction to Animal Behavior


    This course explores the behavior of non-human animals on multiple levels of analysis, including ontogenetic (the developmental origins of behavior), phylogenetic (the evolutionary origins of behavior), proximate (the physiology and neurophysiology of behavior), and functional (the fitness consequences of behavior).

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology or instructor consent



  • PSYC 2080 - Biological Psychology


    This course introduces biological bases of behavior. It includes ethology and comparative behavior, psychobiological development, physiological and sensory mechanisms of behavior, and evolution and behavioral genetics. It presents basic structural and functional properties of the nervous system.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    BIOL 1010 - General Biology I and PSYC 1000 - General Psychology



    Co-requisites:

    None



    Cross-listed: BIOL 2080 - Biological Psychology
  • PSYC 2125 - Forensic Psychology


    This course focuses on the production and application of psychological knowledge and research findings for the civil and criminal justice systems. The student explores criminal profiling, crime scene investigations, psychology of crimes and delinquency, “victimology” and victim services, psychological assessments, mental disorders, and correctional psychology.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    Complete PSYC 1000 General Psychology or SOC 1000 Sociological Principles with a grade of C or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2125/PSYC 2125 Forensic Psychology, the student will:

    1. Integrate current theory and research to explain behavior from a forensic psychology perspective.
    2. Apply theories related to the interaction between the criminal and civil legal systems and psychology.
    3. Employ vocabulary, concepts, and ethical standards in evaluating an important issue related to forensic assessment.
    4. Describe experiences and perspectives of diverse populations including but not limited to race, culture, socioeconomics, age, gender, sexual orientation, and disability.
    5. Discuss how social/political issues, policies, and events affects the field of forensic psychology.
    6. Evaluate the existing literature and body of knowledge in assessment, evaluation, and research methods in forensic practice.
    7. Describe investigative psychology, criminal profiling, scene analysis, and racial profiling.
    8. Compare competencies of criminal suspects and risk assessment instruments.
    9. Explain the role of forensic psychologists dealing with adults and child victims.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2125/PSYC 2125 Forensic Psychology, the student will:

    Psychology:

    1. Apply basic research methods in psychology, including research design, data analysis, and interpretation.
    2. Examine the applicability of psychological principles and empirical findings to personal, social, and organizational issues.
    3. Assess behavior and mental processes.

    Criminal Justice:

    1. Examine the components of the Criminal Justice system
    2. Analyze the major theories of crime causation to include biological, sociological, and psychological and life course perspectives of criminality.
    3. Analyze sentencing philosophy within the United States


    Cross-listed: CRMJ*2125

  • PSYC 2210 - Drugs & Behavior


    This course provides an introduction and overview of the various substances the human body is exposed to and how we react to them.  Students analyze the interaction between drugs and human behaviors. Students predict the function of the major groups of legal and illicit substances and examine U.S. drug policy. Students also categorize the social effect of drugs on humans as well as evaluate drug activity and its use.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Complete PSYC 1000 General Psychology or SOC 1000 Sociological Principles, or instructor consent



    Cross-listed: CRMJ*2590 - Drugs & Behavior
  • PSYC 2230 - Sports & Exercise Psychology


    This course provides students with an introduction to the theoretical and applied aspects of the psychology of sport and exercise.  Students explore both historical and contemporary developments in the field as well as examine human behavior within the context of sport, exercise, and physical activity.  Topics for this course include leadership, coaching, group processes, techniques for performance enhancement, promoting wellness, psychopathology in sport, and contemporary issues in psychology.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology with a C or better, or instructor consent



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2230/PEPR 2220 Sports & Exercise Psychology, the student will:

    1. define exercise and sport psychology.
    2. describe how exercise and sport psychology contribute to the understanding of physical activity, exercise, sport, and athletic performance.
    3. compare the different areas of study that are related to sport psychology.
    4. analyze the different psychological factors that influence participation in participation in regular physical activity and exercise.
    5. contrast the primary differences between exercise psychology and sport psychology.
    6. apply psychological theories and research to sport and exercise behavior.
    7. identify skills related to sport and exercise psychology that can be applied as a coach, teacher, athletic training, or leader in health and fitness.
    8. evaluate the practical application of motivational theories as they relate to sports, physical activity, and exercise.
    9. summarize the impact participation in sport, exercise, and physical activity has on the psychological social make-up of an individual.


    Cross-listed: PEPR 2220
  • PSYC 2260 - Alcoholism


    This course provides students with an opportunity to examine the impact of alcohol abuse and alcohol addiction upon the individual, family systems, different ethnic groups and society as a whole. These impacts include physical, cognitive, legal and emotional aspects.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology or instructor consent



  • PSYC 2300 - Developmental Psychology


    This class is designed to undertake a scientific study of the development of the individual from prenatal beginnings through the early stages of adolescence.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PSYC 1000 General Psychology



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2300 Developmental Psychology, the student will:

    1. describe the biological/physical, cognitive, and personality/social processes in human development.
    2. explore the psychoanalytic, cognitive, behavioral, social learning, and ethological approaches to the scientific study human development.
    3. analyze the significant controversies in the field of human development.
    4. apply scientific findings in the field of human development to personal experiences.
    5. compare cultural differences in human development.
    6. distinguish between the proposed stages of human development.
    7. evaluate the critical differences between childhood, adolescence, and adulthood.
    8. summarize self-development.
    9. identify the influence of culture on human development.


  • PSYC 2330 - Psychology of Adjustment


    This course discusses personality and its relationship to healthy adjustment to everyday problems, along with an inquiry into aspects of behavioral disorders relating to emotional maladjustments. Emphasis is placed on the application of learning, motivation, and personality theory of personal adjustment.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology with C or better



  • PSYC 2340 - Abnormal Psychology


    This course presents an introduction to abnormal psychology by focusing on the issues and questions confronting mental health professionals.  Students examine human behaviors and mental phenomena that diverge widely from the normal. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 - General Psychology with a C or better



  • PSYC 2380 - Social Psychology


    This course introduces students to the psychology of human interaction.  Students examine socialization, attitudes, group processes and social influence.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 - General Psychology



  • PSYC 2385 - Industrial/Organizational Psychology


    This course introduces students to psychological principles and theories within the workplace. Topics include I/O history and research methods, attitudes and behaviors of employees/employers, interpersonal relationships within the workplace, structure of organizational policies, employer/employee motivation and leadership, context/culture, and the climate of organizations.  Additional areas of I/O Psychology will be reviewed as appropriate.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    Reading Level 3 placement

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2385 Industrial/Organizational Psychology, the student will:

    1. Describe historical and theoretical perspectives of I/O Psychology.
    2. Identify theorists and researchers who have contributed to the development of I/O Psychology.
    3. Evaluate the research methods used in I/O Psychology studies.
    4. Apply relevant theories, research, and specializations to workplace activities and events.
    5. Compare I/O Psychology studies to professional experiences.
    6. Analyze the social and cultural diversity of management styles, the workplace environment, employee expectations, and general business knowledge.


  • PSYC 2450 - Myths, Dreams, and Symbols


    This course is an exploration of the creative unconscious through individual growth.  Myths, dreams, symbols, and their meanings are explored through the use of theory, symbolic work using personal journals, artistic or musical expressions, and group process.  Theorists including Carl Jung, Joseph Campbell, and James Hillman will be examined.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology with a grade of C or better



  • PSYC 2460 - Field Studies


    This course provides cross-cultural experiences while witnessing traditional ways of life in a foreign country. Students are introduced to local flora, fauna, religious practices, education, healing rituals, architecture, technology, art, music, and dance. Upon completion of this course, students develop an understanding of other cultures and their place in modern society.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course requires travel to a foreign country. This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2460 / HLTK 2960 / SOC 2460 Field Studies, the student will:

    1. apply the study of local flora and fauna as it relates to the student’s discipline.
    2. analyze differences in religious practices in a foreign country.
    3. compare cultural differences when working and traveling in a foreign country.
    4. examine the indigenous educational practices found in a foreign country.
    5. distinguish local healing and medicinal practices in a foreign country from the student’s home country.
    6. outline similarities and differences between cultures.
    7. discuss local architecture and land features in a foreign country.
    8. assess how innovations in technology impact culture in a foreign country.
    9. interpret the various functions of art, music, or dance within a novel culture.


    Cross-listed: HLTK 2960 & SOC 2460 Field Studies
  • PSYC 2465 - Special Problems in Psychology


    This course is a sophomore-level course designed to encourage critical thinking and discussion in areas of special problems in psychology.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: none
    Prerequisites:

    PSYC 1000 General Psychology with C or better



  • Purchasing Studies (PRCH)

    Range Management (REWM)

  • REWM 0000 - Any course from the REWM department


    Choose any course from the REWM department.

  • REWM 1005 - Survey of Natural Resource Management


    This course exposes students to job opportunities and career paths that are available to student who pursue a degree in Natural Resource and Ranch Land Management.  Students will develop basic research, management, and job skills while interacting with experts in resource management disciplines.

    Credits: 2

  • REWM 2000 - Principles of Range Management


    This course provides students with an understanding of the basic principles of range management as applied to various regions and vegetative types. Relationship of range management practices to livestock production, wildlife, forestry, hydrology and other conservation and land use management are studied.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Separate Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of REWM 2000 Principles of Range Management, the student will:

    1. Compare fundamental principles of conservation and natural resources management.
    2. Differentiate conservation management techniques to monitor natural resource ecosystems.
    3. Examine the concept of sustainability as a cornerstone of resource management.
    4. Evaluate flora and fauna for multiple land use purposes.
    5. Assess the economic impact of land management decisions.
    6. Analyze appropriate information pertaining to governmental regulations.


  • REWM 2350 - Range & Pasture Monitoring


    This course allows students to gain familiarity with fundamental procedures for measuring the response of rangeland and improved pastures to browsing and grazing by wildlife and livestock. It is intended for students involved in natural resource management, wildlife management, conservation biology, or range livestock production.  The class focuses on how to: a) set up a monitoring program, b) identify ecological sites, c) describe plant community composition and productivity, d) measure forage utilization, e) determine stocking rates, and f) evaluate range/pasture trend and conditions. 


    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:

    None



  • REWM 2400 - Range Ecosystems and Plants


    This course allows students to learn to recognize and identify by scientific and common name the major rangeland plants of North America and understand their distribution and uses within rangeland ecosystems. Skills are gained in using taxonomic keys for major plant groups. It is intended for students involved in natural resource management, wildlife management, or range livestock production. This practical knowledge and skills are essential for rangeland resource managers.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of REWM 2400 Range Ecosystems and Plants, students will:

    1. Evaluate different morphological characteristics associated with plants.
    2. Classify Latin terminology of plant names with families and tribes, including genus and specific epithet.
    3. Identify differences in plants using taxonomic plant features.
    4. Be able to use a taxonomic key to identify plant families and key plants to species.
    5. Evaluate rangeland plants’ functional relationship to their associated rangeland ecosystems.
    6. Explain rangeland ecosystems across North America.
    7. Relate unique plants to their regional ecosystems.


    Program Outcomes
    Rangeland Management AS

    PO#1 Compare fundamental principles of conservation and natural resource management.

    PO#3 Examine the concept of sustainability as a cornerstone of resource management.

    PO#4 Evaluate flora and fauna for multiple land use purposes.

  • REWM 2470 - Cornerstone in Natural Resource and Ranch Land Management


    This course will allow students to apply their academic studies to a coordinated work experience in natural resource or ranch land management.  Students evaluate their knowledge and understanding of the factors that influence resource management while designing and carrying out an applied research project related to their work experience.  The course will culminate with the presentation of their research and work experience as well as the development of a professional resume.

    Credits: 1-4

    Prerequisites:

    REWM 2000 - Principles of Range Management or Instructor Consent



  • REWM 2500 - Range Plant Identification


    This course allows students to learn to recognize and identify on sight the major rangeland plants of North America and understand their distribution and uses within rangeland ecosystems. It is intended for students involved in natural resource management, wildlife management, or range livestock production. This practical knowledge and skill is essential for rangeland resource managers.


    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    None



  • Religious Studies (RELI)

  • RELI 1000 - Introduction to Religion


    This course is intended to foster conversations about the origins of religion, investigate the differences between major world religions, and critically analyze religious systems.  Student study about the difference between: ritual and religion, theology and religion, differences within religious traditions, and differences between religions.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Human Culture requirement, and A&S Core Global Awareness requirement.

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of RELI 1000 Introduction to Religion, the student will:

    1. Compare the origins of religion.
    2. Differentiate between divergent religions.
    3. Applying basic principles and terms from each religious tradition.
    4. Examine the place that ritual, tradition, history and culture play in the ability to objectively discuss religious evolution and religions effect on the contemporary world.
    5. Utilize investigative theories to religions in order to engage them from a position of objectivity.
    6. Distinguish between ritual and religion.
    7. Express personal understanding of religion and speak about its effects on their life.
    8. Explore cultural perspectives, biases, and implication within religious traditions.
    9. Assess differences in perspectives, biases, and implications between religions.


  • Russian (RUSS)

    Safety Education (SAFE)

  • SAFE 1510 - Fundamental Occupational Health & Safety


    This course covers personal protective equipment (PPE), workplace safety, confined space, hot work permits; material safety data sheets (MSDS), OSHA rules and regulations that pertain to the welding and diesel technology areas.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Admission to the Welding or Diesel program.



  • SAFE 1551 - General Industry Safety I


    This course is for entry-level workers and covers the fundamentals in making a workplace safer. Half of the course covers OSHA mandated information with the rest of the class dedicated to common operations found at construction projects in the region. Students learn to identify workplace hazards, reporting requirements, worker rights and employer responsibilities.  Students earn an official OSHA certificate upon successful completion of a final exam.

    Credits: .5

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • SAFE 1552 - Construction Industry Safety I


    This course is for entry-level workers and covers the fundamentals in making a workplace safer. Half of the course covers OSHA mandated information with the rest of the class dedicated to common operations found at construction projects in the region. Students learn to identify workplace hazards, reporting requirements, worker rights, and employer responsibilities.  Students earn an official OSHA certificate upon successful completion of a final exam.

    Credits: .5

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • SAFE 1553 - General Industry Safety II


    This course is for entry and supervisory level workers It covers the fundamentals in making a workplace safer. Half of the course covers OSHA mandated information with the rest of the class dedicated to common operations found at construction projects in the region. Students learn to identify workplace hazards, reporting requirements, worker rights, and employer responsibilities.  Students earn an official OSHA certificate upon successful completion of a final exam.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • SAFE 1554 - Construction Industry Safety II


    This course is for entry and supervisory level workers It covers the fundamentals in making a workplace safer. Half of the course covers OSHA mandated information with the rest of the class dedicated to common operations found at construction projects in the region. Students learn to identify workplace hazards, reporting requirements, worker rights, and employer responsibilities.  Students earn an official OSHA certificate upon successful completion of a final exam.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • SAFE 1560 - PEC Premier Core Compliance


    This course is a standardized program covering the health, safety, and environmental training most requested by oilfield operators and other host employers. Core Compliance is instructor-led training that, in addition to being SafeLandUSA and SafeGulf accredited, provides training-level certificates beyond the awareness level for over 30 selected topics.

    The Core Compliance training program ensures students are trained in the safety topics commonly required by operators in their pre-qualification surveys and training matrices. Based on accepted industry practices supported and recommended by operators, PEC Core Compliance is the most comprehensive and cost effective way to meet the entry-level safety training needs industry and government are calling for.

    Upon successful completion of the course, each student receives a PEC photo ID and certificate of completion, and each student’s information is entered into the online PEC Training Tracker database.

    Credits: 2

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • SAFE 1561 - PEC Premier Basic Orientation


    This course provides safety awareness and includes both SafeGulf and SafeLandUSA. PEC Basic is designed to give each student a general idea of life and safety issues in the oil and gas industry, upstream, downstream, onshore or offshore. This one-day program meets API RP 75 & API RP T-1 requirements and provides a basic understanding at an awareness level of certain general safety information that an employee should know before entering a company facility and while performing their assigned work duties. Upon successful completion of course, each student is issued a picture ID with a unique barcode. Student information is stored in an online database accessible by partner companies, who may verify qualifications.

    Credits: .5

    Prerequisites:

    None



    Co-requisites:

    None



  • SAFE 1570 - Safety and Health Technology


    This course provides the student with an understanding of field and plant industrial safety principles, practices, and documentation.  Topics covered include introduction to back injury prevention, CPR & First Aid certification, methane gas safety, hydrogen sulfide awareness, confined space awareness, and proper form completion and filing.

    Credits: 2

  • Social Work (SOWK)

  • SOWK 2000 - Introduction to Social Work


    This course introduces social work and social welfare through an overview of the history, philosophy, ethics, values, methods, and fields of practice to generalist social work.

    Credits: 3

    Cross-listed: SOC 2000
  • Sociology (SOC)

  • SOC 0000 - any course from SOC dept


    Course from the Sociology Department

  • SOC 1000 - Sociological Principles


    This course provides an introduction to sociology, as a survey of the discipline and as a foundation for other sociology courses.  Major areas of interest range from small groups, family systems, government bureaucracies, and social movements.  Significant theoretical perspectives, central concepts, as well as major contributions to the field are introduced.  The research constructions, scientific and social science methodology are explored and compared to the influences of other disciplines on sociology.  Though much attention is given to contemporary American society, comparative and historical material within a global context is also included.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course also satisfies the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SOC 1000 Sociological Principles the student will:

    1. Analyze and compare the major theoretical perspectives in the discipline of sociology, including symbolic interactionist perspective, the functionalist perspective, and the conflict perspective.
    2. List and relate the major contributions of theorists and researchers who have been significant in the development of the discipline of sociology.
    3. Describe the major methods of research used in the discipline of sociology.
    4. Explain how the social, political and physical environment influences human interaction and the discipline of sociology.
    5. Identify how the influence of other disciplines, including philosophy and psychology has contributed to the evolution of sociology. 
    6. Analyze the central sociological concepts and historical trends from a cultural and global perspective.


    Program Outcomes
    Social Science AA

    PO#1 Apply basic research methods in sociology, including research design, data analysis and interpretation.

    PO#2 Explore sociocultural diversity on local, national and international levels.

    PO#4 Summarize the major concepts, theoretical perspectives and historical trends in sociology.

  • SOC 1080 - Introduction to Women’s Studies


    This course examines the impact of the social construction of gender in societies worldwide.  The course covers numerous topics from various feminist perspectives, including concepts of privilege and inequality, how gender is learned, women’s sexuality, work, religion, health, family, violence against women, and activist movements.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree. This is a Writing Intensive course.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or enrollment in, ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SOC 1080 Introduction to Women’s Studies, the student will:

    1. Develop a greater understanding of the differences and similarities that exist among women of variant ethnicities, socioeconomic classes, and alternate lifestyles.
    2. Develop a greater understanding of how biology and culture influence behavior.
    3. Develop a familiarity with the major tenets of the women’s studies discipline.
    4. Critique texts foundational to the field.
    5. Analyze our gendered world through study of popular culture, language, advertisement, and public spaces.
    6. Differentiate between social expectations of men and women.
    7. Examine the idea of privilege as it relates to gender.
    8. Examine contemporary women’s activism worldwide.
    9. Evaluate major societal institutions (religion, sexuality, health, family, and work) as they relate to women.


    Cross-listed: WMST 1080, ENGL 1080, HUMN 1080
  • SOC 1100 - Social Problems


    This course introduces students to the key theoretical perspectives of functionalism, symbolic interactionism, conflict theory, and feminism as it relates to American society, social policy, contemporary social problems and intervening national or global diversity influences. This course will examine the role of diversity in society, compare the cultural universals with regard to social problems and evaluate the social-cultural structures, processes and within and outside of the United States.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SOC 1100 Social Problems, the student will:

    1. Describe the four key theoretical social perspectives of functionalism, symbolic interactionism, conflict theory and feminism.
    2. Evaluate the changing demographics of American society from historical and contemporary perspectives.
    3. Identify the major social institutions and their influence on the social forces, which contribute to social problems. 
    4. Analyze the major contemporary social problems in American society.
    5. Describe the influence of economic inequality as it relates to social problems.
    6. Compare and contrast the contemporary social issues taking into consideration the unique, and universal, characteristics of cultural beliefs, experiences, traditions or social systems. 
    7. Examine the intricacies of social interaction, from diverse perspectives, and describe and how they contribute to social strain and disorganization.
    8. Explain the importance of social policy decision making and the applications for addressing social problems from diverse perspectives.
    9. Define and describe the use of social research in the analysis of social
    10. Issues and the importance of demographic evaluation and understanding, as an approach to addressing social problems.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of SOC 1100 Social Problems, the student will:

    PO#1 Apply basic research methods in anthropology or sociology, including research design, data analysis, and interpretation.

    PO#3 Examine the applicability of theory and empirical findings to social, policy and global issues.

  • SOC 2000 - Introduction to Social Work


    This course introduces social work and social welfare through an overview of the history, philosophy, ethics, values, methods, and fields of practice to generalist social work.


    Credits: 3

    Cross-listed: sowk 2000
  • SOC 2300 - Counseling Skills


    This course is designed to examine the concepts and skills of counseling. It defines the role of the counselor. Students analyze appropriate counseling techniques. Students identify appropriate guidance to clients within the criminal justice system. Students differentiate the counselor’s role within the criminal justice field. Students develop counseling skills to be used in the field.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of or concurrent enrollment in ENGL 1010 English I

     



    Cross-listed: CRMJ 2300 and CNSL 2300 - Counseling Skills

  • SOC 2325 - Marriage & Family


    This course is the sociological study of the pair, bonding or mate selection process, of marriage and of family relationships. This course explores topics of dating, engagement, cohabitation, marriage, family conflict, divorce and remarriage, including heterosexual and same gender perspectives, as well as the introduction of children into the family.  The focus is on contemporary American society, however a comparative analysis of the varied diverse cultural and global perspectives of marriage and family. Historical inquiries and current trends are examined and a review of the demonstrated changes which have transpired regarding marriage and family from past to present are conducted.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:
    PSYC 1000 General Psychology or SOC 1000 Sociological Principles

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SOC 2325 Marriage and Family, the student will be able to:

    • Examine the pair, bonding or mate selection process of marriage and family relationships.
    • Explore dating, engagement, cohabitation, marriage, divorce and remarriage.
    • Identify whether or not marriage and family are private or public issues.
    • Investigate heterosexual and same gender perspectives as they relate to cultural expectations and pressures.
    • Evaluate gender socialization and gender norms as they relate to marriage, family and the introduction of children into the family.
    • Identify current social research and methodologies utilized for the investigation of issues affecting a wide range of marriage and family topics.
    • Contrast historical and contemporary information regarding a wide range of marriage and family topics.
    • Describe the complexity of social relationships, family conflict, divorce and remarriage.
    • Explain the differences, both historical and current trends that effect diverse cultures, racial and ethnic minorities’ marriages and families.  
    • Differentiate marriage and family perspectives among various socio-cultural systems.


  • SOC 2350 - Race & Ethnicity


    This course explores race and ethnic relations in a global context while covering groups and issues in the United States. The course analyzes the dispositions, traditions, and bodies of knowledge associated with past and contemporary expressions of cultural beliefs, behaviors, and experiences. It emphasizes the interdependence of human societies by identifying the conditions, beliefs, behaviors, and practices of a variety of cultures. The importance and relevance of the growing ethnic diversity in a variety of societies are examined while ethnic conflicts throughout the world and within the United States are compared.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course may be used for the Human Culture requirement at UW.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SOC 2350/HUMN 1060 Race & Ethnicity, the student will:

    1. Upon completion of SOC 2350 & Ethnicity, the student will:
    2. Explore race and ethnic relations in a global context.
    3. Appraise race and ethnic groups and issues in the United States.
    4. Analyze the dispositions, traditions, and bodies of knowledge associated with past and contemporary expressions of cultural beliefs, behaviors, and experiences.
    5. Interpret the interdependence of human societies.
    6. Identify the conditions, beliefs, behaviors, and practices of a variety of cultures.
    7. Examine the importance and relevance of ethnic diversity in a variety of societies.
    8. Compare ethnic conflicts throughout the world.
    9. Explain human ideas and experiences.
    10. Contrast how diversity impacts societies in general.


  • SOC 2400 - Criminology


    This course examines the study of the biological, sociological and psychological theories of the causes of criminal behavior. It differentiates the practice of criminal justice from the practice of criminology. The causes of crimes against persons, crimes against property, organized crime, white-collar crime, drug crime, cybercrime, and terrorism are examined. Victimology and the social consequences of victimization are discussed. Crime control strategies based upon theoretical causes are developed.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Social & Behavioral Sciences
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of CRMJ 2400/SOC 2400 Criminology, the student will:

    1. Differentiate between criminal justice and criminology.
    2. Analyze the biological theories of the causes of crime.
    3. Analyze the sociological theories of the causes of crime.
    4. Analyze the psychological theories of the causes of crime.
    5. Compare crime control approaches in society.
    6. Apply crime theories to the study of individual criminal profiles.
    7. Develop crime control strategies to counter criminal behavior.
    8. Identify the social consequences of victimization.
    9. Discuss victimology and how it can be used to prevent crime.


    Program Outcomes
    Criminal Justice AA

    PO#5 Analyze the major theories of crime causation to include biological, sociological, psychological, and life course perspectives of criminality.

    Social Science AA

    PO# 4 Summarize the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, and historical trends in anthropology or sociology.
    PO#5 Assess the functionality of societies both present and past.

    Cross-listed: CRMJ 2400 Criminology

  • SOC 2460 - Field Studies


    This course provides cross-cultural experiences while witnessing traditional ways of life in a foreign country. Students are introduced to local flora, fauna, religious practices, education, healing rituals, architecture, technology, art, music, and dance. Upon completion of this course, students develop an understanding of other cultures and their place in modern society.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity
    Comments: This course requires travel to a foreign country. This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PSYC 2460 / HLTK 2960 / SOC 2460 Field Studies, the student will:

    1. apply the study of local flora and fauna as it relates to the student’s discipline.
    2. analyze differences in religious practices in a foreign country.
    3. compare cultural differences when working and traveling in a foreign country.
    4. examine the indigenous educational practices found in a foreign country.
    5. distinguish local healing and medicinal practices in a foreign country from the student’s home country.
    6. outline similarities and differences between cultures.
    7. discuss local architecture and land features in a foreign country.
    8. assess how innovations in technology impact culture in a foreign country.
    9. interpret the various functions of art, music, or dance within a novel culture.


    Cross-listed: PSYC 2460 & HLTK 2960 Field Studies
  • Spanish (SPAN)

  • FL 0002 - Foreign Lanuage-2nd semester


    Any second semester foreign language

    Credits: 4

  • SPAN 1010 - First Year Spanish I


    This course primarily emphasizes listening and speaking skills, although reading and writing skills are developed. The students begin to develop the ability to understand spoken and written Spanish. The students begin to develop the skills to communicate in basic situations.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SPAN 1010 First Year Spanish I, the student will:

    1. Interface with people.
    2. Describe oneself and others.
    3. Communicate likes, dislikes, and personal information.
    4. Communicate daily routines.
    5. Develop communication skills needed in restaurants.
    6. Discover field of study and academic subjects.
    7. Explain pastimes.
    8. Validate travel plans.
    9. Express shopping plans.
    10. Demonstrate some cultural knowledge in oral and written presentations.
    11. Imitate the use of culturally appropriate vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and non-verbal behaviors of the target culture.


  • SPAN 1020 - First Year Spanish II


    This course further emphasizes listening and speaking skills, while developing reading and writing skills. This course completes the first year sequence of study of the basic structures of Spanish.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Prerequisites:
    SPAN 1010 - 1st Year Spanish I with a final grade of “C” or better or adequate score on CLEP exam or instructor consent based on previous language experience.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SPAN 1020 First Year Spanish II, the student will:

    1. Describe celebrations and personal relationships.
    2. Explain medical conditions.
    3. Discuss technology and electronics.
    4. Describe a house.
    5. Discuss the environment and nature.
    6. Request directions.
    7. Discuss health, well-being, and nutrition.
    8. Describe jobs and future plans.
    9. Recognize differences and similarities in the perspectives of the target culture and their own.
    10. Evaluate cultural stereotypes encountered in oral and written texts.


  • SPAN 1050 - Conversational Spanish I


    This course is designed to serve those students who need basic communication skills in Spanish. The course content presents everyday situations that students encounter both in dealing with Spanish-speaking people in the United States and while traveling or living in Spanish-speaking countries.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SPAN 1050 Conversational Spanish I, the student will:

    1. Identify items in a house in Spanish.
    2. Apply numbers to pay bills in Spanish.
    3. Discuss weather conditions in Spanish.
    4. Negotiate car issues in Spanish.
    5. Explain medical emergencies in Spanish.


  • SPAN 2030 - Second Year Spanish I


    This course serves as a review and expansion of the basic structures of Spanish commonly taught at the introductory level, while providing ample opportunities for students to build vocabulary, communication, and writing skills.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Prerequisites:
    SPAN 1020 - 1st Year Spanish II or adequate score on CLEP exam or instructor consent.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SPAN 2030 Second Year Spanish I, the student will:

    • Discuss the use of technology and electronic products.
    • Handle telephone expressions.
    • Manage car problems.
    • Cultivate people by welcoming them to a house.
    • Describe a house or apartment.
    • Prioritize household chores.
    • Develop instructions.
    • Explain the environment.
    • Explore beliefs and opinions about environmental issues.
    • Prescribe advice to others.
    • Outline directions.
    • Identify daily errands and city life.
    • Analyze cultural stereotypes encountered in oral and written texts.
    • Recognize the reflections of practices, products, and/or perspectives of the target culture in oral and written texts.


  • SPAN 2040 - Second Year Spanish II


    This course serves as a comprehensive review and systematic expansion of the basic structures of Spanish commonly taught at the introductory level, while providing ample opportunities for students to build vocabulary, communication, and writing skills. 

     

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Foreign Language
    Prerequisites:
    SPAN 2030 - 2nd Year Spanish I or adequate score on CLEP exam or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of SPAN 2040 Second Year Spanish II, the student will:

    1. Explain health, well-being, and nutrition.
    2. Prescribe physical activities.
    3. Determine future plans.
    4. Explore work options.
    5. Perform a job interview.
    6. Express agreement and disagreement.
    7. Examine the arts.
    8. Determine likes and dislikes.
    9. Express hesitation.
    10. Summarize current events.
    11. Evaluate the media.
    12. Assess experiences, such as travel.
    13. Analyze cultural stereotypes encountered in oral and written texts.
    14. Recognize the reflections of practices, products, and/or perspectives of the target culture in oral and written texts.


  • Statistics (STAT)

  • STAT 2050 - Fundamentals of Statistics


    This course presents the central ideas of descriptive statistics and statistical inference, including graphs, averages, sampling, estimation, hypothesis-testing and relationships between variables. A statistical software package is introduced. Students cannot receive credit in more than one of the following: STAT 2050, STAT 2070.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Math Reasoning
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra OR MATH 1000 Problem Solving OR MATH 1450 Pre-Calculus Algebra & Trigonometry OR Math Placement Level V with a C grade or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of STAT 2050 Fundamentals of Statistics, the student will:

    1. Make inferences about a population based on sampling.
    2. Interpret measures of center and variability.
    3. Interpret the coefficient of correlation.
    4. Interpret linear regression from populations or samples.
    5. Predict the probability or likelihood of an event.
    6. Interpret statistical data in graphic formats.
    7. Interpret statistical data in tabular formats.
    8. Differentiate between discrete and continuous probability distributions applying appropriate statistical techniques.
    9. Apply standard statistical tests for quantitative response variables.
    10. Apply standard statistical tests for qualitative response variables.
    11. Analyze data and distributions measuring the goodness of inferences and generating samples using statistical software packages.
    12. Apply the Central Limit Theorem.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of STAT 2050 Fundamentals of Statistics, the student will:

    • PO 1 – Math AS – Select the most effective mathematical strategy for real-world and theoretical problems. 
    • PO 2 – Math AS - Apply mathematical techniques.
    • PO 3 – Math AS – Analyze data using appropriate mathematical methods.
    • PO 4 – Math AS – Incorporate technology into mathematical applications.
    • PO 5 – Math AS – Evaluate mathematical situations to make logical inferences and conclusions.
    • PO 6 – Math AS – Express mathematical ideas precisely both verbally and in writing.

    Additional programs require this course to meet GenEd Math requirement.  Program Outcomes will vary by program.

  • STAT 2070 - Introductory Statistics for the Social Sciences


    This course presents the central ideas of descriptive statistics and statistical inference as applied to the social sciences, including graphs, averages, sampling, estimation, hypothesis-testing and relationships between variables. A statistical software package is introduced. Students cannot receive credit in more than one of the following: STAT 2050, STAT 2070.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Math Reasoning
    Comments: This course may be used for the quantitative reasoning requirement at UW.

    Prerequisites:
    MATH 1400 Pre-Calculus Algebra OR MATH 1000 Problem Solving OR MATH 1450 Pre-Calculus Algebra & Trigonometry OR Math Placement Level V with a C grade or better

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of STAT 2070 Introductory Statistics for the Social Sciences , the student will:

    1. Make inferences about a population based on sampling.
    2. Interpret measures of center and variability with emphasis on social science applications.
    3. Interpret the coefficient of correlation with emphasis on social science applications.
    4. Interpret linear regression from populations or samples.
    5. Predict the probability or likelihood of an event.
    6. Interpret statistical data in graphic formats with emphasis on social science applications. 
    7. Interpret statistical data in tabular formats with emphasis on social science applications. 
    8. Differentiate between discrete and continuous probability distributions applying appropriate statistical techniques.
    9. Apply standard statistical tests for quantitative response variables with emphasis on social science applications. 
    10. Apply standard statistical tests for qualitative response variables with emphasis on social science applications. 
    11. Analyze data and distributions measuring the goodness of inferences and generating samples using statistical software packages with emphasis on social science applications.
    12. Apply the Central Limit Theorem.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of STAT 2070 Fundamentals of Statistics, the student will:

    • PO 1 – Math AS – Select the most effective mathematical strategy for real-world and theoretical problems. 
    • PO 2 – Math AS - Apply mathematical techniques.
    • PO 3 – Math AS – Analyze data using appropriate mathematical methods.
    • PO 4 – Math AS – Incorporate technology into mathematical applications.
    • PO 5 – Math AS – Evaluate mathematical situations to make logical inferences and conclusions.
    • PO 6 – Math AS – Express mathematical ideas precisely both verbally and in writing.

    Additional programs require this course to meet GenEd Math requirement.  Program Outcomes will vary by program

  • Technology (TECH)

  • TECH 0000 - Any course from the TECH department


    Choose any course from the TECH department.

  • TECH 1500 - Vocational Exploratory I


    This is an exploratory course intended to expose students to a variety of different career opportunities in the fields of technology. The course will cover the nature of the work, the type and amount of education needed as well as current and projected occupational opportunities.

    Credits: 3

  • TECH 1505 - Vocational Exploratory II


    This is an exploratory course designed to expose students to a variety of career opportunities in technology fields. The course covers the nature of the work, the type and amount of education needed, and both current and projected occupational opportunities in three different fields. Topics covered are chosen from advanced electrical technology, advanced hydraulics and pneumatics, diesel fundamentals and industrial maintenance technology. 

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    TECH 1500 - Vocational Exploratory I



  • TECH 2980 - Technical Co-op


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to participate in a work experience, preferably paid, related to their major and/or their stated career objective.

    Credits: 1-9

  • Theatre & Dance (THEA)

  • THEA 1000 - Introduction to Theatre


    This course studies selected major periods in theater history, utilizing a selected play from each period as a basis for study of theater development as an art form from the Golden Age of Greece through the late 19th century.

    Credits: 3

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
  • THEA 1011 - Introduction to Arts Administration


    This course provides an overview of arts administration. Topics include organizational structure, arts and cultural policy, fundraising and grant writing in the arts, marketing and audience development, community engagement and arts advocacy. Careers and internships in arts administration will also be explored.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ART/MUSC/THEA 1011 Introduction to Arts Administration, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the various types of arts organizations in the U.S., their missions and governing structures, and key issues facing contemporary arts organizations.
    2. Identify effective techniques for strategic planning, programming, fundraising, audience outreach, marketing, public relations, financial management, and organizational leadership.
    3. Apply concepts form course readings and discussions to the analysis of case studies.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ART/MUSC/THEA 1011 Introduction to Arts Administration, the student will:

    1. Develop arts advocacy skills.
    2. Communicate using written, oral, and visual communication skills.


    Cross-listed: ART 1011, MUSC 1011
  • THEA 1021 - Academic and Professional Issues in Dance


    This course is designed to introduce dance-focused students at NWCCD to the academic and professional worlds of dance. This course provides important information to students in their first year so that they can make the best use of their time as a dance student. This course will focus on the discipline of dance, but will also introduce students to key intellectual and literary skills required in academia, including, but not limited to: critical thinking and analysis, knowledge of the discipline, career options, major concerns, ability to reflect and evaluate, and an introduction to the diversity of the discipline in the region and beyond.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: None
    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1021 Academic and Professional Issues in Dance, the student will:

    1.    Be introduced to dance as an area of academic study as well as a  professional career.

    2.    Be able to think critically so they can understand, analyze and produce new knowledge, both in dance studies and academics and           in their life beyond college as well.

    3.    Be able to demonstrate understanding of and evaluate information effectively.

    4.    Be acquainted with diversity in the field of dance in the region and beyond.

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 1021  Academic and Professional Issues in Dance, the student will:

    Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/choreographers from different cultures and historical periods.

  • THEA 1040 - Production Crew I


    This course guides the student in the practical experience of working backstage on a realized production, through guided performance assignments that may include but not limited to the areas of theatrical lighting, scenic construction, sound operator, properties manager, costumes and or running crew.

    Credits: .5

    Prerequisites:

    Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, THEA 2220 Stagecraft or instructor consent



  • THEA 1100 - Beginning Acting


    This course covers the fundamentals of acting through exercises, improvisations, and limited scene work. As acting is a process, the emphasis is on the activities more than on polished performances and scenes.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Visual and Performing Arts
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Human Culture requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1100 Beginning Acting, the student will:

    1. Apply foundational acting techniques
    2. Compare acting performances
    3. Explain foundational acting principles
    4. Incorporate foundational acting skills
    5. Critique acting performances


    Program Outcomes
    Theater & Dance AA

    PO#1 Create a character in a given scenario

  • THEA 1200 - Introduction to Stage Design


    This course is an introduction and exploration of the visual and aesthetic principles of design in direct relationship to stage design including, scenery, costumes, and lighting. Studio projects in scene, lighting, and costume design supplement lectures. 

    Credits: 3

  • THEA 1300 - Music Theater Workshop


    This course guides students through the process of rehearsing and mounting music theater productions such as revues, musicals, and stage shows. Students participate in a wide range of responsibilities involved with staging a musical theater production. The course culminates with a public performance of a project or production.

    Credits: 1-3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Comments: This course replaces MUSC 2020 Music Theater Production.

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1300 Music Theater Workshop, the student will:

    1. Apply rehearsal techniques.
    2. Integrate stage directions given by the director.
    3. Demonstrate the necessary discipline techniques required to memorize text.
    4. Perform musical content using appropriate interpretation.


  • THEA 1340 - Musical Theatre Class Voice


    This course presents group instruction singing techniques and performance styles associated with Musical Theater. It includes demonstration, brief lecture, discussion, and active participation through singing, analyzing, movement, and scene preparation.

    Credits: 3

  • THEA 1360 - Music Fundamentals for Theatre Majors


    This course guides the student in acquiring a basic understanding of music notation, terminology, and related music theory concepts, through use of the textbook and related materials in class, through guided and independent written and performance assignments, and through the use of sight reading assignments.

    Credits: 3

  • THEA 1410 - Ballet I


    This course provides students with the basic principles and techniques of classical ballet.  It includes the study of the fundamentals of ballet training, terminology, and observation of live and/or video performance.  The course also includes a reading and writing component.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC/THEA 1410 Ballet I, the student will:

    1. improve specific health-related fitness components, including warm up, cool down and conditioning components.
    2. describe elementary principles and techniques used in ballet.
    3. perform basic movement patterns, qualities of movement and musical analysis as it relates to ballet.
    4. develop muscular coordination, agility and kinesthetic sense at an elementary level of difficulty.
    5. describe the significance of ballet as a disciplined art form.  
    6. reflect on dance performance on stage or video.


    Program Outcomes
    PO#2 Integrate theory and practice through performance

  • THEA 1420 - Ballet II


    This first year, second semester course focuses on expanding the dancers understanding and knowledge of the technique, vocabulary, and principles of classical ballet. Particular attention will be paid to proper concepts, approach and execution of classical technique. Previously acquired skills are broadened and refined. Ballet 2 technique classes will introduce the use of port de bras and epaulement while developing a thorough understanding of body positions and head direction. Introduction of elementary battu actions, grand allegro, and turning vocabulary is broadened. Transition steps are clarified and proper execution of all movements is emphasized while paying particular attention to the finer details of the movements. Proper alignment is of particular focus and appropriate conditioning exercises are also introduced.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Studio Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of THEA 1410 Ballet I, or instructor approval

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1420 Ballet II , the student will:

    1.       Students will be introduced to the basic skills of beginning-intermediate ballet technique, and be able to perform these skills at or            above this level

    2.       Students will gain understanding of the heritage, tradition and contemporary practice of ballet as an art form

    3.       Students will be able to perform connected ballet steps at an appropriate level of complexity from memory and in harmony with                the music

    4.       Students will be able to view and asses their own work and provide written critique of their skills as demonstrated in class

    5.       Students will be engaged in an expressive art form that promotes their individual aesthetic, physicality, fitness and wellness

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 1420, Ballet II the student will:

    1.  Integrate theory and practice through performance
    2.  Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/chorographers from different cultures and historical periods
    3.  Demonstrate the ability to work with others in the context of a production


  • THEA 1430 - Modern Dance I


    This course provides students with an introduction to the principles and techniques of Modern Dance. Students examine the role of the fine arts in society and in their personal lives through creative and critical activities.  Students learn to think flexibly and intuitively, to solve problems in innovative ways, and to connect knowledge with sensations and movement.  This course also explores the history, appreciation, and criticism of dance. .

    Credits: 1

    Prerequisites:
    None

    Co-requisites:
    None

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1430 Modern Dance I/I, the student will:

    1. Students will improve specific health-related fitness components.
    2. Students will be able to describe elementary principles and techniques used in Modern Dance.
    3. Students will be able to perform basic movement patterns, qualities of movement and musical analysis as it relates to Modern Dance.
    4. Students will develop muscular coordination, agility and kinesthetic sense at an elementary level of difficulty.

    Students will be able to describe the significance of Modern Dance as a disciplined art form.

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 1430 Modern Dance I/I, the student will:

    Theater & Dance AA

    PO#2 Integrate theory and practice through performance.

    Cross-listed: PEAC 1430

  • THEA 1440 - Modern Dance II


    This first year, second semester course is a continuation of Modern 1 where students will dive deeper into the principles and techniques of Modern Dance.  Students focus on forms of communication and expression central to the arts, and learn the role of the fine arts in society and in life through creative and critical activities. Students appreciate and critique the art of dancing through live and video performance.  This course includes a writing component.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of THEA 1430 Modern Dance I/I

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1440 Modern Dance II, the student will:

    1.       Improve specific health-related fitness components.

    2.       Describe principles and techniques used in Modern Dance.

    3.       Perform movement patterns, qualities of movement and musical analysis as it relates to Modern Dance.

    4.       Develop muscular coordination, agility and kinesthetic sense, moving beyond an elementary level of difficulty.

    5.       Describe the significance of Modern Dance as a disciplined art form.

    6.       Reflect on dance performance on stage or video

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 1440 Modern Dance II, the student will:

    1. Integrate theory and practice through performance
    2. Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/chorographers from different cultures and historical periods
    3. Demonstrate the ability to work with others in the context of a production


    Cross-listed: PEAC 1440 Modern Dance II

  • THEA 1450 - Beginning Tap Dance


    This course provides the fundamental principles and techniques of tap dance. The course includes rhythmic structure, terminology, introductory improvisation, and tap history.  This course includes a reading and writing component.

    Credits: 1

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Co-requisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of PEAC/THEA 1450 Beginning Tap Dance, the student will:

    1. improve specific health-related fitness components.
    2. describe elementary principles and techniques used in Tap Dance.
    3. perform basic movement patterns, qualities of movement and musical analysis as it relates to Tap Dance.
    4. develop muscular coordination, agility and kinesthetic sense at an elementary level of difficulty.
    5. describe the significance of tap dance as a disciplined art form.  
    6. reflect on dance performance on stage or video.  


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 1450 Beginning Tap Dance, the student will:

     Theater & Dance AA

    PO#2 Integrate theory and practice through performance.

    Cross-listed: PEAC 1450 Beginning Tap Dance

  • THEA 1700 - Voice for the Actor


    This course introduces students to voice work. It emphasizes breath freedom, flexibility and support for the actor. Current methodologies will be addressed.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 1700 Voice for the Actor, the student will:

    1.  Acquire a way to produce sound for speaking on stage.
    2. Demonstrate freeing the voice.
    3. Articulate sounds.
    4. Manage speak in voice with support.
    5. Critique plays and theatrical productions.


  • THEA 2010 - Theatrical Backgrounds Drama I


    This course provides students with an opportunity to explore plays from the major periods of dramatic literature. Students develop a foundation in the literature of Western drama from the Greeks through the English Restoration periods. Students read selected plays from the Greek, Roman, Medieval, Renaissance, Elizabethan, French Neo-classical and English Restoration periods. Student study the assigned plays through both oral and written analysis.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:

    none



    Co-requisites:

    none



    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2010 Theatrical Backgrounds Drama I, the student will:

    1. Discuss each play assigned, its importance to the history of the theater and its place in the literature of the theater
    2. Discuss the themes and/or objectives of the playwright of each play.
    3. Discuss each play in the context of the times and/or movements that produced it with an understanding of the major events and influences of those times
    4. Develop a working knowledge of theater history from the Greek world through the English restoration
    5. Develop working knowledge of the elements of theater
    6. Develop working knowledge of genre and structure.


  • THEA 2020 - Theatrical Backgrounds Drama II


    The second semester of a one-year course. It includes the study of plays from the major periods of dramatic literature. This course will cover from the 18th century to the present.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    THEA 2010 - Theatrical Backgrounds Drama I



  • THEA 2030 - Introduction to Playwriting / Screenwriting


    This course introduces writers to the creative process of playwriting (writing for the stage) or screen-writing (writing for the movies).  This course strongly emphasizes character and story development.  The process of creating scripts for the stage or screen also provides a unique critical perspective for analyzing the respective art forms.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    ENGL 1010 - English I or instructor consent



  • THEA 2040 - Production Crew II


    This course guides the student in the practical experience of working backstage on a realized production, through guided performance assignments that may include but are not limited to the areas of theatrical lighting, scenic construction, sound operator, properties manager, costumes and/or running crew.

    Credits: .5

    Prerequisites:

    THEA 1040 Production Crew II



  • THEA 2050 - Theatre Practice


    This course provides practical experience in the performances and technical aspects of theater through participation in a production. Credit is awarded based on scope of commitment to the production. This class will culminate in a public performance.

    Credits: 1-3

    Prerequisites:

    THEA 1100 or instructor consent



  • THEA 2100 - Acting II


    Acting II builds on the foundation acquired in Acting I. This course will focus on more advanced acting processes which “empower” the actor to become more expressive. This course will focus on scene study and characters. Specific exercises in the areas of voice and movement, interpretation, and improvisation will be included to expand the actors ways of creating characters. Scenes will be selected from various periods and genres as the semester progresses. The student will explore such aspects as given circumstances, objectives and obstacles, strategies and tactics, and beats and structure of a scene.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    THEA 1100 - Beginning Acting or instructor consent



  • THEA 2145 - Costume Construction


    This course uses a hands-on approach to teach the basic skills and terminologies used for theatrical costume development and construction

    Credits: 3

  • THEA 2160 - Stage Makeup


    This course is an introduction to theatrical makeup with the stage performer in mind. The course will focus on principles, materials, and techniques while concentrating on problems of designing and executing specific makeup designs and applications for a wide range of ages, types, and styles.

    Credits: 2

  • THEA 2220 - Stagecraft


    This course is a study of the basic skills and procedures to realize a design into a finished stage production. Students work design principles and techniques, set construction, color, and stage lighting.  The course introduces students to the rudimentary principles of stagecraft, scenery construction, and sound.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2220 Stagecraft, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the safety procedures for the scene shop and the stage areas.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of the rudimentary principles of stagecraft, scenery construction, sound, and lighting technology for the theater.
    3. Demonstrate basic knowledge of the physical workings of theater.


  • THEA 2410 - Ballet III


    This second year, first semester course in classical ballet is a continuation of the understanding and knowledge of the technique, vocabulary, and principles of classical ballet. Particular attention will be paid to proper concepts, approach and execution of classical technique. Previously acquired skills are broadened and refined.  Ballet 3 technique classes emphasize incorporating use of placement, head direction, port de bras, and epaulement while developing a thorough understanding of body positions. Introduction of intermediate battu actions, grand allegro and turning vocabulary is broadened. Transition steps are clarified and complicated all with proper execution and alignment of the body. Proper alignment is of particular focus as is honing in on the finer details of each movement.  Appropriate conditioning exercises are also introduced.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Studio Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of THEA 1420 Ballet II, or instructor approval

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2410 Ballet III, the student will:

    1.       Students will be introduced to the basic skills of beginning-intermediate ballet technique, and be able to perform these skills at or            above this level

    2.       Students will gain understanding of the heritage, tradition and contemporary practice of ballet as an art form

    3.       Students will be able to perform connected ballet steps at an appropriate level of complexity from memory and in harmony with                the music

    4.       Students will be able to view and asses their own work and provide written critique of their skills as demonstrated in class

    5.       Students will be engaged in an expressive art form that promotes their individual aesthetic, physicality, fitness and wellness

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 2410, Ballet III the student will:

    1. Integrate theory and practice through movement and performance.
    2. Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/choreographers from different cultures and historical periods.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to work with others in the context of a production.


  • THEA 2420 - Ballet IV


    This is a second year, second semester course in classical ballet is a continuation of the understanding and knowledge of the technique, vocabulary, and principles of classical ballet. Particular attention will be paid to proper concepts, approach and execution of classical technique. Previously acquired skills are broadened and refined. Ballet 4 technique classes emphasize incorporation use of placement, head directions, port de bras, and epaulement while developing a thorough understanding of body positions. Introduction of more advanced battu actions, grand allegro, and turning vocabulary is broadened. Transition steps are clarified and complicated all with proper execution and alignment of the body. Proper alignment is of particular focus as is honing in on the finer details of each movement.  Appropriate conditioning exercises are also introduced.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Studio Lab

    General Education Requirement: None
    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of THEA 2410, Ballet III, or instructor approval.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2420 Ballet IV , the student will:

    1.       Students will be introduced to the basic skills of beginning-intermediate ballet technique, and be able to perform these skills at or            above this level

    2.       Students will gain understanding of the heritage, tradition and contemporary practice of ballet as an art form

    3.       Students will be able to perform connected ballet steps at an appropriate level of complexity from memory and in harmony with                the music

    4.       Students will be able to view and asses their own work and provide written critique of their skills as demonstrated in class

    5.       Students will be engaged in an expressive art form that promotes their individual aesthetic, physicality, fitness and wellness

    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 2420, Ballet IV the student will:

    1.  Integrate theory and practice through movement and performance.
    2.  Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/choreographers from different cultures and historical periods.
    3.  Demonstrate the ability to work with others in the context of a production.


  • THEA 2430 - Modern III


    This second year, first semester course focuses on expanding the dancers understanding and knowledge of the technique, vocabulary, and principles of modern dance. Broadening skill sets by introducing historical components of the technique while we explore the movement of modern greats such as Martha Graham, Lester Horton, and Merce Cunningham. Previously acquired skills are broadened and refined and conditioning exercises are introduced.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Studio Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of THEA 1440, Modern II or instructor approval.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2430, Modern III the student will:

    1. Students will be introduced to the basic skills of intermediate modern dance technique, and be able to perform these skills at or above this level
    2. Students will gain understanding of the heritage, tradition and contemporary practice of modern as an art form
    3. Students will be able to perform modern dance sequences at an appropriate level of complexity from memory and in harmony with accompaniment
    4. Students will be able to view and asses their own work and provide written critique of their skills as demonstrated in class
    5. Students will be engaged in an expressive art form that promotes their individual aesthetic, physicality, fitness and wellness


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 2430, Modern III the student will:

    1. Integrate theory and practice through performance
    2. Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/chorographers from different cultures and historical periods
    3. Demonstrate the ability to work with others in the context of a production


  • THEA 2440 - Modern IV


    This second year, second semester course focuses on expanding the dancers understanding and knowledge of the technique, vocabulary, and principles of modern dance as introduced in 2430. Mastering basic vocabulary and principles will be augmented with a deeper understanding of historical techniques and their application to contemporary modern dance. A greater focus on modern dance partnering and improvisation will play a larger role in class structure. An introduction of Laban Movement Analysis will be present throughout the semester as we study movement from a kinesthetic approach. Previously acquired skills are broadened and refined and more advanced conditioning exercises are introduced.

    Credits: 1.5

    Instructional Method Studio Lab

    Prerequisites:
    Successful completion of THEA 2430 Modern III, or instructor approval.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2440 Modern IV , the student will:

    1. Students will refine and master the basic skills of intermediate modern dance technique, and be able to perform these skills at or above this level
    2. Students will deepen their understanding of the heritage, tradition and contemporary practice of modern dance as an art form
    3. Students will be able to perform modern dance sequences at an appropriate level of complexity from memory and in harmony with accompaniment
    4. Students will be able to view by video their own work, and asses and provide written critique of their skills as demonstrated in the technical demonstrations
    5. Students will be engaged in an expressive art form that promotes their individual aesthetic, physicality, fitness and wellness
    6. Students gain a basic understanding of Laban Movement Analysis


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 2440 Modern IV the student will:

    1. Integrate theory and practice through performance
    2. Synthesize performance styles, genres, and major playwrights/chorographers from different cultures and historical periods
    3. Demonstrate the ability to work with others in the context of a production


  • THEA 2470 - Performing Arts Internship, Theater/Dance


    This course is designed to allow students to receive credit while working in a professional setting. Internships provide exposure to a workplace environment and offer students the opportunity to connect theory to practice. Students engage in the arts, develop new skills, expand their professional network, and refine their career goals.

    Credits: 1-3

    Instructional Method Internship

    Prerequisites:
    Instructor Consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of THEA 2470 Performing Arts Internship, Theater/Dance, the student will:

    1. Complete duties required by the specific internship.
    2. Identify and describe professional expectations within the internship organization.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the organization’s mission and effectively contribute to the achievement of this mission.
    4. Articulate connections between internship experiences and course work across the college curriculum.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of THEA 2470 Performing Arts Internship, Theater/Dance, the student will:

    1. Develop arts advocacy skills.
    2. Apply knowledge and skills learned in the classroom to external experiential learning opportunities.
    3. Communicate using written, oral, and visual communication skills.


  • THEA 2800 - Stage Lighting I


    This course is an introduction to the principles, equipment, skills, techniques, tools, and terminology used in stage lighting.

    Credits: 3

  • Welding (WELD)

  • WELD 0000 - Any course from the WELD department


    Choose any course from the WELD department.

  • WELD 1555 - Welding Safety


    This course covers personal protection equipment (PPE), workplace safety, confined spaces, hot work permits; safety data sheets (SDS) and hazards that pertain to welding.

    Credits: 2

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD1555 Welding Technology Safety, the student will:

    1. Identify common hazards in welding
    2. Appraise safety data sheets
    3. Assess safe techniques used to avoid welding fumes
    4. Determine safe techniques of storing/handling compressed gas cylinders
    5. Describe  safe techniques used to prevent electric shock
    6. Compare proper material handling methods
    7. Explain  power tool safety
    8. Justify lock Out Tag Out procedures
    9. Evaluate forklift safety
    10. Critique proper rigging techniques
    11. Demonstrate respirator selection and use
    12. Demonstrate fire extinguisher use


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of WELD1555 Welding Technology Safety the student will:

    1. Perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    2. Apply principles of welding theory to welding practice.

    3. Demonstrate proper use of welding related terms.

  • WELD 1650 - Welding Symbols and Print Design


    This course covers weld print reading used in industry including, but not limited to: AWS welding symbols, sketching, Solid Works, view representation, orthographic projection, measurement, structural steel materials, weld joint configuration and detailing, basic layout, and pipe system design.

     

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 1650 Welding Symbols and Print Design , the student will:

    1. Develop welding prints, drawings, and specifications.
    2. Identify structural steel shapes.
    3.  Identify weld symbols and there parts
    4. Apply welding symbols on drawings, specifications, and welding procedure specifications.
    5. Draw welding symbols based on the observation of actual welds.
    6. Interpret a welding detail drawing.
    7. Draw isometric and orthographic projections of welds
    8. Identify third angle projection, views, lines, material fills, and sections.
    9. Identify object views.
    10. Explain dimensioning, notes, and bill of materials.
    11. Interpret basic elements of a welding detail drawing.
    12. Develop basic welding drawings using Solid Works.
    13. Design 2-dimensional objects that conform to industry standards using computer aided design.


    Program Outcomes
    Welding Technology

    PO#1 perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    PO#2 apply principles of welding theory to welding practice.

    PO#3 demonstrate proper use of welding related terms.

  • WELD 1700 - General Welding


    This course provides training for students in the basic skills needed to use welding as a tool. Students in the diesel, machine tool, construction, electrical, agriculture and other programs who wish to develop welding skills should enroll in this class.

     

    Credits: 4

  • WELD 1715 - Thermal Cutting and Oxyfuel Welding


    This course introduces students to different types of thermal cutting and oxyfuel welding and brazing processes currently used in the welding industry.  Course training utilizes the American Welding Society (AWS) standards of acceptance.

    Credits: 2

    Instructional Method Lab

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 1715 Thermal Cutting and Oxyfuel Welding , the student will:

    1. perform shielded metal arc cutting practices.
    2. perform plasma cutting skills.
    3. perform carbon arc cutting practices. safely
    4. perform visual inspection of cuts and gouges.
    5. perform proper equipment set up and adjustment.
    6. perform all safety practices pertaining to thermal cutting and oxyfuel welding and cutting, transportation, storage and leak detection.
    7. perform straight, curve, and bevel cuts and gouges with thermal and oxyfuel cutting equipment
    8. perform oxyfuel welding and brazing


    Program Outcomes
    Welding Technology

    PO#1 perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    PO#2 apply principles of welding theory to welding practice.

    PO#3 demonstrate proper use of welding related terms.

  • WELD 1755 - Shielded Metal Arc Welding


    This course covers equipment and setup, electrodes, and electrode selection used in shielded metal arc welding (SMAW).  Course training utilizes the American Welding Society (AWS) standards of acceptability to develop the manual skills necessary to produce good quality single and multiple pass welds in all positions using filler metals such as low hydrogen, non-low hydrogen, and iron powder electrodes commonly used in industry.

     

    Credits: 6

  • WELD 1760 - Advanced Shielded Metal Arc Welding


    This course covers equipment and setup, electrodes and electrode selection in shielded metal arc welding (SMAW).  Course training utilizes the American Welding Society (AWS) standards of acceptability to develop the manual skills necessary to produce good quality single and multiple pass welds in all positions using larger diameter electrodes of the low hydrogen, non-low hydrogen filler metals commonly used in industry to the structural steel welding code.  Joints welded simulate butt-beam to beam, beam to column splicing, heavy plate and heavy equipment welding.  Students study the skills covered in the AWS D1.1 Structural Steel Welding Code with low hydrogen electrodes, unlimited plate thickness, with or without backing in all positions.

    Credits: 5

    Prerequisites:

    WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding or instructor consent



  • WELD 1772 - Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)


    This course covers equipment, setup, electrode selection, and gas selection used in flux cored arc welding (FCAW) and submerged arc welding (SAW) processes. Course training utilizes the American Welding Society (AWS) standards of acceptability to develop the manual skills necessary to produce good quality single and multiple pass welds in all positions using flux cored electrode wires with and without shielding gases on medium to heavy plate.

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    WELD 1773 Gas Metal Arc Welding, or instructor consent



  • WELD 1773 - Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)


    This course covers equipment, setup, electrode selection, gas selection and welding techniques used in the gas metal arc welding (GMAW) processes on steel, stainless steel and aluminum.  Course training utilizes the American Welding Society (AWS) standards of acceptability to develop the manual skills necessary to produce good quality single and multiple pass welds in all positions on thin, medium and heavy plate.

    Credits: 5

  • WELD 1860 - Welding Fabrication


    This course covers design and fabrication of welding projects.  A working print, estimation of cost and time, and a list of materials are required.  Visual and non-destructive testing methods are used to evaluate for correct and sound welds.

     

    Credits: 3

    Prerequisites:

    WELD 1650 Print Reading & Welding Symbols OR WELD 1773 Gas Metal Arc Welding OR WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding OR WELD 2650 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.



  • WELD 1920 - Basic Pipe Welding


    This course is devoted to welding of light and heavy walled pipe in all positions using shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) as well as techniques used for fit-up and layout, utilizing procedures approved by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Section IX and the American Petroleum Institute (API) 1104 and the American Welding Society (AWS).

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding or instructor consent

     



  • WELD 1970 - Welding Internship


    This course is designed to provide practical work experience for students seeking careers in the welding field.  Students work as paid or non-paid employees in a local or surrounding area business or other institution with supervision by a representative of those concerned.

    Credits: 1- 4

    Prerequisites:

    Complete the follwoing courses with a grade of C or better:

    • WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding
    • WELD 1773 Gas Metal Arc Welding
    • WELD 1555 Welding Safety
       


  • WELD 1980 - Welding Co-op


    This course is designed to give students an opportunity to participate in a work experience related to welding and is an introduction to the work-related experience.  It combines related, supervised objectives and qualified employment as arranged by the supervising instructor.  The related objectives portion of this course emphasizes those concepts, skills, and attitudes needed by the individual to handle the duties and responsibilities at the training station and to prepare for advancement toward the student’s welding objective.

    Credits: 1- 4

    Prerequisites:

    Complete the following courses with a grade of C or better:

    • WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding
    • WELD 1773 Gas Metal Arc Welding
    • WELD 1555 Welding Safety


  • WELD 2540 - Pipe Layout & Fabrication


    This course is devoted to welding light and heavy walled pipe in all positions using Shielded Metal Arc Welding, Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, and Gas Metal Arc Welding. Techniques used to fit-up and layout are also covered.

    Credits: 5

    Instructional Method Lab

    Prerequisites:
    WELD 1920 Basic Pipe Welding

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 2540 Pipe Layout & Fabrication, the student will:

    1. demonstrate proper use of personal protective equipment.
    2. distinguish between safe and unsafe working environments.
    3. demonstrate proper techniques for cutting and beveling pipe.
    4. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GTAW welds in 5G
    5. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GTAW welds in 5G root and hot pass then fill and cap with SMAW 7018.
    6. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GTAW weld in 6G
    7. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GTAW weld in 6G root and hot pass then fill and cap with SMAW 7018.
    8. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GTAW weld in 6G with steel pipe using stainless filler rod.
    9. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GMAW weld in 5G root vertical down then hot pass, fill, and cap vertical up.
    10. demonstrate quality open root v-groove GMAW weld in 6G root vertical down then hot pass, fill, and cap vertical up.              
    11. evaluate weld soundness with a non-destructive testing practices.


    Program Outcomes
    Welding Technology

    PO#1 Perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    PO#2 Apply principles of welding theory to welding practice.

    PO#2 Demonstrate proper use of welding related terms.

  • WELD 2610 - Ornamental Iron Work


    This course focuses on welding skills needed to create and fabricate a variety of ornamental iron forms using, forge, anvil, hammers, bending and shaping equipment, oxyfuel welding and cutting, plasma cutting, shielded metal arc welding (stick), and gas metal arc welding (wire).  Safe work practices are emphasized.  Individuals are encouraged to work on skills needed to suit their individual creative ends.

     

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Comments: General Elective

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 2610 Ornamental Iron Work, the student will:

    1. distinguish between safe and unsafe working environments.
    2. interpret proper personal protection equipment required for welding.
    3. demonstrate safe set-up and operation of welding, cutting, iron working, and related shop equipment.
    4. demonstrate proper techniques to avoid smoke and fumes.
    5. identify weld joint designs.
    6. demonstrate planning, design and construct projects of a creative nature.
    7. demonstrate joining metals without the use of arc welding techniques.
    8. demonstrate hot and cold metal forming techniques.


  • WELD 2620 - Creative Welding


    This course focuses on welding skills needed to create and fabricate a variety of art forms, using oxyfuel welding and cutting, plasma cutting, shielded metal arc welding (stick), and gas metal arc welding (wire).  Safe work practices are emphasized. Individuals are encouraged to work on skills needed to suit their individual creative ends. For those students who already possess welding skills, the course provides support and advice to hone and channel their creative inclinations in the presence of a supportive group.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture/Lab

    Comments: General Elective

    Prerequisites:
    none

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 2620 Creative Welding, the student will:

    1. distinguish between safe and unsafe working environments.
    2. identify proper personal protection equipment required for welding.
    3. demonstrate safe set-up and operation of welding, cutting, iron working, and related shop equipment.
    4. demonstrate proper techniques to avoid smoke and fumes.
    5. identify weld joint designs.
    6. demonstrate planning, design, and completion of metal projects of a creative nature.


  • WELD 2650 - Gas Tungsten Arc Welding


    This course provides complete and thorough coverage of the gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) process.  Theory, fundamentals, equipment, and safety information as well as hands on practice with ferrous and non-ferrous metals are provided to develop knowledge and skill.  A high degree of eye-hand coordination is needed to develop the proficiencies necessary to satisfactorily complete the course requirements.

    Credits: 4

    Prerequisites:

    Successful completion of WELD 1700 General Welding OR WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding OR Instructor consent.

     



  • WELD 2670 - Welding Inspection


    This course is a survey of welding inspection and quality control standards and practices intended to broaden students’ understanding of welding in general and to specifically provide students with a fundamental understanding of the many aspects of welding inspection and quality control processes, techniques, standards, and applications, as well as welding inspector certification requirements.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    WELD 1715 Thermal Cutting and Oxyfuel Welding, OR WELD 1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding, OR WELD 1772 Flux Cored Arc Welding, OR WELD 1920 Basic Pipe Welding, OR WELD 2650 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, OR Instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 2670 Welding Inspection , the student will:

    1. identify safety issues in welding inspection.
    2. identify welding inspector qualification requirements, responsibilities, and limitations.
    3. identify applications and limitations of various welding, joining, and cutting processes.
    4. identify features and applications of weld joint geometry and use correct terminology.
    5. create and interpret weld and welding symbols.
    6. identify and distinguish between discontinuities and rejectable defects using acceptance criteria.
    7. apply metallurgical concepts to welding and welding inspection.
    8. demonstrate ability to use conversion formulae between US Customary units and SI System (metric) units.
    9. interpret and apply the provisions of governing documents (i.e. codes, standards, drawings, purchase orders, etc.)
    10. apply destructive testing methods.
    11. apply non-destructive testing methods including visual inspection tools and techniques.
    12. create a qualified welding procedure specification (WPS) and welding procedure qualification record (WPQR) in accordance with the provisions of an applicable welding code or standard.
    13. perform documentation process for welder qualification in accordance with the provisions of an applicable welding code or standard.


    Program Outcomes
    Welding Technology

    PO#1 Perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    PO#2 Apply principles of welding theory to welding practice.

    PO#3 Demonstrate proper use of welding related terms.

  • WELD 2680 - Welding Metallurgy


    This course helps students develop an understanding of basic metallurgical principles as they apply to fusion welding to improve the quality of workmanship in the field of welding.  Welding Metallurgy covers process, physical and mechanical properties, metal identification, carbon equivalency, selection of filler metal based on the parent metal, heat input (Joules), and the effects of heat on the weld zone (HAZ) along with the properties of heat treatment and stress relieving applications within the welding field.




    Credits: 2

  • WELD 2750 - Manufacturing Welding


    This course provides students with training that is specific to local and surrounding area welding manufacturing careers.  Students are trained to perform welds on products that are rotated, mounted in jigs to meet acceptable visual standards for production parts.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    One of the following with a C or better: WELD*1650 Print Read and Weld Symbols, WELD*1773 Gas Metal Arc Welding, WELD*1755 Shielded Metal Arc Welding, or WELD*2650 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WELD 2750 Manufacturing Welding, the student will:

    1. Demonstrate safe work practices.
    2. Demonstrate ability to work as a team member.
    3. Prepare parts according to production prints.
    4. Demonstrate proper use of measuring and layout tools.
    5. Demonstrate proper squaring and tacking techniques.
    6. Assemble parts according to production prints.
    7. Produce quality welds on different material thicknesses that require minimal final dressing with the desired bead appearance.
    8.  Inspect welds for quality per company standards.
    9. Produce quality welds consistently for a minimum of three minutes.
    10. Produce quality welds on rotated material.
    11. Produce quality welds in jigs and out of position.
    12. Demonstrate proper weld techniques to minimize heat distortion.


    Program Outcomes
    Welding Technology

    PO#1 Perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    PO#2 Apply communication skills.

    PO#3 Apply principles of welding

  • WELD 2780 - Automated Welding & Cutting Processes


    This course covers basic Fanuc 100iC or Panasonic programming, welding, Torchmate Computer Numeric Control (CNC) cutting system programming and operation on industry-used equipment.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    Prerequisites:
    WELD 1773 GMAW and WELD 1650 Welding Symbols and Print Design

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of Weld 2780 Automated Welding & Cutting Processes, the student will:

    1. Distinguish between safe and unsafe working environments.
    2. Manipulate a robot using a teach pendant.
    3. Program a robot to produce linear moves and circular moves.
    4. Develop welding instructions to perform a specific job using the teach pendant.
    5. Construct base coordinates using a teach pendant.
    6. Create weaving parameters using a teach pendant.
    7. Prepare a welding job which contains Linear and Circular moves.
    8. Demonstrate calling up programs within a program.
    9. Perform editing functions within the CNC program.
    10. Demonstrate importing and exporting Solid Works drawings into CNC software.               
    11. Setup welding and cutting parameters for various material thickness and designs.
    12. Calibrate material and program coordinates.


    Program Outcomes
    Welding Technology

    PO#1 Perform quality welds and cuts to industry standards.

    PO#2 Apply principles of welding theory to welding practice.

    PO#3 Demonstrate proper use of welding related terms.

  • Women’s Studies (WMST)

  • WMST 1080 - Introduction to Women’s Studies


    This course examines the impact of the social construction of gender in societies worldwide.  The course covers numerous topics from various feminist perspectives, including concepts of privilege and inequality, how gender is learned, women’s sexuality, work, religion, health, family, violence against women, and activist movements.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    General Education Requirement: Global Diversity / Humanities
    Comments: This course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree. This is a Writing Intensive course.

    Prerequisites:
    Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, ENGL 1010 English I, or instructor consent

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of WMST 1080 Introduction to Women’s Studies, the student will:

    1. Develop a greater understanding of the differences and similarities that exist among women of variant ethnicities, socioeconomic classes, and alternate lifestyles.
    2. Develop a greater understanding of how biology and culture influence behavior.
    3. Develop a familiarity with the major tenets of the women’s studies discipline.
    4. Critique texts foundational to the field.
    5. Analyze our gendered world through study of popular culture, language, advertisement, and public spaces.
    6. Differentiate between social expectations of men and women.
    7. Examine the idea of privilege as it relates to gender.
    8. Examine contemporary women’s activism worldwide.
    9. Evaluate major societal institutions (religion, sexuality, health, family, and work) as they relate to women.


    Cross-listed: ENGL 1080, SOC 1080, HUMN 1080
  • Zoology (ZOO)

  • ZOO 0000 - Any course from the ZOO department


    Choose any course from the ZOO department.

  • ZOO 1200 - Introduction to Human Biology


    This course will explore the cell, the chemistry of life, and the structure and function of human organ systems. General biological principles such as genetics, homeostasis, and structure/function relationships are emphasized.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Life Science
    Comments: This course meets UW’s Physical and Natural World requirement.

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ZOO 1200 Introduction to Human Biology, the student will:

    1. Correlate function of biological molecules based on structure, type, and location.
    2. Correlate organelle structure to cellular function.
    3. Relate enzyme function to metabolism and the maintenance of life.
    4. Contrast different processes of cell division.
    5. Associate genetic inheritance to cellular specializations and phenotypic characteristics.
    6. Distinguish the working and interdependence of the integumentary, musculoskeletal, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excretory, immune, lymphatic, reproductive, nervous, endocrine systems in the human body.
    7. Apply the scientific method to the investigation of scientific questions.


  • ZOO 2010 - Human Anatomy & Physiology I


    This course is the first semester of a two-semester introduction to the structure and function of the human body. This course will cover cellular physiology, histology, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Life Science
    Comments: Students must complete both ZOO 2010 & ZOO 2020 for course equivalency at UW. Otherwise, course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    One semester of college biology or chemistry, or instructor permission

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ZOO 2010 Human Anatomy and Physiology I , the student will:

    1. Describe the basic biochemical principles upon which systems of the human body operate.
    2. Apply the fundamental vocabulary of the discipline and anatomical terms properly.
    3. Outline the principles of cell structure and function including membrane transport, bioenergetics, protein anabolism, and the cell cycle.
    4. Identify the human tissues, describe their features and functions, and exemplify their locations.
    5. Discuss in detail the organization, structure, function, and regulation of the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems.
    6. Identify the macroscopic and microscopic structures of the integumentary, muscular, skeletal, and nervous systems.
    7. Explain homeostasis and discuss it in relationship to each of the organ systems covered.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ZOO 2010 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, the student will:

    Pre-Professional AS

    PO 1.  Apply foundational concepts in science and math to health-science related problems.

    PO 2.  Explain physical and biological processes using mathematics and other appropriate symbolic notation.

    PO 3.  Investigate health-science related processes using appropriate research skills, including the scientific method. 

    PO 4.  Make accurate and precise scientific measurements.

    PO 5. Communicate scientific and technical knowledge effectively using a variety of modalities.

  • ZOO 2020 - Human Anatomy & Physiology II


    This course is the second semester of a two-semester introduction to the structure and function of the human body, this course will cover the endocrine, circulatory, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, renal, and reproductive systems.

    Credits: 4

    Instructional Method Lecture and Lab

    General Education Requirement: Life Science
    Comments: Students must complete both ZOO 2010 & ZOO 2020 for course equivalency at UW. Otherwise, course does not meet UW’s Human Culture requirement unless transferred as part of an Associate degree.

    Prerequisites:
    ZOO 2010 - Human Anatomy & Physiology I or instructor permission

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ZOO 2020 Human Anatomy and Physiology II, the student will

    1. Discuss in detail the structure, function, mechanism of action, and regulation of the endocrine, circulatory, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, renal, and reproductive systems.
    2. Identify the macroscopic and microscopic structures of the endocrine, circulatory, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, renal, and reproductive systems and explain the function of each from observation and experimentation.
    3. Apply the fundamental vocabulary of the discipline and anatomical terms properly.
    4. Explain homeostasis and discuss it in relationship to each of the organ systems and the organism as a whole.
    5. Describe the interrelationships of the organ systems.


    Program Outcomes
    Upon completion of ZOO 2020 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, the student will:

    Pre-Professional AS

    PO 1.  Apply foundational concepts in science and math to health-science related problems.

    PO 2.  Explain physical and biological processes using mathematics and other appropriate symbolic notation.

    PO 3.  Investigate health-science related processes using appropriate research skills, including the scientific method. 

    PO 4.  Make accurate and precise scientific measurements.

    PO 5. Communicate scientific and technical knowledge effectively using a variety of modalities.

  • ZOO 2030 - Applied Anatomy of Body Movement


    This course follows a regional approach to gross anatomy, and focuses on the anatomical relation- ship of muscle, nerves, vascular, and skeletal structures of the body and the underlying visceral organ, as appropriate. Joint structure and range of motion is included as a brief introduction to Kinesiology. The course is a requirement of the Massage Therapy Program, and may be of interest to others in fitness, sports medicine, or athletic training.

    Credits: 2

  • ZOO 2450 - Principles of Fish Wildlife Management


    This course provides an introduction to wildlife values, wildlife communities and habitats, population management, predator control, natural diversity, and issues related to exotic species introductions.  The course emphasizes principles of habitat, population biology and management, human dimensions of wildlife management, and law and policy.  The biological basis for management is emphasized, and contemporary issues are discussed as they relate to specific aspects of management.

    Credits: 3

    Instructional Method Lecture

    Prerequisites:
    BIOL 1010 General Biology I, and BIOL 2020 General Biology II or BIOL 2020 Animal Biology

    Minimum Student Competencies
    Upon completion of ZOO 2450 Principles of Fish and Wildlife Management, the student will:

    1. describe significant events in the history of Fish and Wildlife Management in the United States.
    2. identify major laws regulating the management of natural resources.
    3. explain the biological basis for management decisions.
    4. describe the importance of habitat and the specific habitat requirements for a variety of commonly-managed species as well as some threatened or endangered species.
    5. describe the basic concepts of population biology as applied in practice to management situations and the impacts of certain management actions.
    6. discuss contemporary issues in Fish and Wildlife Management and the role people play in these issues.
    7. demonstrate use of library databases and the internet to access professional literature relevant to the field.




  •